1: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main
deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a
Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the _________.
A: injured needs first aid
B: injured is incapacitated
C: injury results in loss of life only
D: injury is the result of misconduct
2: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry "Man
overboard starboard side". You should _____________.
A: give full right rudder
B: give full left rudder
C: put the rudder amidships
D: throw a life ring to mark the spot
3: A stopper used in securing the ground tackle for sea that
consists of a grab attached to a turnbuckle is a _________.
A: riding pawl
B: buckler
C: devil's claw
D: locking ring
4: Considering manning requirements for US flag vessels, your
2 watch cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 people,
exclusive of officers. How many of these people do the
manning regulations require to be able seamen?
5: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man
overboard starboard side". You should be ready to _______.
A: give full left rudder
B: give full right rudder
C: put the rudder amidships
D: throw a life ring to mark the spot
6: Which statement about a tunnel bow thruster is TRUE?
A: It provides lateral control without affecting headway.
B: It is fully effective at speeds up to about six knots.
C: It can be used to slow the ship in addition to backing down.
D: It will allow you to hold a position when the current is
from astern.
7: The mooring line labeled "F" is called a _____________.
A: breast line
B: bow line
C: forward spring line
D: None of the above
8: What is NOT an advantage of filler cargo?
A: Overcarriage is reduced or eliminated.
B: Dunnage costs are reduced.
C: Voids in the cargo stow are filled.
D: The hold space has maximum utilization.
9: Defense plans may cause the operation of electronic aids to
navigation to be suspended with _________________.
A: no notice
B: one day's notice
C: a week's notice
D: thirty (30) days notice
10: You are scheduled to load a bulk shipment of steel
turnings. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The primary hazard of this cargo is that it is subject to
spontaneous heating and ignition.
B: The shipping papers should describe this cargo as "Waste;
steel borings".
C: After loading, you may not sail if the temperature in each
hold of steel turnings exceeds 130² F.
D: This cargo may not be transported in bulk unless a special
permit is issued by the Coast Guard.
11: A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. For
a first offense, he is liable for _____________________.
A: imprisonment for up to one year
B: a fine of up to $5,000
C: seizure of their vessel and forfeiture of the title
D: a civil penalty of not more than $1,000
12: The maximum length allowed between main, transverse
bulkheads on a vessel is referred to as the _____.
A: floodable length
B: factor of subdivision
C: compartment standard
D: permissible length
13: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
called a(n) _________.
A: inshore bow line
B: offshore bow line
C: forward breast line
D: forward spring line
14: Damaged bulkheads often take a permanent set which is
independent of the panting or bulge caused by water
pressure. To control this, you should _____________.
A: install shoring so the shoring supports the damaged
bulkheads without pushing on them
B: install shoring so that it pushes on the damaged bulkhead
while supporting it
C: use jacks or chain falls to remove the set before installing
shores
D: place sandbags by the bulkhead without installing shores
15: Floors aboard ship are _________________.
A: frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are fastened
on a double bottomed ship
B: transverse members of the ships frame which support the
decks
C: longitudinal beams in the extreme bottom of a ship from
which the ship's ribs start
D: longitudinal angle bars fastened to a surface for strength
16: When underway and proceeding ahead, as the speed increases,
the pivot point tends to _____________.
A: move aft
B: move forward
C: move lower
D: remain stationary
17: The mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) _____________.
A: bow spring line
B: aft spring line
C: forward breast line
D: bow line
18: To determine the weight capacity of a deck in a cargo hold,
you would refer to the _____________.
A: deadweight scale
B: deck capacity plan
C: cubic capacity tables
D: general arrangement plan
19: The vessel's "quarter" would be the sections located ______.
A: abeam
B: dead astern
C: just forward of the beam oneither side
D: abaft the beam on either side
20: You are carrying triethylamine, methyl methacrylate and
isoprene in your multiple-product tankship. Which of the
following statments is true?
A: Isoprene may be carried in a cargo tank adjacent to either
of the other two cargoes.
B: Methyl methacrylate may not be carried in a tank adjacent to
a pump room.
C: Methyl methacrylate must usually be heated to maintain its
stability.
D: Portable thermometers are not permitted to be used to take
the cargo temperature of triethylamine.
21: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound
for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back
to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?
A: He is normally required to take the seaman.
B: He may refuse to take the seaman if the seaman has
a contagious disease.
C: He may refuse to take the seaman if it will violate the
Certificate of Inspection.
D: All of the above
22: A wildcat is a _______________________________.
A: deeply-grooved drum on the windlass with sprockets which
engage the links of the anchor chain
B: winch that is running out of control due to a failure of the
overspeed trips
C: line that has jumped off the gypsyhead while under strain
D: nylon line that parts under strain and whips back in a
hazardous manner
23: Cargo booms must be weight tested to recertify the Safe
Working Load (SWL) every ______________.
A: year
B: two years
C: four years
D: five years
24: A crack in the deck plating of a vessel may be temporarily
prevented from increasing in length by _____.
A: cutting a square notch at each end of the crack
B: drilling a hole at each end of the crack
C: slot-welding the crack
D: welding a doubler over the crack
25: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn over 360
degrees is the path followed by the _____________.
A: center of gravity
B: bow
C: bridge
D: centerline
26: The pivoting point of a fully loaded vessel with normal trim
proceeding ahead at sea speed is _____________.
A: right at the bow
B: one-third the length of the vessel from the bow
C: one-half the length of the vessel from the bow
D: two-thirds the length of the vessel from the bow
27: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in
charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a
complaint of a sexual offense may be _______________.
A: fined up to $5,000
B: imprisoned for up to one year
C: charged with accessory to sexual assault
D: All of the above
28: The stowage factor for a cargo is based upon ____________.
A: one short ton
B: one short metric ton
C: one long ton
D: one long metric ton
29: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title
46 of the United States Code, if you fail to report a
complaint of a sexual offense, you may be _____________.
A: criminally charged and jailed
B: civilly charged and fined
C: held personally liable by the victim and sued
D: All of the above are correct
30: You are planning the stowage of two incompatible products on
your multiple-product tankship. What will NOT provide the
minimum required segregation?
A: Empty tank
B: Solid (non-intercostal) bulkhead
C: Diagonally adjacent tanks
D: Tank containing a third cargo compatible with the other two
31: An embarked Pilot _______________.
A: is a specialist hired for his local navigational knowledge
B: is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
C: relieves the Master of his duties
D: relieves the officer of the watch
32: The explosive range of a fuel lies between the lower
explosive limit and the _______________.
A: flash point
B: ignition temperature
C: upper explosive limit
D: fire point
33: A U.S. vessel participating in AMVER (Automated
Mutual-Assistance Vessel Rescue System) must discontinue
reporting when ________.
A: under VNCS (Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping)
B: under Full NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
C: nuclear war is in progress whether the ship is in the danger
area or not
D: All of the above situations are correct.
34: In heavy weather you notice buckling in the midships deck
plating of your vessel. To relieve the strain you could
_____.
A: pump fuel oil from midships to the ends of the vessel
B: reduce speed
C: take a course which most eases the vessel
D: All of the above
35: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
ROUTINE will be delivered within ________________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 10 minutes if possible
36: The distance that a vessel travels from the time that the
order to put engines full astern until the vessel is dead in
the water is known as ______________.
A: advance
B: head reach
C: surge
D: transfer
37: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to
Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about the
required Pilot is TRUE?
A: The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
B: The Pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.
C: The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.
D: The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and
theCoast Guard.
38: A cargo that has a stowage factor over 40 is known as a
___________.
A: hygroscopic cargo
B: measurement cargo
C: stowage cargo
D: weight cargo
39: Combustible liquids are divided into how many grades?
A: One
B: Two
C: Three
D: Four
40: You are on a cargo vessel carrying toluol in bulk in
portable tanks. Which is a requirement for pumping the
toluol?
A: Hose connections to the tank must be made with a minimum of
three bolts.
B: There must be water pressure on the firemain.
C: You must shut down if another vessel comes alongside.
D: If transferring at anchor, you must display a red flag by
day and a red light at night.
41: Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels (100
gross tons and above), your cargo vessel has a deck crew of
20 men, exclusive of the officers. How many of these men do
the manning regulations require to be Able Seamen?
42: The vapor pressure of a substance _________________.
A: decreases as temperature increases
B: increases with the temperature
C: is not affected by temperature
D: may increase or decrease as the temperature rises
43: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
called a(n) __________.
A: after spring line
B: forward spring line
C: waist breast line
D: stern line
44: You are using an automatic tension winch by yourself. If
you get caught in the turns of the line as they lead into
the gypsyhead ____________.
A: the safety cutout will stop the winch before you're injured
B: the line will part and snap back
C: you may be pulled into the winch and injured or killed
D: None of the above are correct
45: Which shallow water effect will increase dramatically if
you increase your ship's speed past its "critical speed"?
A: Squatting
B: Smelling the bottom
C: Sinkage
D: Bank cushion
46: Which statement concerning the handling characteristics of a
fully loaded vessel as compared with those of a light vessel
is FALSE?
A: A fully loaded vessel will be slower to respond to the
engines.
B: A fully loaded vessel will maintain her headway further.
C: A light vessel will be more affected by the wind.
D: A light vessel loses more rudder effect in shallow water.
47: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: Z (FLASH)
48: Which term describes goods having a stowage factor below 40?
A: "Deadweight" cargo
B: "Full-and-down" cargo
C: "Heavy-lift" cargo
D: "Measurement" cargo
49: Flammable liquid means any liquid which gives off flammable
vapors at or below _________________________.
A: 40ø F (4.4ø C)
B: 80ø F (26.7ø C)
C: 110ø F (43.3ø C)
D: 150ø F (65.6ø C)
50: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning thevessel.
The Master is unsure that the Pilot is takingsufficient
action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?
A: Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely
responsible for the safety of the vessel.
B: State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with
the handling of the vessel.
C: Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve
the Pilot.
D: Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary
until the situation clears.
51: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel
sailing coastwise. What percentage of the deck crew must be
able to understand the language commonly used onboard the
vessel?
A: 50%
B: 65%
C: 75%
D: 100%
52: When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulphur, which
are carried at temperatures of over 300ø F, one of the
biggest dangers is __________________.
A: water in the tanks or pipelines
B: having the cargo too cool
C: explosion of vapors after discharge
D: having to breathe the fumes
53: The objective of shoring a damaged bulkhead is to _____.
A: force the warped, bulged, or deformed sections back into
place
B: support and hold the area in the damaged position
C: withstand subsequent additional damage
D: make a watertight seal at the damaged area
54: Your vessel has grounded on a bar. What should you do?
A: If you cannot get clear immediately, lighten the ship by
pumping all ballast overboard.
B: Run the engine full astern to keep from being set further
onto the bar.
C: Switch to the high suction for condenser circulating water,
if it is submerged.
D: All of the above
55: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title
46 of the United States Code, if you fail to report a
complaint of a sexual offense, you may be __________.
A: held personally liable by the victim and sued
B: criminally charged and jailed
C: civilly charged and fined
D: All of the above are correct.
56: The effect of wind on exposed areas of the vessel is most
noticeable when _____________.
A: backing
B: going slow ahead
C: going full ahead
D: turning
57: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in
charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a
complaint of a sexual offense may be _________.
A: charged with accessory to sexual assault
B: fined up to $(SA)5,000
C: imprisoned for up to one year
D: All of the above
58: Odorous cargoes are those that ____________.
A: are exceptionally dusty and leave a residue
B: are liquid but are in containers
C: are susceptible to damage by tainting
D: give off fumes that may damage other cargoes
59: Combustible liquid is defined as any liquid having a flash
point above _____.
A: 40ø F ( 4² C)
B: 80ø F (27² C)
C: 110ø F (43² C)
D: 150ø F (66² C)
60: You are on a vessel designed to carry compressed gasses in
bulk with a cargo of butadiene. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The ullage must be padded with compressed air at a minimum
pressure of 2 psig.
B: Silver and copper are prohibited in the parts of valves
and fittings in contact with the cargo.
C: The cargo tank may be sampled only when the tank is being
filled.
D: The shipping document must specify the exact quantity of
butadiene being carried.
61: Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3
watches when on a trip exceeding _________.
A: 600 miles
B: 700 miles
C: 800 miles
D: 1000 miles
62: You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo
oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gauge the vessel and find
that you have loaded 203,000 barrels. At 1200, you find
that you have loaded 219,000 barrels. If you continue
loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately
_______________.
A: 1510, 5 November
B: 0140, 6 November
C: 1104, 6 November
D: 0735, 7 November
63: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive
net tonnage?
A: Boatswain's stores
B: Chart room
C: Spaces for the exclusive use of the officers or crew
D: All of the above
64: Which statement about damage control is TRUE?
A: A hole in the hull at the waterline is more dangerous than a
hole below the inner bottom.
B: The amount of water entering a ship through a hole varies
inversely to the area of the hole.
C: Water flowing into a lower compartment on a ship is more
dangerous than water on deck or flowing into an upper
compartment.
D: Water flowing over the fo'c'sle bulwark is more dangerous
than a hole in the hull at the waterline.
65: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in
charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a
complaint of a sexual offense may be ___________.
A: charged with accessory to sexual assault
B: imprisoned for up to one year
C: fined up to $5,000
D: All of the above
66: Most of your vessel's superstructure is forward. How will
the vessel lie when drifting with no way on?
A: With the wind from ahead
B: With the wind off the port beam
C: With the wind off the starboard beam
D: With the wind from abaft the beam
67: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title
46 of the United States Code, if you fail to report a
complaint of a sexual offense, you may be ___________.
A: civilly charged and fined
B: criminally charged and jailed
C: held personally liable by the victim and sued
D: All of the above are correct.
68: Odorous cargoes are those that ____________.
A: are susceptible to damage by tainting
B: are exceptionally dusty and leave a residue
C: are liquid, but in containers
D: give off fumes that may damage other cargoes
69: Ullages are measured from _____.
A: the tank ceiling
B: the tank top bushing
C: the thievage mark
D: an above deck datum
70: You are on a tankship designed to carry molten sulphur.
Which statement is TRUE?
A: There must be two portable toxic vapor detectors on board.
B: The cargo tank ventilation system must maintain the H2S
vapor concentration at 1.85% or more by volume.
C: Cargo temperature may be taken by portable thermometers.
D: The pressure in the heating coils in the tanks must be less
than that of the cargo exerted on them.
71: You are the licensed operator of a 199 GT uninspected towing
vessel making a 500 mile coastwise trip. You carry a deck
crew of six (6). Which statement is TRUE?
A: There must be 3 separate watches stood.
B: There must be at least 5 able seamen among the deck crew.
C: Only the able seamen require Merchant Mariner's Documents.
D: None of the above
72: You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo
oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gauge the vessel and find
that you have loaded 203,000 barrels. At 1200 you find that
you have loaded 218,000 barrels. If you continue loading at
the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.
A: 1510, 5 November
B: 1104, 6 November
C: 1242, 6 November
D: 0735, 7 November
73: Aboard ship, vertical flat plates running transversely and
connecting the vertical keel to the margin plates are
called _______________.
A: floors
B: intercostals
C: girders
D: stringers
74: The best information on the location of the blocks when
drydocking a vessel is contained in the ___________.
A: shell expansion plan
B: docking diagram
C: ship's docking plan
D: general arrangement plan
75: Frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are fastened
are called ______________.
A: floors
B: intercostals
C: stringers
D: tank top supports
76: Leeway is the ______________.
A: difference between the true course and the compass course
B: momentum of a vessel after her engines have been stopped
C: lateral movement of a vessel downwind of her intended course
D: displacement of a vessel multiplied by her speed
77: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman will ___________.
A: use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
B: apply rudder to move the compass card towards the lubbers
line when off course
C: repeat back to the watch officer any rudder commands before
executing them
D: keep the rudder amidships except when changing course
78: Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent
vice?
A: Sublimation of chemicals
B: Heating of grain
C: Stevedore damage
D: Wear and tear
79: Ullages on tankers are measured from _____.
A: an above-deck datum such as the top of the ullage pipe
B: the tank ceiling aboard transversely framed vessels
C: the tank top
D: a thievage mark below the edge of the deck
80: You are on a cargo vessel carrying portable tanks of
dangerous cargoes in bulk. Which statement is TRUE?
A: If the tanks are pumped out while remaining on board, each
hose connection must have a minimum of three bolts.
B: If the tanks are off loaded, no more than two tanks may be
lifted together in a hoist.
C: When transferring sulfuric acid, you must display a red
flag by day whether at anchor or moored.
D: All electrical equipment within 10 feet horizontally must be
explosion proof or intrinsically safe.
81: Your 199 GT tugboat is on a 675 mile coastwise voyage. What
percentage of the deck crew must be Able Bodied Seamen?
A: 0%
B: 25%
C: 50%
D: 65%
82: Floors aboard ship are __________.
A: also called decks
B: vertical transverse plates connecting the vertical keel with
the margin plates
C: large beams fitted in various parts of the vessel for
additional strength
D: found in passenger and berthing spaces only
83: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is
called a(n) __________.
A: offshore stern line
B: onshore stern line
C: after spring line
D: after breast line
84: The ceiling is _________________.
A: the overhead in berthing compartments
B: a wooden protection placed over the tanktop
C: material driven into seams or cracks to prevent leaking
D: None of the above are correct
85: The wooden planking that protects the tank top from cargo
loading is called ___________.
A: ceiling
B: shores
C: frames
D: toms
86: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360
degrees is the path followed by the _____________.
A: bow
B: bridge
C: centerline
D: center of gravity
87: A set of interior steps on a ship leading up to a deck from
below is know as ______________.
A: a companion way
B: tween-decks
C: stairs
D: Any of the above are acceptable
88: Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent
vice?
A: Tainting
B: Wear and tear
C: Stevedore damage
D: Heating of grain
89: Ullage measurements are taken from the top of the liquid to
____________________.
A: the base of the expansion trunk
B: the base of the ullage port
C: a line scribed within the ullage port
D: an above-deck datum, usually the top of the ullage hole
90: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker. The loading
plan includes cargoes of diethylenetriamine and formamide.
Which statement concerning the stowage of these cargoes is
TRUE?
A: They must be separated by a void space or empty tank.
B: The cargoes must have individual venting systems.
C: The valves in common piping systems must be chained closed
and locked.
D: The minimum segregation required is a single bulkhead.
91: You are the person in charge of a 199 GT uninspected towing
vessel engaged in coastwise towing from the Gulf of Mexico
to New York, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which
statement is FALSE?
A: The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.
B: Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
C: All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
D: Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.
92: You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The
pump works for a while and then loses suction. This could
be caused by _____.
A: the pump running backwards
B: incomplete priming
C: the discharge head being too high
D: All of the above
93: A lookout can leave his station _____.
A: ONLY when properly relieved
B: at the end of the watch
C: 15 minutes before the end of the watch
D: at any time
94: All of the following records are usually maintained by the
watch-standing officers aboard a vessel EXCEPT the ________.
A: deck logbook
B: official logbook
C: compass record book
D: chronometer error book
95: You should keep clear of _______________.
A: any line under a strain
B: lines that are paying out
C: lines that are coiled down only
D: None of the above are correct
96: The distance a vessel moves at right angles to the original
course, when a turn of 180ø has been completed, is called
the ____________.
A: advance
B: pivoting point
C: tactical diameter
D: kick
97: Chafing gear should be placed ____________.
A: at all wearing points of mooring lines
B: at the bitter ends of all standing rigging
C: around running rigging
D: on wire rope only
98: A hygroscopic cargo is defined as a cargo ____________.
A: capable of absorbing moisture in the form of a gas
B: capable of giving off moisture in the form of a liquid
C: that is shipped in a liquid state
D: that will ignite in contact with water
99: What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?
A: Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum for shipboard use
B: Determining the amount of water (if any) in each cargo tank
C: Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide with the draft
D: Reducing the gross cargo calculations to net amounts
100: Which statement is ALWAYS true?
A: Keep clear of any line that is under a strain.
B: A line will creak, make snapping sounds, and smoke before it
parts.
C: Only synthetic lines will snap back after parting.
D: Stepping on the bight of a line is safer than stepping in
the bight of a line.
101: You can safely step in the bight of a line ______________.
A: when it is not under strain
B: if both ends are made fast
C: in an emergency
D: at no time
102: The cargo runner is indicated by which number?
103: Your ship is in shallow water and the bow rides up on its
bow wave while the stern sinks into sa depression of its
transverse wave system. What is this called?
A: Broaching
B: Fish tailing
C: Squatting
D: Parallel sinkage
104: You are on watch at sea at night when a fire breaks out in
#3 hold just forward of the bridge. You would NOT ________.
A: call the Master
B: proceed to the space and inspect the extent of the fire
C: shut down the cargo hold ventilation
D: sound the fire alarm signal to roust out all hands
105: Cracks may be prevented from developing at the corners of
welded plating inserts by _______________.
A: squaring the corners
B: rounding the corners
C: plug welding the corners
D: slot welding the corners
106: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term
"kick" means the distance _____________.
A: around the circumference of the turning circle
B: gained at right angles to the original course
C: gained in the direction of the original course
D: or throw of a vessel's stern from her line of advance upon
putting the helm hard over
107: When may a seaman on a vessel engaged in foreign trade
be paid before earning the wages?
A: The seaman may not draw an advance on unearned wages.
B: Wages up to fifty percent of the seaman's base wage maybe
advanced upon proof of serious family illness.
C: Wages equivalent to three days base wage may be
advanced upon arrival in a foreign port.
D: The advance of wages is at the discretion of the master;
however, a seaman cannot be in an overpaid status at
signoff.
108: Damage to cargo caused by dust is known as ____________.
A: contamination
B: oxidation
C: tainting
D: vaporization
109: What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?
A: Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide with the draft
B: Determining the amount of water (if any) in each cargo tank
C: Reducing the gross cargo calculations to net amounts
D: Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum for shipboard use
110: What is NOT required as special safety equipment on a
tankship carrying hazardous cargoes in bulk?
A: Shower and eyewash fountain
B: Equipment to lift an injured person from a pumproom
C: Two portable vapor detectors suitable for the cargoes
carried
D: A safety locker adjacent to the emergency shutdown station
111: You are the licensed operator of a towing vessel operating
between New York and Tampa, Florida. If you carry four (4)
deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?
112: You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The
pump works for a while and then loses suction. This could
NOT be caused by _____.
A: leaking shaft seals
B: air pockets in the liquid
C: high cargo level in the tanks
D: a leaking suction line
113: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main
deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a
Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the ________.
A: injury results in loss of life only
B: injury is the result of misconduct
C: injured is incapacitated
D: injured needs first aid
114: You are on watch at sea on course 090ø T. A man falls
overboard on your starboard side. You immediately start a
Williamson Turn. Which step is NOT a part of a Williamson
Turn?
A: Step 1: Come right full rudder until the vessel heads 150ø
T.
B: Step 2: Stop the engines until clear of the man.
C: Step 3: Shift the helm to left full rudder.
D: Step 4: Continue with left rudder until on course 270ø T.
115: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main
deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a
Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the _________.
A: injury is the result of misconduct
B: injury results in loss of life only
C: injured need first aid
D: injured is incapacitated
116: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term
"transfer" means the distance ____________.
A: gained in the direction of the original course
B: gained at right angles to the original course
C: the ship moves sidewise from the original course away from
the direction of the turn after the rudder is first put over
D: around the circumference of the turning circle
117: If two mooring lines are to be placed on the same bollard,
which method is BEST?
A: Place the eye from the forward line on the bollard and then
place the eye from the second line directly over the first.
B: It makes no difference how the lines are placed.
C: Place the eye from either line on the bollard, and then
bring the eye of the other line up through the eye of the
first, and place it on the bollard.
D: Place both eyes on the bollard, in any manner, but lead both
lines to the same winch head on the vessel and secure them
on the winch.
118: Damage to cargo caused by fumes or vapors from liquids,
gases, or solids is known as ____________.
A: contamination
B: oxidation
C: tainting
D: vaporization
119: Sour crude oil _____.
A: contains high quantities of hydrogen sulfide
B: is diluted with other products for carriage
C: is lighter than other crudes
D: is less hazardous to load than other crudes
120: You are on a multiple-product tankship and scheduled to load
a cargo classed as an aromatic amine. This cargo is
incompatible with cargoes classed as _____________.
A: organic anhydrides
B: ketones
C: phenols
D: esters
121: You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing vessel
of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the
Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.
B: Sailors may stand 6 hours on and 6 hours off.
C: A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
D: All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
122: You may be able to avoid loss of suction in a pump by _____.
A: using a full tank to keep the pump primed
B: opening the vent cock on the pump
C: closing down on the tank valve
D: All of the above
123: When patching holes in the hull, pillows, bedding, and other
soft materials can be used as _____________.
A: shores
B: gaskets
C: strongbacks
D: wedges
124: Bilge soundings indicate _____________.
A: the amount of condensation in the hold
B: whether the cargo is leaking or not
C: whether the vessel is taking on water
D: All of the above
125: Chafing gear is normally used ______________.
A: for portable fenders
B: for ground tackle
C: on the inside of the hawsepipe
D: on mooring lines
126: The distance a vessel moves parallel to the original course
from the point where the rudder is put over to any point on
the turning circle is called the ______________.
A: advance
B: drift angle
C: pivoting point
D: transfer
127: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is
called a __________.
A: breast line
B: shore line
C: spring line
D: stern line
128: Which is characteristic of a "special cargo"?
A: The cargo gives off toxic gasses when heated.
B: Periodic inspection is required while in transit to prevent
spoilage.
C: It is of high value or easily pilferable.
D: It must be stowed on deck.
129: Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person?
A: Bowline on a bight
B: Fisherman's loop
C: French bowline
D: Spider hitch
130: You are on a vessel carrying liquefied butadiene in bulk.
Which document is NOT required to be either in the
wheelhouse or easily accessible to the person on watch while
underway?
A: Cargo manual
B: Cargo information card
C: Certificate of Inspection
D: Shipping document
131: You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which
carries two (2) licensed Operators and four (4) seamen when
underway. How many of the four seamen must have a rating
as able seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?
132: What is a characteristic of all centrifugal cargo pumps?
A: They are self-priming.
B: Decreasing the speed of rotation will decrease the discharge
pressure.
C: Opening the discharge valve wider will increase the
discharge pressure.
D: All of the above
133: The standard unit of liquid volume used in the
petroleum industry, as well as the tanker industry, is a
__________.
A: barrel
B: drum
C: gallon
D: liter
134: Your ship is steaming at night on gyropilot when you notice
that the vessel's course is slowly changing to the right.
Which action should you take FIRST?
A: Call the Master.
B: Change to telemotor steering.
C: Notify the engine room of the steering malfunction.
D: Send the Quartermaster to the emergency steering station.
135: Corrosive liquids and acids should have which kind of label?
A: Skull and crossbones
B: Yellow and white
C: Red and white
D: White and black
137: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom
piping network of a tank barge that connects one section of
cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.
A: come-along
B: crossover
C: manifold
D: runaround
138: Which vessel is most likely to be loaded full but not down?
A: A bulk carrier loaded with heavy ore
B: A bulk carrier loaded with steel
C: A break bulk vessel loaded with palletized cargo
D: A tanker loaded with heavy grain
139: A "barrel" is a unit of liquid measure equivalent to
____________.
A: 40 U.S. gallons at 50ø F
B: 42 U.S. gallons at 60ø F
C: 43 U.S. gallons at 65ø F
D: 45 U.S. gallons at 75ø F
140: Your tankship is carrying a 30% solution of hydrogen
peroxide. The cargo containment system must have a permanent
inert gas system. While discharging this cargo the inert
gas system must maintain a minimum pressure of ____________.
A: 0.5 psig
B: 3.0 psig
C: 5.0 psig
D: atmospheric pressure
141: On a sea going towing vessel of 150 gross tons, there are
six (6) seamen in the deck crew. How many certificated able
seamen are required if the voyage is over 600 miles?
142: What is NOT an advantage of centrifugal pumps over
reciprocating pumps?
A: They pump more cargo in less time.
B: They are smaller for equivalent pumping ability.
C: They are less expensive.
D: They require priming for stripping.
143: Why are most break bulk vessels built with the transverse
framing system rather than the longitudinal system?
A: The transverse system is more resistant to hog and sag
stresses.
B: The numerous longitudinal frames cause excessive broken
stowage.
C: The transverse system provides better support to the varying
cargo densities on a break bulk vessel.
D: The deep web frames interfere with the stowage of break bulk
cargo.
144: The lookout sights a vessel dead ahead. This should be
reported on the bell with _____________.
A: one bell
B: two bells
C: three bells
D: four bells
145: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel.
The regulations require you to _______________.
A: periodically inspect it and make an entry in a log
B: keep a warning sign posted nearby
C: keep a fire hose run out and ready for use if needed
D: allow no chipping or painting in the vicinity of the cargo
146: When turning a ship in restricted space with a strong wind,
it is normally best to _____________.
A: go ahead on both engines with the rudder hard to one side,
if on a twin-screw vessel
B: back down with the rudder hard to one side, if on a
single-screw vessel
C: take advantage of the tendency to back to port, if on a
twin-screw vessel
D: turn so that the tendency to back into the wind can be used,
if on a single-screw vessel
147: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
called a(n) _____________.
A: inshore stern line
B: offshore stern line
C: after spring line
D: after breast line
148: Overcarriage is best prevented by _____________.
A: assuring heavy cargo is stowed low in the vessel
B: checking the vessel's load line calculations carefully
C: inspection of the hold at completion of discharge
D: stowing the cargo which is to be discharged last on the
bottom
149: A standard net barrel of petroleum products is _____.
A: 42 gallons at 60ø F
B: 48 gallons at 70ø F
C: 50 gallons at 50ø F
D: 60 gallons at 100ø F
150: Protective clothing must be worn while sampling hazardous
cargo on a tankship, and as a minimum includes __________.
A: a hood or hard hat
B: a face mask or goggles
C: boots
D: chemical resistant gloves
151: The forecastle card is a copy of the __________.
A: quarters allocation
B: shipping agreement
C: station bill
D: unlicensed shipping card from the union
152: A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 135ø Fahrenheit.
This liquid is classed as a grade _____________________.
A: B flammable liquid
B: C flammable liquid
C: D combustible liquid
D: E combustible liquid
153: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to
___________________.
A: erase the entry and rewrite
B: draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial
the correction
C: completely black out the entry, rewrite, and intial the
correction
D: draw one line through the entry, rewrite, and intial the
correction
154: A look-out at the bow sights an object on your port side.
How many bell strokes should he sound?
A: One
B: Two
C: Three
D: Four
155: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel.
You must inspect this cargo _______________.
A: daily
B: daily, at sea only
C: after encountering rough weather
D: after loading and prior to arrival in port only
156: When heading on a course, you put your rudder hard over.
The distance traveled parallel to the direction of the
original course from where you put your rudder over to any
point on the turning circle is known as ___________________.
A: advance
B: head reach
C: tactical diameter
D: transfer
157: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to
___________________.
A: draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and intial the
correction
B: draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial
the correction
C: erase the entry and rewrite
D: completely black out the entry, rewrite, and intial the
correction
158: A claim for cargo damages may be held against the ship owner
if such damage is the result of failure of the ship's
officers to _____________.
A: correct all defects in the ship's construction
B: ensure the fitness and safety of cargo spaces
C: ensure adequate packaging of the cargo
D: prevent delays due to quarantine restrictions
159: What is the standard net barrel for petroleum products?
A: 42 gallons at 60ø Fahrenheit
B: 48 gallons at 70ø Fahrenheit
C: 50 gallons at 50ø Celsius
D: 60 gallons at 100ø Saybolt
160: Which statement concerning IMO certificates on U.S. flag
tankships carrying hazardous cargoes is TRUE?
A: An IMO Certificate is required for vessels in the foreign
trade.
B: The IMO Certificate expires on the same day as the
Certificate of Inspection expires.
C: The IMO Certificate is issued as an amendment to the
Certificate of Inspection.
D: A new IMO Certificate is automatically issued with a new
Certificate of Inspection.
161: A seaman leaves a vessel before it sails from a foreign
port. He informs the Chief Officer that he won't return.
After the vessel sails, the Chief Officer finds the seaman's
work clothes in his locker. How should the Master handle
this matter?
A: Log the seaman as a deserter.
B: Log the seaman as a fail to join.
C: Log the seaman for misconduct.
D: Take no action.
162: Oil may NOT be transferred unless _____.
A: there are two certificated tankermen on each vessel
B: the vessel is equipped with constant-tension winches
C: discharge containment equipment (i.e. drip pans) are in
place
D: All of the above
163: The "gypsy head" is indicated by which number in
illustration D002DG?
164: A look-out should report objects sighted using _____.
A: true bearings
B: magnetic bearings
C: gyro bearings
D: relative bearings
165: You must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible after your vessel has been
damaged in excess of _____.
A: $(SA)25,000
B: $(SA)10,000
C: $(SA) 1,500
D: $(SA) 1,000
166: The distance gained in the direction of the original course
when you are making a turn is known as _________________.
A: advance
B: drift
C: tactical diameter
D: transfer
167: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S.
port.There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn.
Whichstatement is TRUE?
A: The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering
ofthe ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
B: The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of theship
and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
C: The Pilot is soley responsible for the internal working
ofthe ship.
D: The Pilot becomes soley responsible for the safe
navigationof the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the
conn.
168: "Block stowage" means _______________________.
A: having the cargo on pallets
B: stowing all the cargo for a port in the same area
C: using port marks on the cargo
D: using separation cloths to separate different kinds of
cargo
169: The lowest temperature at which a liquid will give off
sufficient vapors to form a flammable mixture with air is
known as the _____.
A: fire point
B: flash point
C: lower explosive limit
D: threshold limit value
170: Which is NOT required on a tankship carrying hazardous
liquid cargoes in bulk?
A: A copy of 46 CFR parts 35 and 150
B: Certificate of Adequacy for the hazardous cargoes carried
C: Certificate of Inspection issued under the Tank Vessel
Regulations
D: Cargo piping plan showing loading rates for all applicable
cargo lines
171: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an
isolated light while making a turn. The results are as
listed. Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn
of 30ø?
A: 40 yards
B: 140 yards
C: 190 yards
D: 230 yards
172: While a vessel is in a foreign port where there is no
American Consul, a seaman becomes violent prior to sailing.
The Master should _____________.
A: call local police, put the seaman in prison ashore, and sail
the vessel
B: pay off the seaman and make arrangements with the agent to
return him to the original port of signing on in the U.S.
C: put the seaman in irons and sail to the next port where
there is an American Consul
D: send the seaman ashore and arrange with the agent to
repatriate him by armed guard
173: You shall notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible when your vessel has been
damaged in excess of ____________.
A: $ 1,000
B: $ 1,500
C: $10,000
D: $25,000
174: A proper look-out must be kept _____________.
A: only in fog
B: only between the hours of sunset and sunrise
C: only when entering and leaving port
D: at all times
175: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is
the primary responsibility of the watch officer?
A: Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and
countermand them if necessary
B: Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are
correctly executed
C: Record the bells and their times in the bell book
D: Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette
176: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the
______________.
A: tipping center
B: bow
C: outermost part of the ship while making the circle
D: center of gravity
177: The measurement of the amount of force a towing vessel is
capable of applying to a motionless tow is called ________.
A: shaft horsepower
B: delivered horsepower
C: bollard pull
D: towrope pull
178: Which can be prevented only by segregating two lots of cargo
into separate holds?
A: Contamination of dry cargo by a wet cargo
B: Contamination of a clean cargo by a dirty cargo
C: Contamination of a food cargo by an odorous cargo
D: Overcarriage, overstowage, and short landing
179: The minimum temperature required to ignite gas or vapor
without a spark or flame being present is called _____.
A: flash point
B: fire point
C: autoignition temperature
D: lower explosive limit
180: Your tank vessel is loading a hazardous cargo. The
allowance for expansion is based on ambient temperatures of
what maximum range?
A: 0ø C to 100ø C
B: -10ø C to 90ø C
C: -18ø C to 46ø C
D: -40ø C to 50ø C
181: Your vessel is on an extended foreign voyage. Several
vacancies have occurred in your unlicensed crew through
sickness and repatriation. Which statement is correct?
A: Aliens may be employed except that all U.S. flag vessels
must maintain no less than 90% U.S. citizens in the crew.
B: Qualified aliens may be employed to fill the vacancies.
C: Seamen to fill vacancies must be flown from U.S. to join the
vessel in the foreign port.
D: Vacancies can only be filled by U.S. citizens with valid
Merchant Mariner's Documents.
182: What size of manila line is required to hold a weight
of 932 lbs., if you use a safety factor of six?
A: 2.0"
B: 2.5"
C: 3.0"
D: 3.5"
183: A towing vessel's capability is BEST measured by horsepower,
bollard pull, maneuverability and __________.
A: displacement
B: stability
C: towrope pull
D: propeller design
184: You are standing look-out duty at night. A dim light on the
horizon will be seen quickest by looking _____.
A: at an area just a little below the horizon
B: at the horizon, where the sky and water appear to meet
C: a little above the horizon
D: well below the horizon
185: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the _________.
A: Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on thepresent
course
B: vessel must be in extremis
C: Master should agree to sign a release of liability form
D: Master must first request the Pilot to take correctiveaction
186: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is _______.
A: at the hawsepipe
B: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
C: about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
D: near the stern
187: You are standing the wheel watch on entering port and the
Master gives you a rudder command which conflicts with a
rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?
A: Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.
B: Obey the Pilot.
C: Obey the Master.
D: Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two
conflicting positions.
188: Which cargoes require strips of common building lathe as
dunnage in order to carry away heat generated by the cargo?
A: Canned soups packaged in crates
B: Cardboard cartons of shoes
C: Paper products packaged in rolls
D: Refrigerated fruit that is ripening
189: Reid vapor pressure is ____.
A: exerted by liquid cargo on the sides of a tank
B: exerted by liquid cargo on a cargo hose body
C: the lowest temperature and pressure that will cause a
flammable liquid to give off vapors
D: a measurement of the amount of flammable vapors given off by
a liquid at a certain temperature
190: You are on a vessel that carries liquefied gasses in bulk.
The person on watch is required to have what information
about the cargo easily accessible?
A: Regulatory and proprietary names
B: Exact quantity on board
C: Name and address of consignee
D: Firefighting procedures
191: An alien crewmember with a D-1 permit leaves the vessel in a
U.S. port and fails to return. The first report you make
should be to the _____________.
A: Customs Service
B: Immigration Service
C: local police
D: OCMI
192: The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________.
A: offshore bow line
B: onshore bow line
C: offshore spring line
D: forward breast line
193: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your
vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been
consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. Further
information is contained in _________.
A: the Light List
B: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
C: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
D: the Coast Pilot
194: A vessel spotted at 45ø relative can be reported as _____.
A: on the starboard beam
B: broad on the starboard bow
C: 4 points forward of starboard bow
D: 4 points abaft the starboard beam
195: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The
Dangerous Cargo Manifest must be signed by the ___________.
A: shipper
B: U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspector
C: Master or his authorized representative
D: Master only
196: A VLCC (100,000 DWT+) with a 30,000 Shaft Horsepower Steam
Turbine is slow to respond to engine movements and has less
stopping power than normal ships because it has a ________.
A: bigger propeller
B: smaller power weight ratio
C: smaller propeller
D: larger power weight ratio
197: Serving is ___________________.
A: marline or ratline wound along the grooves of a rope
B: narrow strips of light canvas or cotton cloth spiral-wrapped
along the rope
C: marline tightly wound on the rope by means of a board or
mallet
D: a splice made by laying the strand of one rope into the
vacated grooves of another rope
198: Battens are fitted in cargo holds across the frames of the
vessel from the turn of the bilge upward. The purpose of
these cargo battens is _____________.
A: for securing a snatch block when snaking cargo into the
wings of the hold
B: to prevent cargo from coming in contact with the vessel's
frames or shell plating
C: to provide fittings to which cargo lashings may be secured
D: to support the dunnage floors which are laid down between
tiers of cargo
199: What is a cofferdam?
A: Tube fitted to an ullage hole
B: Area the product is loaded into
C: Void or empty space separating two tanks
D: Opening in the deck used for cleaning a tank
200: Which statement concerning a 298 GT tug engaged in
towingfrom Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?
A: No able seamen are required.
B: Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
C: A licensed operator of uninspected towing vessels may
serveas Master.
D: Each crew member must be furnished with a record of
seaservice at the time of discharge.
201: Your vessel is in a foreign port and you find that one of
the crew members has been incarcerated for drunkenness.
The Official Logbook shows that the seaman doesn't have
funds to cover the costs of the fine. Which action should
the Master take?
A: Inventory his gear and send it and a pay voucher ashore
with the agent.
B: Leave the seaman in jail and log him as a fail to join after
the vessel sails.
C: Leave the seaman in jail and log him as a deserter after the
vessel sails.
D: Pay the seaman's fine.
202: When making a mooring wire fast to bitts it is recommended
that you _____.
A: use only figure eights
B: take 2 round turns around one bitt, then make figure eights
C: take 3 round turns around both bitts, then make figure
eights
D: alternate round turns and figure eights around both bitts
203: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a
single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?
A: It pulls the bow toward the bank.
B: It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
C: It pulls the stern toward the bank.
D: It heels the vessel toward the bank.
204: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?
A: Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of
degrees it is now.
B: Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she
goes.
C: Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
D: Stop the swing of the ship.
205: A vessel is to make a voyage between New York and San Juan,
Puerto Rico, and return. The crew should be signed
on_____________.
A: Coastwise Articles
B: Foreign Articles
C: Intercoastal Articles
D: no articles
206: In stopping distances of vessels, "head reach" can best be
described as the _______________.
A: difference between the vessel's speed through the water at
any instant and the new speed ordered on the telegraph
B: distance the vessel has actually run through the water since
a change of speed was ordered
C: distance the vessel will run between taking action to stop
her and being stationary in the water
D: speed at which a vessel should proceed to ensure that she
will run a predetermined distance, once her engines have
been stopped
207: A towing vessel's capability is BEST measured by horsepower,
maneuverability, displacement, and __________.
A: stability
B: propeller design
C: bollard pull
D: towing winch horsepower
208: Your vessel has been damaged and you must shore a bulkhead.
You should cut the shore _____________.
A: approximately 1/2 inch longer than the measured length
to allow for trimming
B: approximately 1/2 inch shorter than the measured length
to allow for wedges
C: approximately 1/2 inch shorter per foot of shoring to
allow for wet expansion
D: to the same length as the measured length
210: The Tonnage Certificate indicates _____________.
A: deadweight tons
B: displacement tons
C: net tons
D: gross tons
211: A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign
Articles when _______.
A: intoxicated
B: the vessel is overloaded
C: there is a change of home port
D: there is a change of Master
212: Your vessel is port side to a pier with a spring line led
aft from the bow. In calm weather, putting the engines
ahead with the rudder hard left should bring ____________.
A: the bow in and the stern out
B: both the bow and stern in
C: the bow out and the stern in
D: both the bow and stern out
213: You are the Master of a single-screw vessel. You aredocking
at a port which has no tugs available. You decide to drop
the offshore anchor to help in docking. The amount of chain
you should pay out is ___________.
A: 5 to 7 times the depth of the water
B: 1 1/2 to 2 times the depth of the water
C: equal to the depth of the water
D: you should NEVER use the anchor to help in docking
214: The helm command "meet her" means _____________.
A: use rudder to check the swing
B: decrease the rudder angle which is on
C: steer more carefully
D: note the course and steady on that heading
215: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a
single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?
A: It pulls the bow toward the bank.
B: It heels the vessel toward the bank.
C: It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
D: It pulls the stern toward the bank.
216: As a ship moves through the water, it drags with it a body
of water called the wake. The ratio of the wake speed to
the ship's speed is called _____________.
A: propeller velocity
B: speed of advance
C: wake distribution
D: wake fraction
217: The holding capability of an anchor is primarily determined
by the ________________.
A: shape of the anchor
B: stowage of the anchor on board
C: anchor's ability to dig in
D: size of the vessel and its draft
218: What is the main purpose of dunnage?
A: To act as ballast for light vessels
B: To provide ventilation and drainage for cargo
C: To secure the tarpaulins in place
D: To support weakened bulkheads
219: What refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank?
A: Innage
B: Outage
C: Thievage
D: Ullage
220: The best method to secure a towline to bitts is to _____.
A: take a round turn on the bitt farthest from the pull and use
figure-eights
B: take a round turn on the bitt closest to the pull and use
figure-eights
C: use figure-eights and take a round turn at the top of the
bitts
D: use only figure-eights
221: A vessel arrives in a foreign port and the Master is
informed that the vessel is being sold to foreign interests.
The new owners request that the crew remain on board to
complete the voyage. Under these circumstances, the crew
__________.
A: has the right to an immediate discharge and transportation
to original port of engagement
B: must remain on board
C: must comply with the decision made by the Master
D: must remain aboard until the vessel is delivered to the new
owners at a mutually agreed upon port
222: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons, as shown, is to
be loaded. What is the weight of the consignment?
A: 50 pounds
B: 1100 pounds
C: 1200 pounds
D: 1250 pounds
223: Who is responsible for providing urine specimen collection
kits to be used following a serious marine incident?
A: Qualified medical personnel
B: The marine employer
C: The U.S. Coast Guard
D: The local police department
224: The term "Shift the Rudder" means ____________________.
A: put the rudder amidships
B: use right or left rudder
C: check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
D: change from right to left or left or right
225: For safety reasons, when assistance towing _____.
A: the disabled vessel should be towed to the nearest port
B: the disabled vessel should be inspected for flammable gases
C: passengers should always be removed from the disabled vessel
D: personnel on the disabled vessel should don PFD's
226: Which statement is TRUE concerning the vessel's slipstream?
A: It has no effect on the steering of the vessel.
B: It has no effect on the rudder when the helm is amidships.
C: Its velocity is the same as that of the wake.
D: The propeller gives it a helical motion.
227: An ocean towing bridle should _____.
A: have equal legs of sufficient length
B: have a large angle between the legs
C: be formed on a bight of cable through a ring
D: never be made up of chain
228: Securing cargo by running timbers from an upper support down
to the cargo, either vertically or at an angle, is called
_____________.
A: braces
B: dunnage
C: shores
D: toms
229: Which refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank?
A: Outage
B: Ullage
C: Thievage
D: Innage
230: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel
operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground.
Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify
the ____________.
A: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to
property in excess of $(SA)25,000
B: nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible
C: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of life
D: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to
personnel
231: When the vessel is on coastwise articles, the white copy of
the seaman's discharge is _____________.
A: given to the seaman
B: retained on board
C: sent to Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard
D: sent to the shipping company
232: The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called
the _____________.
A: fluke angle
B: tripping angle
C: penetration angle
D: holding angle
233: A vessel brought alongside should be fended off the towing
vessel by _____.
A: crew members using their arms
B: crew members using the strong muscles of their legs
C: fenders
D: No fending is necessary due to the rugged construction of
most towing vessels.
234: The helm command "shift your rudder" means _______________.
A: double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
B: bring your rudder amidships
C: change from right rudder to left rudder, or vice versa, an
equal number of degrees
D: check the swing of the vessel
235: Which ending is NOT acceptable in a wire rope that is free
to rotate when hoisting?
A: Poured socket
B: Liverpool eye splice
C: Eye formed with a pressure clamped sleeve
D: Eye formed by clips
236: As the propeller turns, voids are formed on the trailing
and leading edges of the propeller blades causing a loss of
propulsive efficiency, pitting of the blades, and vibration.
These voids are known as _____________.
A: advance
B: cavitation
C: edging
D: slip
237: The latch of a safety hook _____.
A: increases the strength of the hook
B: prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook if the
strain is abruptly eased
C: prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook if there
is a strain on the sling ring
D: All of the above
238: A shore is a piece of securing dunnage that _____________.
A: runs from a low supporting level up to the cargo at an angle
B: is also known as a "distance piece"
C: is placed on the deck under the cargo to distribute its
weight evenly
D: is run horizontally from a support to the cargo
239: Flame screens are used to _____.
A: contain flammable fumes
B: protect firefighters from flames
C: prevent flames from entering tanks
D: keep flames and sparks from getting out of an engine's
exhaust system
240: The best way to lift many small articles aboard your vessel
is with a _____.
A: pallet
B: barrel hook
C: spreader
D: snotter
241: If there are any changes in the crew in a foreign port, the
changes will be made by _____________.
A: the Master on the Certified Crew List
B: the Master on the Shipping Articles
C: U.S. Consul on the Certified Crew List
D: U.S. Consul on the Shipping Articles
242: The preventer guy, as used on a conventional yard and stay
rig, ___________________.
A: is rigged at an angle of 70ø to 90ø from the guy it assists
B: takes the strain imposed on the schooner guy when burtoning
cargo
C: is rigged when lifting cargo that exceeds the SWL of a
single whip
D: should take the strain if the regular guy parts
243: A towing vessel becomes tripped while towing on a hawser
astern. What factor is MOST important when assessing the
risk of capsizing?
A: Length of the towline
B: Height of the towline connection
C: Longitudinal position of the towline connection
D: Direction of opposing force
244: "Hard right rudder" means ________________________.
A: put the rudder over to the right all the way
B: jam the rudder against the stops
C: meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
D: put the rudder over quickly to 15ø right rudder
245: The fitting that allows a boom to move freely both
vertically and laterally is called the _______________.
A: swivel
B: lizard
C: spider band
D: gooseneck
246: The force exerted by a propeller which tends to throw the
stern right or left is called ___________.
A: slip
B: sidewise force
C: rotational force
D: thrust
247: The main advantage and chief characteristic of a Steulchen
boom is that it can be ___________________.
A: operated by one winchman
B: cradled on deck
C: swung from one hatch to the adjacent hatch
D: collared to the mast
248: Dunnage may be used to protect a cargo from loss or damage
by _______________________ .
A: ship's sweat
B: inherent vice
C: tainting
D: hygroscopic absorption
249: Functions aboard a tanker or tank barge such as connecting,
disconnecting, and topping off must be supervised by _____.
A: any certificated tankerman
B: the Master of the vessel
C: the officer of the watch
D: the person designated as "person in charge"
250: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the
nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible?
A: The crew members
B: The Master of the vessel
C: The port authorities
D: All of the above
251: A seaman lost his continuous discharge book during the
voyage. At discharge, he should be issued a _____________.
A: letter of service on company letterhead signed and sealed by
the master
B: Record of Entry in a Continuous Discharge Book for use in
applying for a duplicate book
C: Certificate of Discharge with the white copy forwarded to
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard
D: Mutual Release (CG-2119), and the articles should be
annotated as to the loss
252: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide,
diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product
tankship. Which statement is true?
A: Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks
and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
B: Pyridine and diisopropylamine may not be carried in tanks
having a common header vent.
C: Pyridine must be separated from carbon disulfide by two
barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.).
D: A tank of diisopropylamine may be used to separate a tank of
pyridine from a tank of carbon disulfide.
253: The forward movement of a ship in one revolution of its
propeller is measured by ______________.
A: advance
B: head reach
C: pitch
D: transfer
254: "Ease the rudder" means to ___________________.
A: move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent
rudder command
B: bring the rudder amidships
C: decrease the rudder angle
D: steer the course which is your present heading
255: Which statement about the proof test applied to cargo gear
is NOT correct?
A: The proof load is in excess of the safe working load.
B: The load can be applied by using a scale.
C: The test must be conducted at least once every 5 years.
D: The cargo boom must be not more than 15ø from the vertical.
256: When fruit is carried as refrigerated cargo, the most
frequent cause of its being infected at the discharge portis
___________________.
A: leaks in the ship's refrigeration system
B: improper cleaning of the cargo spaces
C: carriage at the wrong temperature
D: improper precooling of the cargo spaces
257: The distance between the surface of the liquid and the
tanktop in a cargo tank is called _____.
A: thievage
B: innage
C: ullage
D: tankage
258: Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammoniain
bulk. The keel was laid in 1980. Which statement
concerning the carriage of this cargo is TRUE?
A: A flammable gas detection system must be installed in each
cargo pump room.
B: The cargo may be gauged by automatic float type devices.
C: Carriage of this cargo is authorized by issuance of an IMO
Certificate.
D: Aluminum, copper, zinc, and mercury are allowed in valve
parts in contact with the cargo.
259: What is the correct sequence for electrically connecting
(grounding) a tank vessel to shore piping?
A: Open switch, connect ground cable, close switch, connect
cargo hose
B: Connect ground cable, open switch, connect cargo hose, close
switch
C: Close switch, connect cargo hose, open switch, connect
ground cable
D: Connect ground cable, connect cargo hose, open switch, close
switch
260: You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel,
containing class 1 explosives. The package is damp, moldy
and stained. To tansport this package according to the
regulations you MUST __________.
A: have the U.S.C.G. Captain of the Port approve the shipment
B: note an exception on the Bill of Lading
C: repair or replace the packaging before stowage
D: seek the shipper's advice with regard to withdrawal, repair,
or replacement
261: A seaman you have just discharged has a Continuous Discharge
Book. Which statement is TRUE?
A: A Certificate of Discharge Form should be attached to the
book.
B: An entry should be made in the book and a Certificate of
Discharge Form issued to the seaman.
C: If a vessel was on coastwise articles, the record of
discharge will be made in the Official Logbook.
D: The Record of Entry form must be submitted to the Coast
Guard.
262: Mousing a cargo hook with marline or small line __________.
A: increases the lifting capacity of the hook
B: protects the hook from the sling ring
C: prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook
D: All of the above
263: Which type of hull damage should be repaired FIRST?
A: Damage below the waterline
B: Damage to interior watertight boundaries
C: Damage in way of machinery rooms
D: Damage at or just above the waterline
264: The total weight of cargo, fuel, water, stores, passengers
and crew, and their effects, that a ship can carry, is the
_____.
A: bale cubic
B: deadweight
C: gross tonnage
D: loaded displacement
265: Which statement is TRUE about hooks and shackles?
A: Hooks are stronger than shackles of the same diameter.
B: Shackles are stronger than hooks of the same diameter.
C: Hooks and shackles of the same diameter are of equal
strength.
D: All the above may be true, depending on the hook's or
shackle's overall length.
266: The distance that a ship moves forward with each revolution
of its propeller, if there is no slip, is called
__________.
A: advance
B: head reach
C: pitch
D: transfer
267: Which statement is NOT true concerning the stowage of class
1 explosives?
A: Class 1.1 explosives may be stowed with class 9 dangerous
substances
B: Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated from" a stow of
class 5.1 oxidizing materials.
C: Class 1.4 explosives may not be stowed in the same hold with
class 6.1 poisons.
D: Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated from" a stow of
class 8 corrosive materials.
268: When a deck cargo is secured with chain or wire lashings
and grab (pear) links, which statement is FALSE?
A: The amount of take-up is limited by the length of the
turnbuckle.
B: At the grab (pear) link, the slack end of chain should be
led back and secured to the chain above the link.
C: The lashings should be inspected each day and any slack
taken up.
D: The turnbuckle should be secured with a stick or lock nuts.
269: Bonding cables are used during cargo transfer to __________.
A: provide safe electrical power connection to barge equipment
B: keep the vessel from surging excessively
C: prevent an accidental discharge of static electricity
D: secure the cargo hose to a hatch when loading "overall"
270: The disadvantage of using a heaving line to pass a towline
is that _____.
A: it increases the likelihood of collision between the towing
vessel and the disabled vessel
B: recreational boaters tend to make the heaving line fast to
the towed vessel as if it were the towline
C: the monkey fist may injure someone
D: it may reduce the catenary and increase yawing
271: Total responsibility for shipping and discharging the seamen
is that of the _____________.
A: Master of the vessel
B: steamship company
C: U.S. Custom Service
D: U.S. Coast Guard
273: You will load class 1.2 commercial explosives and need to
construct a portable magazine. The magazine MUST _______.
A: be made of metal
B: be elevated with skids 10cm (3.9 inches) above the deck
C: have a hinged cover
D: be fastened with nails or screws
274: What is the difference between net tonnage and gross
tonnage?
A: Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less certain deductible
spaces.
B: Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared to tonnage of whole
ship.
C: Net tonnage is gross tonnage minus engine and bunker spaces.
D: Net tonnage is the net weight of the ship.
275: You have taken another vessel in tow. You can tell that the
towing speed is too fast when the _____.
A: vessels are not in step
B: tow line feels like it is "jumping" when touched
C: catenary comes clear of the water
D: towed vessel goes "in irons"
276: As a ship moves through the water, it causes a wake, which
is also moving forward relative to the sea. In addition to
a fore and aft motion, this wake also has a(n) ___________.
A: downward and inward flow
B: downward and outward flow
C: upward and inward flow
D: upward and outward flow
277: Allied Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) has been established.
Which statement is TRUE?
A: The Naval Control of Shipping Organization of each nation
will serve their own ships only.
B: Allied ships which are at sea when an emergency is declared
will all be controlled by a central authority.
C: The conduct of U.S. flag ships in an allied port will be
controlled by U.S. NCS authorities.
D: After Naval Control of Shipping has neen established
permission to sail must come from local naval authorities or
consular officers.
278: Regulations concerning the stowage, lashing, and securing of
timber deck cargoes aboard general cargo vessels may be
found in the _____________.
A: International Cargo Bureau Regulations
B: Load Line Regulations
C: Rules and Regulations for Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels
D: vessel's classification society rules and regulations
279: The sequence to follow when connecting a bonding cable to a
tanker is to _________.
A: close switch, connect bonding cable, and connect cargo hose
B: connect cargo hose, connect bonding cable, and close switch
C: connect bonding cable, close switch, and connect cargo hose
D: connect bonding cable, connect cargo hose, and close switch
280: Your ship is in a neutral port when full Naval Control of
Shipping is established. You may expect to be boarded and
instructed by a(n) _______________.
A: U.S. Naval Control of Shipping Officer
B: allied Naval Control of Shipping Officer
C: Consular Shipping Officer
D: Any of the above
281: Which action will take place if a crew member is replaced in
a U.S. port after foreign articles have been signed, and
the ship proceeds foreign?
A: The Master will remove the replaced man's name from the
Certified Crew List but not from the articles.
B: The name of the new man is added to the articles but not to
the Certified Crew List.
C: The U.S. Consul will remove the replaced man's name from the
Certified Crew List.
D: The U.S. Consul will add the new man's name to the Certified
Crew List.
283: Which number in illustration D002DG indicates a gin block?
284: The beam of a vessel refers to the _____.
A: depth between decks
B: internal cubic capacity
C: molded depth of the vessel
D: width of the vessel
285: Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice
under defense planning?
A: celestial
B: electronic
C: piloting
D: None of the above
286: Sidewise force of the propeller tends to throw a vessel's
stern to the right or left, depending on rotation. This
force is caused by ____________.
A: back current from the rudder
B: greater pressure on the right or left side of the
propeller, depending on rotation
C: lower pressure on the right or left side of the propeller,
depending on rotation
D: torque from the velocity and angle at which the surrounding
water impinges upon the propeller blades
287: On the cargo manifest, the weight of the cargo inside a box
is called _____________________.
A: gross weight
B: net weight
C: light weight
D: rate weight
288: You have a quantity of bagged cargo to stow in a block in #3
UTD. Which stow will provide the maximum block stability?
A: Half-bag stow
B: Bag-on-bag stow
C: Alternate layer directions
D: Bilge and cantline
289: A bonding cable should be connected for cargo operations
aboard a tank vessel as soon as the _________.
A: cargo has been loaded or discharged
B: cargo hose is connected
C: cargo pumps are started
D: vessel is ready to handle cargo
290: What is NOT a form used by ice support services to
disseminate information?
A: Ice Analyses
B: Ice Forecasts
C: Ice Outlooks
D: Ice Bulletins
291: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel
making coastwise runs. Whenever a crew member is discharged
from your vessel you must _____________.
A: issue a Certificate of Discharge and make an entry in his
Continuous Discharge Book
B: issue a Certificate of Discharge or make an entry in his
Continuous Discharge Book
C: retain the crew member's Continuous Discharge Book onboard
D: retain the crew member's Certificate of Discharge onboard
292: Stress on the topping lift of a swinging boom can be reduced
by ___________________.
A: rigging a back stay
B: raising the boom
C: increasing the mechanical advantage of the cargo purchase
D: taking all slack out of the preventer
293: Which space(s) is(are) NOT exempt when measuring gross
tonnage?
A: Auxiliary machinery spaces above the deck
B: Steering gear room
C: Cargo holds
D: Galley in a deckhouse
294: Displacement refers to the _____.
A: cubic capacity of a vessel
B: deadweight carrying capacity of a vessel
C: gross tonnage of a vessel
D: number of long tons of water displaced by a vessel afloat
295: Which publication offers information on Great Lakes ice
services?
A: Light List volume VII
B: U.S. Coast Pilot #6
C: Marine Weather Log
D: National Weather Service, Ice Outlooks
296: You are on a course of 000ø T and put the rudder right 30ø.
In which direction will the transfer be measured?
A: 000ø T
B: 090ø T
C: 180ø T
D: 270ø T
297: Commercial ships or other persons or agencies requiring the
assistance of Canadian Coast Guard icebreakers should first
contact ________________.
A: the Canadian Coast Guard
B: Ice Sarnia
C: the Ice Navigation Center
D: the icebreaker assigned to the area
298: A venetian vent or rice ventilator is used in stowage of
which cargo?
A: Bagged cargo
B: Bulk grain
C: Bulk rice
D: Refrigerated goods
299: Cargo transfer operations on a tank vessel need NOT be
stopped when _____________.
A: a tug comes alongside while the tanker is loading grade D
and E cargoes
B: a large, fresh oil spill is discovered immediately adjacent
to the side of the tanker
C: there is an electrical storm in the vicinity
D: there is a fire on the dock or on a nearby vessel
301: You are signing on a crew. Which person is presenting a
Merchant Mariner's Document (MMD) that you should suspect as
being invalid?
A: An AB with an endorsement of "Any unlicensed rating in
the deck department including Able Seaman"
B: A seaman with an MMD only endorsed as "Bosun"
C: A Purser with an MMD only endorsed "See certificate
of registry"
D: A Chief Steward with an MMD only endorsed as
"Steward's Dept. (FH)"
302: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with orders
to load diethylamine. What is NOT a requirement for
transporting this cargo?
A: You must have two toxic vapor detectors or the pumproom
must meet special requirements.
B: Each crew member must be provided with an emergency
escape breathing apparatus.
C: A person taking cargo samples must wear protective
clothing.
D: If you are carrying propionic acid also, the venting
systems must be segregated.
304: To warp a vessel means to _____.
A: anchor the vessel
B: bring the head into the wind
C: clean the decks
D: move the vessel by hauling on lines
306: You are aboard a single-screw vessel with a right-handed
propeller. The vessel is dead in the water and the rudder
is amidships. If you reverse your engine you would expect
your vessel to _____.
A: kick its stern to port
B: kick its stern to starboard
C: move astern without swinging
D: swing its stern to starboard, then to port
308: Of the general methods of stowing bagged cargo, which allows
maximum ventilation?
A: Brick method
B: Cross tier method
C: Full-bag method
D: Half-bag method
309: When planning the loading or discharging of a VLCC (100,000
DWT+) what is the most important consideration?
A: Draft and trim
B: Limits of the bending moments
C: Rate of discharging
D: Rate of loading
311: The Shipping Articles shall be signed by each seaman and the
_____________.
A: Master of the vessel
B: Shipping Commissioner
C: U.S. Coast Guard
D: U.S. Customs Service
312: If you are bunkering and you close off one tank in the line
of tanks being filled, the rate of flow to other open tanks
on the same line will ___________________.
A: increase
B: decrease
C: stop
D: remain constant
314: "Avast" means _____.
A: let go
B: pull
C: slack off
D: stop
318: In preparing a cargo space for receipt of a shipment of
bagged cargo, which instruction for laying dunnage should be
followed?
A: Use either 1 or 2 tiers of dunnage, spacing the pieces in
each tier a foot apart, and lay pieces in the bottom tier
diagonally to the ship's side.
B: Use 1 tier of dunnage, laying the pieces tightly together to
form a solid floor over the steel deck.
C: Use 2 tiers of dunnage, spacing the pieces in the bottom
tier about a foot apart and the pieces in the top tier 6
inches apart.
D: Use 2 tiers of dunnage, spacing the pieces in the bottom
tier about a foot apart and the pieces in the top tier
together.
319: Static electricity may be built up by the ________________.
A: flow of petroleum through pipes
B: spraying or splashing of petroleum
C: settling of solids or water in petroleum
D: All of the above
320: Containers of flammable solids should be conspicuously
labeled by the shipper with a __________.
A: green label
B: red and white label
C: orange label
D: yellow label
324: A "chock" is a _____.
A: deck fitting used to secure mooring lines
B: casting fitted at the side of a weatherdeck, used as a
fairlead
C: sharp block of wood used to support hygroscopic cargo
D: smoke pipe for the galley stove
326: In order to back a right-handed, single-screw vessel in
a straight line, you will probably need to use ______.
A: very little rudder
B: some left rudder
C: some right rudder
D: full left rudder
327: You are on a multiple product tankship and carrying methyl
acrylate, diethanolamine, and triethylamine. Which
statement is TRUE?
A: Methyl acrylate may be loaded in a tank adjacent to
diethanolamine but not triethylamine.
B: The heating coils to the cargo tank loaded with methyl
acrylate must be blanked off.
C: Valve components made of aluminum, copper, or zinc may not
be in contact with the cargoes.
D: Each crew member working on deck must have an emergency
escape breathing apparatus.
328: The heaviest type pallet is the ____________.
A: factory pallet
B: shipping pallet
C: stevedoring pallet
D: warehouse pallet
329: Litmus paste is used in order to determine _____.
A: innage
B: thievage
C: ullage
D: the tank's datum point
331: Shipping articles are a contract of agreement between the
members of the crew and the _____________.
A: charterers
B: Coast Guard
C: Master
D: vessel's owner
332: The helm command "Meet her" means ___________________.
A: steer more carefully
B: use rudder to check the swing
C: decrease the existing rudder angle
D: note the course and steady on that heading
334: The space above the engine room is called the _____.
A: fidley
B: gold locker
C: middle hatch
D: noble
336: When a vessel with a single right-hand propeller backs to
port the _________________.
A: bow falls off to starboard
B: vessel moves to port without changing heading
C: bow swings to port
D: vessel moves to starboard without changing heading
337: On a coastwise tugboat of 199 GT, on a voyage over 600
miles, what percentage of the deck crew must hold a document
of able seaman or a license?
A: 65%
B: 50%
C: 25%
D: 0%
338: The basic pallet pattern shown in illustration D007DG is
called a ____________.
A: block pattern
B: row pattern
C: pinwheel pattern
D: brick pattern
339: Oil product samples should be taken from the _____.
A: dock riser
B: ship's cargo tanks
C: shore tank discharge
D: All of the above
340: Argon is classified as a ____________________.
A: corrosive
B: flammable gas
C: flammable liquid
D: nonflammable gas
341: The Certificate of Freeboard is the _____________.
A: Load Line Certificate
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Admeasurer's Certificate
D: Forecastle Card
342: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with orders to
load diethylamine. What is NOT a requirement for
transporting this cargo?
A: You must have two toxic vapor detectors or the pumproom must
meet special requirements.
B: Each crew member must be provided with an emergency escape
breathing apparatus.
C: A person taking cargo samples must wear protective clothing.
D: If you are also carrying allyl alcohol, the venting systems
must be segregated.
344: The purpose of a bilge well is to _____.
A: afford access to the shell through the double bottoms
B: collect water to be pumped out
C: provide access for the pneumercator
D: provide a base line for sounding measurements
345: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?
A: Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she
goes.
B: Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of
degrees it is now.
C: Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
D: Stop the swing of the ship.
346: A vessel is equipped with a single right-handed screw. With
rudder amidships and calm wind, the vessel will most likely
back _________________.
A: straight astern
B: to port
C: to starboard
D: in no particular direction
347: You are the person in charge of a 199-GT uninspected towing
vessel engaged in coastwise towing from the Gulf of Mexico
to the New York area, a distance in excess of 600 miles.
Which statement is FALSE?
A: Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.
B: All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
C: Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
D: The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.
348: The basic pallet pattern shown in illustration D006DG is
called a ____________.
A: block pattern
B: row pattern
C: pinwheel pattern
D: brick pattern
351: Which certificate is issued by the American Bureau of
Shipping?
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Load Line Certificate
C: Safety Equipment Certificate
D: Permit to Proceed for repairs
354: A "stopper" is _____.
A: a short length of line used for temporarily holding another
line
B: a snatch block for handling a topping lift
C: an engine order telegraph
D: the brake on a cargo winch
355: Generally, you can best keep a vessel under steering control
when the vessel has __________.
A: headway
B: sternway
C: no way on, with engines stopped
D: no way on, with engines full ahead
356: It is possible, and sometimes necessary, to strengthen the
deck of a vessel for carriage of deck cargo by ____________.
A: placing bunker on the deck
B: building a stage on which to place the cargo
C: welding steel "feet" to the deck, on which the cargo is
placed
D: erecting vertical pillars under the deck to support the
cargo
357: What does the proof test load of an anchor chain
demonstrate?
A: Breaking strength of the chain
B: Strength of the chain to a specified limit
C: Adequate holding power for new bottom conditions
D: Safe working load of the chain
358: The basic pallet pattern shown is called a ____________.
A: block pattern
B: row pattern
C: pinwheel pattern
D: brick pattern
360: The label required on containers carrying barium oxide in
an international shipment must read ______________.
A: "Keep away from food"
B: "Spontaneously combustible"
C: "Radioactive"
D: "Biomedical material"
361: The strictest load line regulations apply to _____________.
A: gas carriers
B: freighters (break-bulk)
C: passenger ships
D: tankers
362: A towing vessel is tripped when __________.
A: it is overtaken by the tow
B: it is pulled sideways by the tow
C: the weight of the towing hawser causes loss of
maneuverability
D: the propeller is fouled by the towing hawser
363: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to
derive net tonnage?
A: Companions and booby hatches
B: Chart room
C: Open structures
D: All of the above
364: A long ton is _____.
A: 1,000 pounds
B: 2,000 pounds
C: 2,240 pounds
D: 2,400 pounds
365: The label required on containers carrying barium oxide in an
international shipment must read _______________.
A: "Keep away from food"
B: None required
C: "Radioactive"
D: "Biomedical material"
366: When backing down with sternway the pivot point of a vessel
is ___________.
A: at the bow
B: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
C: about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
D: aft of the propellors
367: The label required on containers carrying barium oxide for
international shipment must read _______________.
A: "Radioactive material"
B: "Spontaneously combustible"
C: "Keep away from food"
D: "Biomedical material"
368: A cargo of refrigerated fruit is packed in crates with
transverse members dividing the crate in two equal parts.
Which statement is TRUE?
A: The cargo block should be tightly packed if the cargo is
suitably chilled upon delivery to the vessel.
B: Both sides of each crate must be checked for the
temperature and the appearance of the fruit.
C: The cargo block should be stowed with air channels built
throughout the stowed cargo.
D: The crates should NEVER be stowed brick fashion.
370: Cottonseed oil is classed as a ____________________.
A: combustible liquid
B: flammable liquid
C: flammable solid
D: poison B
371: In the United States, the load line markings are set by the
_______________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Coast Guard
C: Federal Maritime Board
D: IMO
372: Keeping the draft at or below the load line mark will insure
that the vessel has adequate _______________.
A: ballast
B: reserve buoyancy
C: displacement
D: rolling periods
373: The label required on containers carrying barium oxide in an
international shipment must read _________________.
A: "Biomedical material"
B: "Keep away from food"
C: "Radioactive"
D: None required
374: Holes in the bulwark, which allow deck water to drain into
the sea, are _____.
A: doggers
B: fidleys
C: freeing ports
D: swash ports
375: The best line for towing small vessels is _____.
A: three strand nylon
B: double-braided nylon
C: polypropylene
D: manila
376: You are aboard a right-handed single-screw vessel with
headway on. The engine is put full astern and the rudder
hard left. What will the bow do?
A: It will swing to the left, and will swing left faster as the
vessel loses way.
B: It will swing to the left, straighten out and then swing to
the right as the vessel loses way.
C: It will swing to the left without increasing or decreasing
its swing.
D: The bow will swing to the right.
378: In preparation for receiving chilled reefer cargo, the
reefer space has been precooled for over twenty-four hours.
Loading may begin when the space has been cooled to a
temperature between ____________.
A: -10ø F (-23ø C) and +10ø F (-12ø C)
B: 12ø F (-11ø C) and 20ø F (-7ø C)
C: 28ø F (-2ø C) and 40ø F ( 4ø C)
D: 42ø F (6ø C) and 55ø F (13ø C)
380: The (auto)ignition temperature is that temperature at
which_______.
A: no spark or flame is required to ignite gas or vapor
B: a fuel begins to give off explosive vapors
C: a fuel if ignited will continue to burn
D: a 1% mixture of the fuel with air will explode
384: A "strongback" refers to a _____.
A: bar securing a cargo port
B: centerline vertical bulkhead
C: deep beam
D: spanner stay
386: You are maneuvering a vessel with a right-hand propellor.
The rudder is amidships. The vessel will generally back
______.
A: to port
B: to starboard
C: in a straight line directly astern
D: downstream, the stern going in the direction of the current
388: When refueling a power-operated industrial truck in the hold
of a cargo vessel, how many people must be specifically
assigned and present for the complete operation?
A: One
B: Two
C: Three
D: None, refueling is not allowed in a cargo hold
390: A package contains nitric acid solution and is radioactive.
The radiation level at the package surface is .36
millirems per hour. How should this package be labeled?
A: Radioactive II and oxidizer
B: Radioactive II and poison
C: Radioactive I and corrosive
D: Fissile class I
391: A tonnage tax is levied according to the _____________.
A: deadweight cargo tonnage aboard
B: displacement tonnage of vessel
C: gross tonnage of vessel
D: net tonnage of vessel
394: The rope which is rove from the truck to be used with a
bos'n chair is called a _____.
A: gantline
B: life line
C: strop
D: whip
395: The vertical motion of a floating vessel in which the
entire hull is lifted by the force of the sea is known as
________.
A: surge
B: sway
C: heave
D: pitch
396: A vessel is equipped with twin propellers, both turning
outboard with the engines half ahead. If there is no wind
or current and the rudders are amidships, what will happen?
A: The bow will swing to starboard.
B: The bow will swing to port.
C: The vessel will steer a zigzag course.
D: The vessel will steer a fairly straight course.
398: Peck and Hale gear is used most commonly for securing _____.
A: automobiles
B: baled cargo
C: large wooden crates
D: palletized cargo
400: You are on a containership carrying a tank container that
had been filled with sodium hydroxide solution. The
container is empty but has not been cleaned. Which, if any,
placard is required?
A: No placard is required; the tank openings must be sealed
B: Empty placard with corrosive placard
C: Residue label with the UN number
D: Black and white corrosive placard
404: A vessel's "quarter" is that section which is _____.
A: abeam
B: dead astern
C: just aft of the bow
D: on either side of the stern
406: A twin-screw vessel with a single rudder is making headway.
The engines are full speed ahead. There is no wind or
current. Which statement is FALSE?
A: If one screw is stopped, the ship will turn toward the side
of the stopped screw.
B: The principal force which turns the ship is set up by the
wake against the forward side of the rudder.
C: Turning response by use of the rudder only is greater than
on a single-screw vessel.
D: With the rudder amidships, the ship will steer a fairly
steady course.
407: You are carrying cargoes of crotonaldehyde, phosphoric acid,
and morpholine on your multiple-product tankship. Which of
the following statements is TRUE?
A: Each of the cargoes must be segregated from the other by at
least two barriers.
B: The minimum protective clothing required for taking samples
of phosphoric acid is goggles or a face shield.
C: Aluminum, copper, and zinc are prohibited in all valve parts
in contact with these cargoes.
D: The required warning sign must have the legend "cancer
hazard" added to it.
408: What is the meaning of the term tare weight?
A: Pounds of force necessary to damage a container
B: Total weight of a container and contents
C: Weight of a container
D: Weight of the contents of a container
409: A tanker is loaded with 5,000 barrels of petroleum. The
cargo was loaded at a temperature of 70ø F, and the
coefficient of expansion is .0004. What is the net amount in
barrels of cargo loaded?
A: 4800
B: 4980
C: 5020
D: 5200
410: You are loading a cargo tank on your container ship. The
tank displays the red label indicated in illustration
D023DG. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The tank contains propylene.
B: The tank's volume is 1090 cubic feet (31 cubic meters).
C: There are three tanks in the shipment.
D: The tank contains an oxidizing material.
411: Tonnage tax is officially based upon the figures obtained
from the _____________.
A: Admeasurement Certificate
B: deadweight scale
C: displacement scale
D: Load Line Certificate
412: Which number indicates a schooner guy?
414: To "ease" a line means to _____.
A: cast off
B: double up so that one line does not take all the strain
C: pay out line to remove most of the tension
D: slack it off quickly
416: While moving ahead, a twin-screw ship has an advantage over
a single-screw ship because _____________.
A: correct trim will be obtained more easily
B: drag effect will be cancelled out
C: side forces will be eliminated
D: speed will be increased
418: On a vessel proceeding from a very cold to a warm climate
with a cargo of a nonhygroscopic nature in the holds, which
is TRUE?
A: Danger of heavy ship sweat exists; constant and vigorous
ventilation is required.
B: There is danger of heavy cargo sweat if outside air is
introduced by ventilation.
C: There is little danger of ship's sweat, slight possibility
of cargo sweat; moderate ventilation is needed.
D: The possibility of any sweat problem, either cargo or ship,
is remote.
419: A cargo of 10,000 barrels of gasoline is loaded at a
temperature of 90ø F, and a cargo temperature of 55ø F, is
expected on this voyage. It has a coefficient of expansion
of .0006. How many barrels would you expect to discharge at
your destination?
A: 9790
B: 9994
C: 10210
D: 10410
420: In handling break bulk hazardous materials, it is forbidden
to use _________.
A: cargo nets
B: metal bale hooks
C: pallets
D: slings
421: An International Tonnage Certificate will be issued to a
vessel when it meets several requirements, one of which is
that the vessel must ______________.
A: admeasure over 100 GT
B: be 79 or more feet in length
C: engage in intercoastal or international trade
D: be issued a Certificate of Inspection
424: Faking a line means to _____.
A: arrange it on deck in long bights
B: coil it down on deck
C: put a whipping on it
D: stow it below
426: You are stopped with no way upon your vessel at the pilot
station. Your vessel is a large twin-screw ship. You must
come around 180ø to board your Pilot. How should you use
the engines and rudder to turn the ship fastest in the least
amount of space?
A: Full ahead on the engines and hard over rudder
B: Full ahead on one engine, full astern on the other
C: Half ahead with hard over rudder, then full astern on
inboard engine
D: Slow ahead with hard over rudder
427: What is the greatest danger of an overriding tow?
A: Fouling of the towing hawser
B: Loss of steering
C: Tripping
D: Collision between the tow and the stern of the towing vessel
428: Your vessel is going from a warm climate to a cold climate
with a hygroscopic cargo. Which statement is TRUE?
A: You must ventilate constantly and vigorously to combat ship
sweat.
B: You should ventilate; there is little danger of ship sweat,
but a possibility of cargo sweat.
C: There is danger of heavy cargo sweat if you ventilate.
D: There is little danger of any sweat problem.
429: A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The
temperature of the product is 90² F (32² C), and it has a
coefficient of expansion of .0008. What is the net amount
of cargo loaded?
A: 8856 bbls
B: 8784 bbls
C: 8820 bbls
D: 9216 bbls
430: On a manned vessel carrying packaged hazardous cargo, the
hazardous materials shall be inspected ____________.
A: every 24 hours unless equipped with a fire detecting system
B: prior to entry into a U.S. port
C: after stowage is complete
D: All of the above
431: Official proof of an American vessel's nationality is
contained in the _____________.
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Official Log
C: Certificate of Documentation
D: Shipping Articles
434: To "belay" a line means to _____.
A: coil it down
B: heave it taut
C: stow it below
D: secure it to a cleat
436: The rudders are amidships and both screws are going ahead.
What will happen if the starboard screw is stopped?
A: The bow will go to port.
B: The bow will go to starboard.
C: The bow will remain steady.
D: The stern will go to starboard.
437: Prior to getting underway in fresh or brackish water, the
Master must _____________________.
A: log the density of the water
B: secure all overboard discharges
C: take on fresh water ballast
D: clean the sides with fresh water
438: Your vessel is loaded with nonhygroscopic cargoes and is
going from a cold to a warm climate. You should _____.
A: start the exhaust blowers
B: start the intake blowers
C: not ventilate the cargo holds
D: ventilate the cargo holds
439: When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST action you
should take if a cargo valve jammed open?
A: Trip the pump relief valve.
B: Order the dock man to shut down.
C: Call the owner, operator, or terminal supervisor.
D: Run out the vessel's or terminal's fire hose.
440: If a Master must jettison a container loaded with hazardous
material, he must, as soon as possible, notify the ________.
A: National Cargo Bureau
B: Environmental Protection Agency
C: National Hazardous Chemical Response Center
D: nearest Captain of the Port
441: The document which shows a vessel's nationality, ownership,
and tonnage is the _______________.
A: Manifest Certificate
B: Bill of Lading Certificate
C: Certificate of Documentation
D: Official Logbook
442: "Ease the rudder" means to _______________________.
A: move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent
rudder command
B: decrease the rudder angle
C: bring the rudder amidships
D: steer the course which is your present heading
443: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the hogging numeral.
A: 86.72 numeral
B: 89.98 numeral
C: 91.40 numeral
D: 93.18 numeral
444: A metal object on the pier resembling a tree stump and made
to receive mooring lines is a _____.
A: bight
B: bollard
C: chock
D: camel
446: A twin-screw vessel can clear the inboard propeller and
maneuver off a pier best by holding a(n) _________________.
A: forward spring line and going slow ahead on the inboard
engine
B: after spring line and going slow astern on the outboard
engine
C: forward spring line and going slow ahead on both engines
D: forward spring line and going slow ahead on the outboard
engine
448: Hygroscopic cargoes should be ventilated when _____.
A: going from a warm to a cold climate
B: the dew point of the outside air is greater than the dew
point of the air in the hold
C: the dew point of the air in the hold is very low
D: the outside dew point is 60ø F (16ø C) and the cargo
temperature is 54ø F (12ø C)
449: When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the first action you
should take if a cargo valve jammed open?
A: Call the owner, operator, or terminal supervisor.
B: Unplug the deck scuppers.
C: Order the dock man to shut down.
D: Run out the vessel's or terminal's fire hose.
450: Once a vessel has loaded packaged hazardous cargo, the cargo
spaces shall be inspected. The spaces shall also be
inspected at least once in every 24 hours. The only
exception to daily inspection is when ____________________.
A: a vessel is equipped with an automatic smoke or fire
detecting system
B: the cargo hatches are of steel construction
C: the cargo is of a nonflammable type
D: there is sufficient fire protection located on the main deck
adjacent to the cargo hatch
451: What is official proof of a vessel's ownership?
A: Certificate of Documentation
B: Bill of Lading
C: Transfer Certificate
D: Logbook
454: A rope ladder with wooden rungs is a _____.
A: drop ladder
B: life ladder
C: Jacob's ladder
D: jury ladder
455: A vessel having continuous closely spaced transverse
strength members is _______________.
A: longitudinally framed
B: transversely framed
C: cellular framed
D: web framed
456: You are conning a twin-screw vessel going ahead with rudders
amidships. If the port screw stops turning the bow will
________________.
A: go to port
B: go to starboard
C: not veer to either side
D: go first to port and then to starboard
457: You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing vessel
of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the
Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Deck watches may be 6 and 6.
B: Able seamen are not required in the deck crew.
C: All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
D: A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
458: Sweat damage will occur in a cargo hold containing cased
machinery when the __________.
A: air temperature of the hold is higher than the temperature
of the outside air
B: dew point of the hold is higher than the temperature of the
ship's skin
C: dew point of the outside air is lower than the temperature
of the cargo
D: outside air temperature is colder than the temperature of
the cargo
459: Petroleum cargo tanks should not be topped off at deck level
when loading on a cold day because ____________.
A: a subsequent temperature rise will cause the cargo to
overflow
B: air pockets may cause the cargo to bubble out of the ullage
hole
C: the increased viscosity of the product requires higher
loading pressure which increases the chances of a spill
D: the tank valve may be stiff and a spill will occur before
the valve can be closed
460: When stowing hazardous materials on deck, lashing of such
cargo is permitted if ____________.
A: a wooden bin is constructed of at least 2-inch dunnage and
bolted together
B: the cargo is lashed to the adjacent guard rails
C: the lashings are secured to deck pad eyes
D: there is at least 3 inches of dunnage on deck
466: A twin screw vessel, making headway with both engines
turning ahead, will turn more readily to starboard if you
________.
A: reverse port engine, apply right rudder
B: reverse port engine, rudder amidships
C: reverse starboard engine, apply right rudder
D: reverse starboard engine, rudder amidships
468: Sweat damage in a hatch full of canned goods in cartons will
occur when the _________.
A: air temperature is higher than the temperature of the cargo
B: air temperature is lower than the temperature of the cargo
C: dew point is higher than the temperature of the cargo
D: dew point is lower than the temperature of the cargo
469: With an increase in temperature the volume of flammable and
combustible liquids _____.
A: expands
B: contracts
C: remains constant
D: remains constant if pressure remains constant
471: The official identification of a vessel is found in the
_____________.
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Classification Certificate
C: Load Line Certificate
D: Certificate of Documentation
472: On a long ocean tow, the bridle should be made up of two
equal lengths of _____.
A: chain
B: wire
C: nylon
D: manila
473: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound
for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back
to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?
A: He may refuse to accept the seaman if the seaman is
medically unfit.
B: He must take the seaman even if the seaman has a
contagious disease.
C: He is always required to take the seaman.
D: He may refuse to take the seaman if it will violate the
Certificate of Inspection.
474: On an anchor windlass, the wheel over which the anchor chain
passes is called a _________________.
A: brake compressor wheel
B: devil's claw
C: wildcat
D: winchhead
475: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "F" is
called a _________.
A: bow line
B: breast line
C: forward spring line
D: None of the above
476: You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships,
when your port engine stalls. To continue backing on
course, you should _______________.
A: apply left rudder
B: apply right rudder
C: increase engine speed
D: keep your rudder amidships
477: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the
Coast Guard in which casualty situation?
A: An injury requiring first aid treatment
B: Damage of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
C: Accidental stranding or grounding
D: Damage to property amounting to $(SA)12,500
478: The moisture equilibrium chart can be used to determine the
__________.
A: absolute moisture content of the air surrounding a
hygroscopic cargo when moisture equilibrium exists
B: dew point temperature that the air surrounding a hygroscopic
commodity will have when in moisture equilibrium with that
commodity
C: enthalpy of the air surrounding a hydroscopic cargo which is
in moisture equilibrium with the cargo
D: temperature at which moisture equilibrium will occur in a
cargo hold containing a hygroscopic cargo
479: Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find
that she has too much trim by the stern. To adjust the
trim you may ______________.
A: add ballast forward
B: load more cargo forward
C: shift bunkers forward
D: All of the above
480: What is NOT a requirement for the preparation of used,
gasoline-propelled cars if they are to be carried as
ordinary cargo and not as hazardous cargo?
A: The engine must be run until it dies from lack of fuel.
B: The fuel tank must be inerted with CO2.
C: The battery cables must be disconnected.
D: No other hazardous material must be in the vehicle.
481: Which U.S. agency assigns an official number to a vessel?
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Collector of Customs
C: Treasury Department
D: Coast Guard
482: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons is to be loaded
aboard your vessel. You examine one of the cartons of the
lot shown. What is the total cubic space the consignment
will occupy? (Assume no broken stowage.)
A: 51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters)
B: 58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters)
C: 336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters)
D: 700 cubic feet (21 cubic meters)
484: On stud-link anchor chain the addition of the stud increases
the strength of the link by about _____.
A: 10%
B: 15%
C: 20%
D: 50%
486: You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships.
Your starboard engine stalls. To continue backing on
course, you should ___________________.
A: apply left rudder
B: apply right rudder
C: increase your engine speed
D: keep your rudder amidships
488: Which data can NOT be found on a moisture equilibrium chart?
A: Dry bulb temperature
B: Moisture content
C: Vapor pressure
D: Wet bulb temperature
489: Your tank vessel is fully loaded, and you find that she is
down slightly by the head. To adjust the trim, you may
________________.
A: add ballast aft
B: load more cargo aft
C: shift cargo aft
D: All of the above
490: Which agency is authorized to assist the Coast Guard in the
inspection of vessels for the suitability of loading
hazardous materials?
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Environmental Protection Agency
C: National Cargo Bureau, Inc.
D: U.S. Navy explosive loading details
491: A change of a U.S. vessel's name can only be made by the
_____.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Commissioner of Customs
C: Treasury Department
D: Coast Guard
492: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel
operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground.
Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify
the _______________.
A: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to
personnel
B: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to
property in excess of $(SA)25,000
C: nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible
D: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in loss of life
494: What best describes an anchor buoy?
A: A black ball that is hoisted when the ship anchors
B: A buoy attached to the anchor
C: A buoy attached to the scope of an anchor chain
D: A mark of the number of fathoms in an anchor chain
495: Which space(s) is (are) deducted from gross tonnage to
derive net tonnage?
A: Boatswain's stores
B: Companions and booby hatches
C: Passenger spaces
D: All of the above
496: Your twin-screw vessel is moving ASTERN with rudders
amidships. The starboard screw suddenly stops turning. Your
vessel's head will _________________.
A: go to port
B: go to starboard
C: remain stationary
D: suddenly drop down
498: When the dew point of the outside air is higher than the dew
point of the air in the cargo hold, you should __________.
A: energize the exhaust blowers
B: energize the intake blowers
C: not ventilate the cargo holds
D: ventilate the cargo holds
499: Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find
that she has too much trim by the stern. To adjust the
trim, you may _______________.
A: add ballast forward
B: load more cargo forward
C: shift bunkers forward
D: All of the above
500: What would NOT require that a detailed report of the release
of hazardous cargo be made to the Department of
Transportation?
A: The valve on an empty portable tank that contained acetone
is accidently opened and some of the residue escapes to the
open sea.
B: A carboy of nitric acid is broken on deck while loading and
is flushed overboard with no injury or damage.
C: Part of your deck cargo of five gallon cans of paint is
damaged and leaking so you jettison them to eliminate the
fire hazard.
D: Heavy weather causes damage to packages of a hazardous
liquid that is subsequently pumped out at sea through the
bilge pumping system.
501: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
ROUTINE will be delivered within ___________.
A: 1 to 6 hours
B: 3 hours to start of business the following day
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 10 minutes if possible
502: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: Z (FLASH)
B: O (IMMEDIATE)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: P (PRIORITY)
504: Anchors are prevented from running out when secured by the
_____________________.
A: brake
B: devil's claw
C: pawls
D: All of the above
505: Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice
under defense planning?
A: celestial
B: piloting
C: electronic
D: None of the above
506: With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-screw
vessel moving astern with both engines backing will back
_______________.
A: to port
B: to starboard
C: in a fairly straight line
D: in a circular motion
507: You are signing on your crew. Which is NOT authorized?
A: A man presenting his Chief Mate's license to sign on as
able seaman
B: An engineer presenting an MMD endorsed "QMED - any rating"
to sign on as an Electrician
C: A man presenting an MMD endorsed as "Able Seaman" to sign on
as Bosun
D: A man presenting an MMD endorsed "Steward's Department
(F.H.)" to sign on as Chief Cook
508: When the dew point of the outside air is lower than or equal
to the dew point of the air in the cargo hold, you should
_________.
A: secure all ventilation
B: shut down the exhaust blowers
C: shut down the intake blowers
D: ventilate the cargo holds
509: Which factor must be considered when determining the order
of loading of dissimilar products through the same piping
system aboard a tanker?
A: Cleanliness of the products
B: Flash points
C: Reid vapor pressures
D: Specific gravities
510: You have loaded dangerous cargo on your vessel and must fill
out a Dangerous Cargo Manifest. In which publication would
you find the requirements to complete this form?
A: 33 CFR - Navigation and Navigable Waters
B: 46 CFR - Shipping
C: IMCO - Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization
D: IMDG - International Maritime Dangerous Goods
511: All U.S. Flag vessels engaged in foreign trade are required
to have a(n) _____________.
A: enrollment
B: license
C: registry
D: sea letter
514: The part of an anchor which takes hold on the bottom is the
_________________.
A: arm
B: base
C: fluke
D: stock
516: You are going ahead on twin engines with rudder amidships.
Your starboard engine stalls. To continue on course, you
should _________________.
A: apply left rudder
B: apply right rudder
C: increase engine speed
D: keep your rudder amidships
517: What is the purpose of the intermediate spring?
A: Serves as a backup for the main tow hawser in case of
failure.
B: Provides weight and flexibility to the total tow makeup.
C: Lengthens the main tow hawser to keep the tow in step.
D: Distributes the towing load.
518: Which factor is MOST important in preventing sweat damage
within a cargo hold?
A: Dew point of the cargo hold
B: Dew point of the outside atmosphere
C: Outside air temperature
D: Temperature of the cargo
519: What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping off?
A: Reduce the loading rate.
B: Notify the engine room of the procedure.
C: Maintain communications with the dock man.
D: Give the operation your undivided attention.
521: A single heavy wire made up for the topping lift is called a
______________.
A: bale
B: spanner wire
C: bull line
D: working guy
522: You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which
carries two (2) licensed Operators and four (4) seamen when
underway. How many of the four seamen must have a rating as
able seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?
524: The purpose of the stripping bar on an anchor windlass is to
_______________.
A: clean off any mud that may have accumulated on the chain
B: engage or disengage the wildcat
C: fairlead the chain from the hawsepipe to the wildcat
D: prevent the chain from fouling the wildcat
526: You are going ahead on twin engines with rudders amidships.
Your port engine stalls. To continue your course you should
________________.
A: apply right rudder
B: apply left rudder
C: keep your rudder amidships
D: increase engine speed
528: Determine the dew point when the dry bulb temperature is
74ø F (23ø C) and the wet bulb temperature is 60ø F (16ø C).
529: When loading a tanker, you should _____.
A: load only one tank at a time
B: keep the seamen on watch on standby in the mess room
C: keep a strain on the loading hoses
D: close valves by closing them down, reopening one or two
turns, and re-closing
530: A snatch block is indicated by which number in illustration
D002DG?
534: Which is part of the ground tackle?
A: Charlie noble
B: Devil's claw
C: Gooseneck
D: Rat's tail
535: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
called a(n) _________.
A: offshore bow line
B: inshore bow line
C: forward breast line
D: forward spring line
536: Your vessel is backing on the starboard screw, and going
ahead on the port screw. The bow will __________________.
A: back on a straight line
B: move ahead on a straight line
C: swing to port
D: swing to starboard
538: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 80ø F
(27ø C) and the wet bulb temperature is 70ø F (21ø C), what
is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 45%
B: 52%
C: 58%
D: 65%
541: The official number of a documented vessel is _____________.
A: not required to be marked anywhere on the vessel
B: required to be permanently marked on the vessel's
structure
C: required to be painted on the vessel's stern
D: required to be painted on the vessel's bow
544: If the winch should fail while you are hauling in the
anchor, what prevents the anchor cable from running out?
A: Chain stopper
B: Devil's claw
C: Hawse ratchet
D: Riding pawl
545: Repairing damage to the hull at or above the waterline
reduces the threat of _____.
A: free surface effects
B: capsizing
C: continued progressive flooding
D: wind heel
546: A twin-screw ship going ahead on the starboard screw
only tends to move _________.
A: in a straight line
B: to port
C: from side to side
D: to starboard
548: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 55² F
(13² C) and the wet bulb is 50² F (10² C), what is the
relative humidity?
A: 55%
B: 70%
C: 75%
D: 82%
549: Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak
develops in the hose. You order the pumping stopped.
Before you resume pumping, you should ____________.
A: notify the terminal superintendent
B: place a large drip pan under the leak and plug the scuppers
C: repair the hose with a patch
D: replace the hose
551: The name and hailing port of a documented commercial vessel
is __________.
A: not required to be marked anywhere on the vessel
B: required to be marked on both bows and on the keel
C: required to be marked on the stern with the name of the
vessel marked on both bows
D: required to be marked on the keel, stern, and both bows
554: Which part of the patent anchor performs the same function
as the stock of an old fashioned anchor; that is, forces the
flukes to dig in?
A: Bill or pea
B: Arm
C: Shank
D: Tripping Palm
556: You may BEST turn a twin-screw vessel about, to the right,
in a narrow channel by using _____________.
A: both engines ahead and helm
B: one engine only
C: port engine ahead and the starboard engine astern
D: both engines astern and use helm
557: A report of casualty to a vessel must include ___________.
A: the estimated cost of damage
B: an evaluation of who was at fault
C: the amount of ballast on board
D: the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
558: A heated bulkhead has the effect on a hygroscopic commodity
of __________.
A: causing moisture to accumulate against the bulkhead
B: lowering the vapor pressure of the commodity
C: lowering the dew point of the air
D: raising the vapor pressure of the commodity
559: A vessel loads edible oil in a deep tank through a manhole
at the midlength of the tank. In order to fill the tank to
maximum capacity, what trim should the vessel have?
A: Down by the bow
B: Down by the stern
C: Down by either the bow or stern
D: In level trim
560: You are loading a cargo that includes cylinders of acetylene
aboard your break bulk vessel. Which statement is true?
A: The cylinders must be stowed at least 10 horizontal feet
from corrosive materials in the same space.
B: Stowage in the upper tween-deck is considered to be the
equivalent of "on deck" stowage for this cargo.
C: The cylinders must have a red label for flammability and a
green label for compressed gas.
D: The cylinders may be protected from the radiant heat of the
Sun by laying a tarp on them.
561: Which space cannot be deducted from gross tonnage when
calculating net tonnage?
A: Crew messroom
B: Forepeak ballast tank
C: Master's cabin
D: Chain locker
562: Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?
A: The fo'c'sle card must be posted in the crew's mess room or
in the crew quarters.
B: It provides a description of the intended voyage.
C: The fo'c'sle card is a blank sample of the articles.
D: It contains copies of the crew's signatures from the
articles.
563: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is
the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch officer?
A: Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.
B: Record the bells and their times in the bell book.
C: Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are
correctly executed.
D: Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and
countermand them if necessary.
564: The anchors on the bow are known as __________________.
A: bower anchors
B: kedge anchors
C: spare anchors
D: stream anchors
565: When the pilot is embarked he or she ____________________.
A: relieves the officer of the watch
B: relieves the Master of his duties
C: is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
D: is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational
knowledge
566: The BEST way to steer a twin-screw vessel if you lose your
rudder is by using __________.
A: one engine and a steering oar
B: both engines at the same speed
C: one engine at a time
D: one engine running at reduced speed and controlling the
vessel with the other
567: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD,
to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about
the required Pilot is TRUE?
A: The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.
B: The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
C: The Pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.
D: The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and
theCoast Guard.
568: Which statement concerning the carriage of containers is
TRUE?
A: The Chief Mate and Master of a container ship should have
the proposed stowage plan ready for the stevedore upon
arrival in port.
B: When stowed on deck of a break bulk ship, the bottom of the
container must be evenly supported throughout.
C: With tiered containers, a 40-foot container may be stowed on
top of two 20-foot containers.
D: Deck load calculations must take into account the square
footage of the entire container bottom.
569: In order to reduce the accumulation of static electricity
while loading petroleum products, you should ______________.
A: start to load at maximum pressure
B: start to load slowly
C: increase the air flow into the tank
D: use the overall method of loading only
571: You are in port A in the United States, and your Certificate
of Inspection has expired. You wish to go to port B in the
United States for repairs and to complete the inspection.
If the Officer-in-Charge Marine Inspection deems it safe, he
may issue a ________________.
A: Certificate of Seaworthiness
B: Limited Certificate of Inspection
C: Temporary Certificate of Inspection
D: Permit to Proceed
572: A vessel is entering port "A" for the first time and has a
Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the
Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision.
What should the Master do?
A: Nothing; The Pilot is required by law and is solely
responsible for the safety of the vessel.
B: State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with
the handling of the vessel.
C: Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary
until the situation clears.
D: Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve
the Pilot.
574: Which type of link is generally used to connect shots of
anchor chain?
A: Detachable
B: Open
C: Pear shaped
D: Stud link
575: What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your
head"?
A: "Steady"
B: "Checked"
C: "Passing 200ø"
D: "Eased to 10ø rudder"
576: In twin-screw engine installations while going ahead,
maneuvering qualities are most effective when the tops
of the propeller blades both turn _______________.
A: to starboard
B: outboard from the center
C: to port
D: inboard toward the center
577: You are signing on a crew. A man presents a Merchant
Mariner's Document that you suspect has been tampered
with. Which action should you take?
A: Confiscate the document and deliver it to the Coast Guard.
B: Sign the man on and notify the Coast Guard at the first
U.S. port of call.
C: Refuse to sign the man on articles until authorized by
the Coast Guard.
D: Refuse to sign the man on and notify the FBI of
unauthorized use of a federal document.
578: When loading a container vessel, the operation is basically
that of vertical loading. The important factors to be
considered when loading containers are port of discharge,
_____________.
A: available dunnage, and chocking
B: crushability, and inherent vice
C: sweat, and weight
D: weight, and refrigeration
579: The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a
booster pump to assist the discharging operation. You start
the discharge, and in a few minutes the pressure drops
sharply. This could be a result of the _____________.
A: booster pump coming on the line and discharging properly
B: booster pump failing to start
C: booster pump being lined up in the wrong direction
D: ship's pump speeding up
581: The Certificate of Inspection for your tankship authorizes
the carriage of grade A and lower products. Which chemical
may NOT be carried unless it is specifically endorsed on the
Certificate of Inspection?
A: Amylene
B: Diisobutyl Phthalate
C: Oleic acid
D: Vinyl acetate
582: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is
called a(n) ___________.
A: after spring line
B: bow spring line
C: forward breast line
D: bow line
584: Which position is the most dangerous when tying up a vessel?
586: With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-screw
vessel moving forward with one engine ahead and the other
backing will _________________.
A: move in a straight line
B: turn in a direction away from the engine moving ahead
C: turn in a direction toward the engine moving ahead
D: move sideways through the water
588: Because of the arrangement of the cell guides, the MOST
important factor while loading containers is the __________.
A: contents of the container
B: list of the vessel
C: size of the shoreside crane
D: weight of the container
589: The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a
booster pump to assist the discharging operation. You start
the discharge and in a few minutes the pressure drops
sharply. This could be a result of the __________.
A: booster pump coming on the line and discharging properly
B: booster pump failing to start
C: ship's pump speeding up
D: booster pump being lined up in the wrong direction
590: You are on a LASH vessel. Which statement concerning the
stowage of the hazardous material in barges is TRUE?
A: Barges with hazardous materials may only be stowed in
locations where they can vent to the atmosphere.
B: The containment provided by the barges meets all segregation
requirements except for cargoes of flammable liquids.
C: The hazardous cargo in the barge must be inspected every 24
hours after stowage is completed.
D: Each barge must be stowed to provide access to its cargo
unless firefighting equipment capable of piercing and
reaching the barge is available.
591: What will NOT be found on the Certificate of Inspection of
an ocean going tankship?
A: Manning requirements
B: Minimum freeboard permitted
C: Grade(s) of cargoes that the vessel may carry
D: Waters upon which the vessel may be operated
592: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees
rudder", the helmsman's immediate reply should be ________.
A: "Right 15 degrees rudder"
B: "Aye Aye Sir"
C: "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
D: No reply is necessary, just carry out the order.
594: A bollard is found on the _____.
A: beach
B: deck
C: pier
D: towed vessel
595: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the
_________.
A: outermost part of the ship while making the circle
B: center of gravity
C: bow
D: tipping center
596: Before entering an ice area, the ship should be ___________.
A: either trimmed by the head or the stern
B: on an even keel
C: trimmed down by the head
D: trimmed down by the stern
597: Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the
_____________.
A: payment of monthly bills
B: payment of creditors
C: support of a minor child
D: All of the above
598: What is NOT an advantage of containership operations over
conventional break-bulk operations?
A: Flexibility of operation
B: Greater operational safety
C: Lower stevedoring costs
D: Reduction of cargo damage
599: When stripping a tank, excessive air in the suction line may
cause _______________.
A: an over pressurized line
B: back pressure
C: loss of suction
D: increase of suction
600: You are on a containership. Which statement about the
stowage of hazardous materials in containers is TRUE?
A: The containers provide automatic segregation of hazardous
materials except for class A explosives.
B: All packages within a container must be marked "This End Up"
to indicate the correct stowage.
C: A refrigerated container with a fuel tank containing a
flammable liquid must be stowed on deck.
D: Packages of liquids within a container should be stowed on
top of packages of solids to prevent crushing.
601: Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification
and is issued a temporary certificate. This _____________.
A: expires six months after it is issued
B: must be exchanged for a regular Certificate of Inspection
before going foreign or out of state
C: has the full force of a regular Certificate of Inspection
D: must be posted in the vicinity of the officers' licenses
604: The term "lee side" refers to the _____.
A: side of the vessel exposed to the wind
B: side of the vessel sheltered from the wind
C: port side
D: starboard side
605: You would properly secure a bosun's chair to a gantline with
a _____________.
A: fisherman's bend
B: bowline
C: double sheetbend
D: double blackwall hitch
606: For operations in pack ice, a vessel should _____________.
A: be on an even keel
B: be trimmed slightly by the head
C: have a drag of not more than 60 - 90 centimeters
D: be ballasted so the forefoot is near the surface
607: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed
in an "X" fashion, is called a _____.
A: scissor wire
B: towing wire
C: breast wire
D: cross wire
608: The cranes on a LASH type vessel are a part of the light
ship. Therefore, when securing for sea, they must be
____________.
A: jacked off their bearings and stowed in a specific location
B: lashed and chocked in any convenient location
C: chocked in place ready for use at next port
D: secured over the cargo to be handled at the next port
609: While discharging a tanker, list can be controlled by _____.
A: shoreside personnel
B: using a center tank near the bow, discharging as necessary
C: using wing tanks near the longitudinal center, discharging
as necessary
D: using the after peak tank, loading as necessary
610: You are on a containership. The cargo includes a container
of small arms ammunition, a container of lead-acid storage
batteries and bottles of methyl acetylene. Which statement
is TRUE?
A: The storage batteries must be stowed on deck away from the
ammunition.
B: The storage batteries must be at least ten horizontal feet
away from the methyl acetylene if in the same space.
C: The ammunition must be separated from the methyl acetone by
at least one hold.
D: The methyl acetone may be stowed on deck or under deck with
under deck stowage to be used if available.
611: The Certificate of Inspection for a containership _________.
A: is issued by the Coast Guard and is usually valid for 2
years
B: must be posted under transparent material near the officers'
licenses
C: lists all of the stability limitations and conditions
imposed on the vessel
D: shows the due date of the quadrennial test of the cargo gear
612: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel
is _____________.
A: at the bow
B: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
C: aft of the propellers
D: about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
613: A lookout can leave his station _____.
A: at the end of the watch
B: ONLY when properly relieved
C: at any time
D: 15 minutes before the end of the watch
614: A fid is a _____.
A: mallet used when splicing wire rope
B: sharp pointed crow bar used to unlay wire rope
C: tapered steel pin used to separate wire rope
D: tapered wooden pin used when splicing heavy rope
616: "Ice blink" is ________________.
A: the dark appearance of the underside of a cloud layer due to
reflection of a surface of open water
B: the soft light appearance on the underside of a cloud layer
due to reflection from a surface of open water
C: the yellowish-white glare on the underside of a cloud layer
D: "water sky"
617: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is
called a(n) ___________.
A: onshore stern line
B: offshore stern line
C: after breast line
D: after spring line
618: When considering a vessel's stability, which spaces in a
general cargo vessel are the best locations for the carriage
of bulk grain?
A: Deep tanks
B: Lower holds
C: Lower holds at the ends of the vessel
D: Tween-decks
619: What is NOT a requirement for the safe and effective use of
a crude oil washing system?
A: Strip all tanks and remove the bottom residue.
B: Use an inert gas system while washing tanks.
C: Use portable washing machines to reach areas obscured by
structural members in the tanks.
D: Debottom the tank used as the source for the tank cleaning
machines.
620: You are on a container vessel. What concerning the handling
and stowage of containerized hazardous materials is TRUE?
A: Open-bed containers may be used to transport hazardous
materials if the cargo is properly secured.
B: A portable cargo tank of a flammable, cryogenic liquid may
not be in transit for a period exceeding its marked rated
holding time unless the liquid is inhibited.
C: A portable cargo tank containing a cryogenic liquid must be
shipped on deck unless forced ventilation is provided to the
tween-decks.
D: A container loaded with packages of tear gas would display a
placard reading "Irritant."
621: Which document shows details of a tank vessel, cargoes it
may carry, manning and safety equipment required?
A: Safety Construction Certificate
B: Cargo Gear Certificate
C: Certificate of Inspection
D: Declaration of Inspection
624: A serving mallet is used in _____.
A: covering wire or fiber rope
B: forcing fids into a line
C: dogging hatches
D: splicing lines
626: What should NOT be used as an indicator that ice may be
nearby?
A: A dark appearance of the sky
B: A gradual drop in sea water temperature to below 32ø F
C: A yellowish glare in the sky
D: The presence of seals or certain type birds
627: Your ship is steaming at night with the gyropilot engaged
when you notice that the vessel's course is slowly changing
to the right. What action should you take FIRST?
A: switch to hand steering
B: shift steering to the emergency steering station
C: call the Master
D: notify the engineroom
628: Before loading bulk grain, bilge wells must be covered to
____________.
A: add strength to the bilge well strainer
B: permit rapid flow of water to the bilge wells
C: prevent cargo sifting into the bilge wells
D: prevent oil, water, or other liquid from reaching the cargo
629: You are planning to use a crude oil washing system. What
precaution must be taken with the tank as the source for the
washing machines?
A: It must be debottomed and the level lowered by at least one
meter.
B: The oil in the source tank must be sampled for
compatibility.
C: The source tank must have been crude oil washed at least
once in the past 150 days.
D: The inert gas system must lower the oxygen content to a
maximum of 12% oxygen in the tank.
630: You are doing a Williamson turn. Your vessel has swung
about 60ø from the original course heading. You should
______.
A: put the rudder amidships and check the swing
B: stop the engines and prepare to maneuver to pick up the man
in the water
C: shift your rudder
D: increase to maximum speed
631: At least one reinspection shall be made on each vessel
holding a Certificate of Inspection valid for two years.
This inspection shall be held between the tenth and
fourteenth months of the duration period of the certificate
and shall be _____________.
A: at the discretion of the inspector, but in no greater detail
than required for original certification
B: at the discretion of the inspector, but in no lesser detail
than required for original certification
C: generally similar in scope to the inspection required for
certification, but in less detail
D: equivalent to the inspection required for certification
632: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?
A: Stop the swing of the ship.
B: Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
C: Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of
degrees that it is now.
D: Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she
goes.
634: The "iron mike" is a(n) _____.
A: pilot
B: speaker
C: standby wheel
D: automatic pilot
635: A report of casualty to a vessel must include ___________.
A: the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
B: an evaluation of who was at fault
C: the amount of ballast on board
D: the estimated cost of damage
636: The use of an anchor to assist in turning in restricted
waters is ____________.
A: a last resort
B: good seamanship
C: the sign of a novice shiphandler
D: to be used only with a single-screw vessel
637: A tow bridle is attached to the main tow hawser at
the __________.
A: bight ring
B: tow hook
C: fishplate
D: swivel
638: Ship's officers should check every cargo compartment after
it is filled with bulk grain to ensure ____________.
A: all lighting circuits are energized
B: all void spaces are filled
C: the correct grade of cargo has been loaded
D: the heavier grade is in the lower hold
639: The complete details of a crude oil washing system aboard
your vessel, including the operating sequences and
procedures, design characteristics, a description of the
system, and required personnel will be found in the
__________.
A: Oil Transfer Procedures Manual
B: Crude Oil Washing Operations and Equipment Manual
C: Code of Federal Regulations
D: Crude Oil Washing addendum to the Certificate of Inspection
641: Which document shows the minimum required crew a vessel must
have to navigate from one port in the United States to
another?
A: Articles
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Crew List
D: Register
642: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
called a(n) _________.
A: offshore stern line
B: inshore stern line
C: after spring line
D: after breast line
643: A vessel's tropical load line is 6 in. above her summer load
line. Her TPI is 127 tons. She will arrive in the summer
zone 8 days after departure. She will burn off about 47
tons/day fuel and water consumption is 12 tons/day. How
many tons may she load above her summer load line if she
loads in the tropical zone?
A: 376
B: 472
C: 762
D: 1016
644: The "lay" of a line refers to _____.
A: its normal location of stowage
B: the direction of twist in the strands
C: the manner in which it is coiled
D: the manner in which it is rigged
645: A vessel's Certificate of Documentation __________.
A: may be retained by the owner at the home port OR kept on the
vessel
B: must be posted under transparent material in the pilothouse
C: must be carried on board
D: must be kept on file at the corporate offices of the owner
or operator
648: Bulk cargo refers to _____________.
A: cargo which occupies a large volume of space
B: cargo which requires refrigeration
C: cargo which is very dense
D: homogeneous cargo not enclosed in a container
649: Before a tank is to be crude oil washed, the oxygen content
in the tank must be measured at a position ___________.
A: immediately above the level of the oil
B: at the top of the tank
C: in the vent riser
D: one meter from the deck
650: A crew member has just fallen overboard off your port side.
Which action should you take?
A: Immediately put the rudder over hard right.
B: Immediately put the rudder over hard left.
C: Immediately put the engines astern.
D: Wait until the stern is well clear of the man and then put
the rudder over hard right.
651: Fire fighting equipment requirements for a particular vessel
may be found on the _____________.
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Certificate of Seaworthiness
C: Classification Certificate
D: Certificate of Registry
652: When plugging holes below the waterline you should
_________________.
A: eliminate all water entering the hole
B: only plug holes in machinery or other vital spaces
C: reduce the entry of water as much as possible
D: plug the largest holes first
653: A tanker loads at a terminal within the tropical zone. She
will enter the summer zone six days after departing the
loading port. She will burn off 45 tons/day and daily water
consumption is 8 tons. How many tons may she load over
that allowed by her summer load line?
A: 270
B: 278
C: 291
D: 318
654: A rope made of a combination of wire and fiber is known as
_____.
A: independent
B: lang lay
C: preformed
D: spring lay
656: A deep draft VLCC (100,000 DWT+) navigating in a narrow
channel or canal _____________.
A: draws more water than when underway in deep water
B: draws less water with an increase in speed
C: requires less power for a given speed
D: steers better under full power
657: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive
net tonnage?
A: Companions and booby hatches
B: Open structures
C: Spaces for the exclusive use of the officers or crew
D: Water ballast spaces
658: When carrying a full or nearly full load of bulk ore in a
general cargo type vessel which has engine spaces amidships,
the cargo in each hold should be trimmed so that the bulk
of the cargo lies ____________.
A: along the centerline
B: toward the forward bulkhead of the forward holds and toward
the after bulkhead of the after holds
C: toward the after bulkhead of the forward holds and the
forward bulkhead of the after holds
D: toward the after bulkhead of all holds
659: You are planning to use the crude oil washing system on your
tankship. What is required to prevent electrostatic buildup
in the tanks?
A: The portable machines should be set at the proper drop for
the first wash before the fixed machines are used.
B: The tank used as the source for the tank cleaning machines
should be debottomed for at least one meter.
C: The inert gas system must reduce the oxygen content in the
tank to at least 18%.
D: The fixed machines must be operated simultaneously with the
portable machines to equalize the electrostatic potential.
660: You receive word that a person has fallen overboard from
the starboard side. You should FIRST _______________.
A: notify the Master
B: put the wheel hard right
C: put the engines full astern
D: sound the man overboard alarm
661: The number of certificated lifeboatmen required for a vessel
is found on the _________________.
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Station Bill
C: lifeboats
D: Register or Enrollment
662: You are signing on the Radio Officer. Which statement
is TRUE?
A: He must have a Merchant Mariner's Document endorsed
"See License as Radio Officer".
B: He must present either an FCC license or a Coast Guard
License.
C: You must consult the "List of Qualifications" on the
reverse of his FCC license to ensure that he is qualified
to operate the radio equipment installed on board.
D: His Coast Guard license may have an added endorsement as
"Electronics Repair Officer".
664: To coil down a rope against the lay, bring the lower end up
through the center of the coil, and coil down with the lay
in order to straighten kinks from a new rope is known as
_____.
A: coiling
B: faking
C: flemishing
D: thoroughfooting
666: You are proceeding at a slow speed with your starboard side
near the right bank of a channel. If your vessel suddenly
sheers toward the opposite bank, the best maneuver would be
_____________.
A: full ahead, hard left rudder
B: full ahead, hard right rudder
C: full astern, hard left rudder
D: full astern, hard right rudder
668: Which statement is correct concerning the carriage of coal
in bulk?
A: Coal should be vented with surface ventilation only.
B: Because of its inherent vice, coal should not be loaded wet.
C: Dunnage should be placed against ship's sides and around
stanchions.
D: Through ventilation, as well as surface ventilation, should
be provided whenever possible.
670: You must evacuate a seaman by helicopter lift. Which
statement is TRUE?
A: The ship should be stopped with the wind off the beam while
the helicopter is hovering overhead.
B: The basket or stretcher must not be allowed to touch the
deck.
C: The tending line of the litter basket should be secured to
the ship beyond the radius of the helicopter blades.
D: The hoist line should be slack before the basket or
stretcher is hooked on.
671: A Permit to Proceed is issued by the _________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: National Cargo Bureau
C: U.S. Coast Guard
D: U.S. Department of Labor
672: When towing alongside (breasted tow), more forward movement
will be imparted to the tow by __________.
A: increasing the angle of line pull to the keel axis of the
tow
B: reducing the angle of line pull to the keel axis of the tow
C: positioning the towing vessel on the forward end of the tow
D: shortening the length of the tow line
673: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is
called a __________.
A: shore line
B: breast line
C: spring line
D: stern line
674: Stuffer-braid rope has _____.
A: a yarn core
B: no core
C: three strands
D: 12 threads
676: Conditions for crossing a rough bar are usually best at ___.
A: low water slack
B: high water slack
C: high water ebb
D: high water flood
677: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
called a(n) __________.
A: forward spring line
B: after spring line
C: waist breast line
D: stern line
678: Prior to being able to sail, each vessel that carries grain
in bulk must have a certificate of loading issued by the
____________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Lloyds of London
C: National Cargo Bureau
D: U.S. Salvage
680: You must medevac a critically injured seaman by helicopter
hoist. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The ship's relative wind should be from dead ahead at 10 to
30 knots.
B: The deck crew at the hoist point should not wear baseball
hats.
C: The helicopter's drop line should be secured to the ship not
more than 15 feet from the hoist position.
D: When using a "horsecollar", the bight of the loop should be
around the chest of the injured seaman.
681: A Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate and a Cargo
Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate shall be issued for a
period of not more than _____________.
A: 6 months
B: 12 months
C: 18 months
D: 24 months
682: The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) _____________.
A: forward breast line
B: offshore bow line
C: offshore spring line
D: onshore bow line
684: Right-laid line should be coiled _____.
A: clockwise
B: counterclockwise
C: either clockwise or counterclockwise
D: on a reel
686: The effect known as "bank cushion" acts in which of the
following ways on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a
narrow channel?
A: It forces the bow away from the bank.
B: It forces the stern away from the bank.
C: It forces the entire vessel away from the bank.
D: It heels the vessel toward the bank.
687: The damage to a vessel is over $(SA)25,000. Who must notify
the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible?
A: The vessel's agent
B: The owner of the vessel
C: The Master of the vessel
D: Any one of the above
688: Who would normally certify that all preparations have been
made and all regulations observed prior to loading a cargo
of bulk grain?
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: U.S. Coast Guard
C: National Cargo Bureau
D: Master of the vessel
690: A rescue helicopter's hoist area should have a radius of at
least ___________________.
A: 6 feet of clear deck
B: 10 feet of clear deck
C: 25 feet of clear deck
D: 50 feet of clear deck
691: On U.S. flag vessels, which certificate is always issued by
the Coast Guard?
A: Load Line Certificate
B: Safety Equipment Certificate
C: Safety Construction Certificate
D: Register of cargo gear
692: The tow makeup that is designed to keep the catenary of the
tow hawser to a minimum is called the _________.
A: Christmas tree tow
B: tandem tow
C: British tow
D: tandem tug tow
694: An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon
rope _____.
A: can be used in conjunction with wire or spring-lay rope
B: can be stored on decks exposed to sunlight
C: can hold a load even when a considerable amount of the yarns
have been abraded
D: gives audible warning of overstress whereas manila does not
696: A vessel travelling down a narrow channel, especially if the
draft is nearly equal to the depth of the water, may set
off the nearer side. This effect is known as _____________.
A: smelling the bottom
B: squatting
C: bank suction
D: bank cushion
698: Which agency issues a certificate of loading that is
evidence that the rules and regulations concerning bulk
grain cargoes have been observed?
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Department of Agriculture
C: National Cargo Bureau
D: Public Health Service
700: A tug is approaching a broken down steamer in moderately
heavy weather preparing to take it in tow. In most cases
the _______________.
A: steamer will drift stern downwind
B: tug will drift faster than the steamer
C: tug should approach stern to
D: tug should approach from downwind
701: The Safety Equipment Certificate shows that the vessel
conforms to the standards of the _____________.
A: U.S. Coast Guard
B: American Bureau of Shipping
C: American Salvage Association
D: S.O.L.A.S. Convention
702: When paying off seamen in a foreign port, where a United
States consul is not available, the release must be
executed by the seamen and the ____________________________.
A: representative of the foreign country
B: local port authority representative
C: Master of the vessel
D: ship's union delegate
703: The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people
affected by an accident if he or she can do so without
______.
A: serious danger to his or her own vessel
B: further damaging the other vessel
C: undue delay
D: creating a panic on either vessel
704: Laying out a line in successive circles flat on deck with
the bitter end in the center is known as _____.
A: coiling
B: faking
C: flemishing
D: lining
706: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a
single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?
A: It pulls the bow toward the bank.
B: It pulls the stern toward the bank.
C: It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
D: It heels the vessel toward the bank.
708: The National Cargo Bureau represents the _____________.
A: agent
B: operator
C: shipper
D: All of the above
709: The designations A,B,C,D, and E grades of cargo refer to the
________________________.
A: degrees of quality of petroleum products
B: flash point range and Reid vapor pressure index of petroleum
products
C: grades of crude oil
D: pour point, color, and viscosity index of petroleum
products
710: What is NOT an advantage of the Williamson turn?
A: In a large vessel (VLCC) much of the headway will be lost
thereby requiring little astern maneuvering.
B: When the turn is completed, the vessel will be on a
reciprocal course and nearly on the original track line.
C: The initial actions are taken at well defined points and
reduce the need for individual judgement.
D: The turn will return the vessel to the man's location in the
shortest possible time.
711: If an alien stowaway is discovered aboard your vessel, his
name must be placed on the _____________.
A: Alien Crew List
B: Crew List
C: Passenger List
D: separate Passenger List marked stowaways
714: Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load
of manila line with a breaking stress of 8 tons.
A: 0.75 tons
B: 1.25 tons
C: 1.33 tons
D: 8.00 tons
716: Your vessel is proceeding along a narrow channel. The
effect called bank cushion has which effect on the vessel?
A: Forces the bow away from the bank
B: Forces the stern away from the bank
C: Forces the entire vessel bodily away from the bank
D: Decreases the draft at the bow
717: It is the responsibility of the Master to ensure that _____.
A: the station bill is posted in each compartment
B: temporary personnel and visitors are advised of emergency
stations
C: names of crew members are listed on the station bill
D: no changes are made to the station bill
718: How many board feet of dunnage would you estimate to be in a
pile 5 feet wide, 1 foot high and 14 feet long?
A: 70
B: 840
C: 960
D: 1080
719: Most crude oils are classified as grade _____________.
A: A or B
B: B
C: C or D
D: E
720: You suspect that a crewmember has fallen overboard during
the night and immediately execute a Williamson turn. What
is the primary advantage of this maneuver under these
circumstances?
A: You will be on a reciprocal course and nearly on the
trackline run during the night.
B: The turn provides the maximum coverage of the area to be
searched.
C: The turn enables you to reverse course in the shortest
possible time.
D: You have extra time to maneuver in attempting to close in on
the man for rescue.
721: The mooring line labeled "F" is called a ________________.
A: bow line
B: forward spring line
C: breast line
D: None of the above
724: Using a safety factor of five, determine what is the safe
working load for 3-1/2 inch manila line with a breaking
stress of 4.9 tons.
A: 0.82 ton
B: 0.98 ton
C: 2.45 tons
D: 12.25 tons
726: A common occurrence when a vessel is running into shallow
water is that _____.
A: the wake is less pronounced
B: the vessel is more responsive to the rudder
C: "squat" will cause a decrease in bottom clearance and an
increase in draft
D: All of the above
727: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive
net tonnage?
A: Galley fitted with range or oven
B: Open structures
C: Passenger spaces
D: Boatswain's stores
728: How many board feet of dunnage are in a draft 4 feet wide,
1-1/2 feet high and 13 feet long?
A: 84
B: 756
C: 936
D: 1021
729: A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 85² F. This is a
grade __________.
A: B flammable liquid
B: C flammable liquid
C: D combustible liquid
D: E combustible liquid
730: In a Williamson turn, the rudder is put over full until the
______________________.
A: vessel has turned 90ø from her original course
B: vessel has turned 60ø from her original course
C: vessel is on a reciprocal course
D: emergency turn signal sounds
731: A Deratization Exemption Certificate is valid for a period
of _____________.
A: no time limit so long as Certificate of Sanitation is valid
B: no time limit so long as no evidence of rodents aboard
C: 1 year
D: 6 months
732: Which action should be taken FIRST if your tow is sinking in
shallow water?
A: Pay out the towline until the sunken tow reaches bottom.
B: Sever the towline.
C: Immediately head for the nearest shoreline.
D: Contact the Coast Guard.
734: What is the computed breaking strength of a 4-inch manila
line?
A: 5,280 lbs.
B: 7,700 lbs.
C: 12,200 lbs.
D: 14,400 lbs.
736: You notice that your speed has decreased, the stern of your
vessel has settled into the water, and your rudder is
sluggish in responding. The MOST likely cause is ________.
A: mechanical problems with the steering gear
B: shallow water
C: loss of lubricating oil in the engine
D: current
738: How many board feet of dunnage are there in a draft 3 feet
wide, 1-1/2 feet high,and 14 feet long?
A: 526
B: 756
C: 876
D: 906
739: Camphor oil is classified as a grade ____.
740: The extension of the after part of the keel in a single-
screw vessel upon which the stern post rests is called the
______________.
A: boss
B: knuckle
C: skeg
D: strut
741: A vessel has sustained damage in a collision with another
vessel. It is necessary to have a Seaworthy Certificate
before the vessel sails. Who will issue this certificate?
A: American Consul
B: Classification Society
C: Captain of the Port
D: Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
742: Lighter longitudinal stiffening frames on the vessel's side
plating are called ___________.
A: stringers
B: side frames
C: side stiffeners
D: intercostals
744: When using natural-fiber rope, you should NEVER ___________.
A: dry the line before stowing it
B: reverse turns on winches periodically to keep out kinks
C: try to lubricate the line
D: use chafing gear
746: Which effect does speed through the water have on a vessel
which is underway in shallow water?
A: A decrease in the speed results in a decrease in steering
response and maneuverability.
B: An increase in speed results in the stern sucking down lower
than the bow.
C: An increase in speed results in the vessel rising on an even
plane.
D: A decrease in speed results in the vessel sucking down on an
even plane.
749: Butadiene, inhibited, is labeled as a _____________.
A: combustible liquid
B: flammable gas
C: flammable liquid
D: flammable solid
750: On a single-screw vessel the stern frame _____________,
A: furnishes support to the rudder, propeller shaft, and
transom frame
B: provides foundations for after mooring winches
C: provides foundations for the main propulsion engines
D: transfers the driving force of the propeller to the hull
751: A document which has a list of names, birthplaces, and
residences of persons employed on a merchant vessel bound
from a U.S. port on a foreign voyage and is required at
every port is called the _____________.
A: Certified Crew List
B: Crew Manifest
C: Shipping Articles
D: Station Bill
752: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons as shown is to be
loaded. What is the total cubic capacity the consignment
will occupy if you assume 10% broken stowage?
A: 51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters)
B: 58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters)
C: 65 cubic feet (2.0 cubic meters)
D: 336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters)
754: Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?
A: Feeling the surface of the line for broken fibers
B: Measuring the reduction in circumference of the line
C: Observing for the appearance of mildew on the outer surface
D: Opening the strands and examining the inner fibers
755: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the
Coast Guard in which casualty situation?
A: Accidental stranding or grounding
B: An injury requiring first aid treatment
C: Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
D: Damage to property amounting to $(SA)12,500
761: The Immigration and Naturalization Service is concerned with
which document on a vessel making preliminary entry into a
U.S. port from a foreign port?
A: Cargo Manifest
B: Certified Crew List
C: Curio List
D: Shipping Articles
764: Roundline is a _____________.
A: four-stranded, left- or right-handed line
B: three-stranded, right-handed line
C: three-stranded, left-handed line
D: small tarred hempline of three strands laid left-handed
766: Insufficient space between the hull and bottom in shallow
water will prevent normal screw currents resulting in _____.
A: waste of power
B: sudden sheering to either side
C: sluggish rudder response
D: All of the above
767: On the cargo manifest, the total weight of an empty cargo
box is the _________________.
A: tare weight
B: net weight
C: gross weight
D: cargo weight
768: A cargo of canned foodstuff is packed in cartons. Each
carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 340 pounds. The stowage
factor of the cargo is __________.
A: 9.5
B: 62
C: 212
D: 237
770: The ratio of the height of a vessel's rudder to its width is
referred to as the _____________.
A: aspect ratio
B: constriction ratio
C: rudder ratio
D: steering ratio
771: What does a Visaed Alien Crew List which is made and
submitted to the U.S. Consul for visa show?
A: All aliens aboard
B: All crew members
C: Nonresident aliens aboard
D: Registered aliens aboard
772: To reduce stress on the towing hawser when towing astern
(ocean tow), the hawser should be __________.
A: secured to the aftermost fitting on the towing vessel
B: just touching the water
C: underwater
D: as short as possible
773: A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the names,
is required to be posted. This document is called the
______.
A: Shipping Articles
B: Fo'c'sle Card
C: Voyage Agreement
D: Articles Copy
774: The strongest of the natural fibers is _________________.
A: cotton
B: hemp
C: manila
D: sisal
775: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port.
There is a Pilot onboard and he has the conn.
Which statement is TRUE?
A: The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe
navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the
conn.
B: The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working
of the ship.
C: The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering
of the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
D: The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of
the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
776: In most cases, when a large merchant vessel enters shallow
water at high speed the ___________.
A: maneuverability will increase
B: speed will increase
C: bow will squat farther than the stern
D: vessel will rise slightly, on a level plane
777: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the _________.
A: Master must always request the Pilot to take corrective
action
B: Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on
the present course
C: Master should agree to sign a release of liability form
D: vessel must be in extremis
778: What is the stowage factor of a commodity whose density is
15 pounds per cubic foot?
A: 15
B: 45
C: 133
D: 149
779: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers?
A: They are gravity-fed.
B: They are more expensive than reciprocating pumps.
C: They are positive displacement pumps.
D: They are used for stripping pumps.
780: Bilge keels are more effective at dampening rolls as the
_____.
A: pitching increases
B: list increases
C: rolling increases
D: draft decreases
781: The trim and stability booklet must be approved by the
_____________.
A: International Maritime Organization
B: National Cargo Bureau
C: Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers
D: United States Coast Guard
784: Marline is __________.
A: four-stranded sisal line
B: three-stranded cotton line
C: sail twine
D: two-stranded hemp cord
786: You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed
propeller, and you are making headway. When you enter
shallow water, ___________________.
A: you will have better rudder response
B: your speed will increase without a change in your throttle
C: your rudder response will become sluggish
D: your vessel will tend to ride higher
787: You are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from
New York City to which port?
A: Halifax, Canada
B: Long Beach, CA
C: Veracruz, Mexico
D: St. Martin's, Dutch West Indies
788: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 45,000
cubic feet. How many cases of a cargo weighing 450 lbs. and
measuring 2.5 feet by 3 feet by 3 feet could be stowed in
the hold, assuming a broken stowage factor of 15 percent?
A: 300
B: 675
C: 1325
D: 1700
789: Which statement about a centrifugal cargo pump is TRUE?
A: It is a positive displacement pump.
B: It must have a positive suction.
C: Increasing rotation speed will decrease discharge pressure.
D: All of the above
790: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tank
vessels?
A: They are positive displacement pumps.
B: They are gravity-fed.
C: They produce a pulsating flow.
D: They require more maintenance than a reciprocating pump.
791: The oil record book is required to be carried aboard ______.
A: tankers
B: passenger vessels
C: cargo vessels
D: All of the above
794: "White Line" is made from _______________.
A: cotton
B: hemp
C: manila
D: sisal
796: When you enter shallow water, you would expect your rudder
response to _____.
A: be sluggish and your speed to decrease
B: be sluggish and your speed to increase
C: improve and your speed to decrease
D: improve and your speed to increase
798: How many cubic feet of space is required to stow 775 tons of
a cargo with a stowage factor of 25? (estimated broken
stowage is 15%)
A: 12,916
B: 22,794
C: 25,833
D: 29.397
799: Temporary Certificates of Inspection are effective until the
_____________________.
A: Solas Certificate is issued
B: Load Line Certificate is renewed
C: classification society approval is issued
D: permanent Certificate of Inspection is issued
800: A Kort nozzle is a(n) ___________________.
A: hollow tube surrounding the propeller used to improve
thrust
B: nozzle attached to a firefighting hose
C: intake valve on a diesel engine
D: piston cylinder on a diesel engine
801: When oil is discharged overboard, an entry is required
in the _____________.
A: engine rough log
B: Oil Record Book
C: Official Logbook
D: deck rough log
804: Line is called "small stuff" if its circumference is less
than ________________.
A: 1/2"
B: 3/4"
C: 1"
D: 1 3/4"
806: Which will most likely occur when entering shallow water?
A: Rudder action will become more effective.
B: The vessel's list will change.
C: The vessel's trim will change.
D: An increase in speed will occur.
808: You are loading a cargo of cases into a hold which has a
bale cubic of 44,000. The cargo consists of cases measuring
4 ft by 2 ft by 1.5 ft. Estimated broken stowage is 15%.
What is the maximum number of cases which can be stowed in
the hold?
A: 3096
B: 3116
C: 3136
D: 3156
809: Which pump must always be primed?
A: Centrifugal pump
B: Reciprocating pump
C: Rotary pump
D: All of the above
810: A "dog" is a ________________.
A: crow bar
B: device to force a water tight door against the frame
C: heavy steel beam
D: wedge
811: When oily ballast has been pumped overboard, an entry must
be made in the _____________.
A: Oil Record Book
B: Official Logbook
C: deck rough log
D: engine rough log
814: In the manufacture of line, plant fibers are twisted
together to form ___________.
A: cable
B: line
C: strands
D: yarns
816: Water may boil up around the stern of a vessel in a channel
due to _____.
A: slack water when upbound
B: shallow water
C: a cross current
D: a head current
817: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
called a(n) _________.
A: forward spring line
B: forward breast line
C: inshore bow line
D: offshore bow line
818: Your vessel has a deadweight capacity of 5000 tons and a
cubic capacity of 300,000 cu. ft. You are to load lead,
with a stowage factor of 18, and cotton, with a stowage
factor of 80. If you load full and down, how much cotton
should you load?
A: 1613 tons
B: 2190 tons
C: 2810 tons
D: 3387 tons
819: Which pump must be primed?
A: Rotary pump
B: Reciprocating pump
C: Centrifugal pump
D: All of the above
820: A partial deck in a hold is called a(n) _____________.
A: weather deck
B: orlop deck
C: shelter deck
D: main deck
821: The Master must maintain the Oil Record Book on board for at
least _______________.
A: 1 month
B: 12 months
C: 24 months
D: 36 months
822: You are on watch at sea at night and a fire breaks out in #3
hold. What should be done IMMEDIATELY?
A: Shut down the cargo hold ventilation.
B: Proceed to the space and determine the extent of the fire.
C: Flood the space with C02 from the fixed fire fighting
system.
D: Cool the deck to contain the fire.
823: Which statement concerning a 298 GT tug engaged in
towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?
A: A licensed operator of uninspected towing vessels may
serveas Master.
B: Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
C: Each crew member must be furnished with a record of
seaservice at the time of discharge.
D: No able seamen are required.
824: The larger sizes of manila line are measured by their _____.
A: radius
B: diameter
C: circumference
D: weight per foot
826: In order to reduce your wake in a narrow channel you should
__________________.
A: apply enough rudder to counter the effect of the current
B: change your course to a zigzag course
C: reduce your speed
D: shift the weight to the stern
827: The pitch of a propeller is a measure of the _____________.
A: angle that the propeller makes with a free stream of water
B: angle that the propeller makes with the surface of the water
C: number of feet per revolution the propeller is designed to
advance in still water without slip
D: positive pressure resulting from the difference of the
forces on both sides of the moving propeller in still water
without slip
828: Your vessel's available bale cubic capacity is 625,000 and
her available cargo capacity is 10,000 deadweight tons.
Disregarding broken stowage, how many tons of pyrite
(stowage factor - 13) and how many tons of cork (s.f. - 150)
must be loaded to be full and down?
A: 6387 tons pyrite, 3613 tons cork
B: 6721 tons pyrite, 3279 tons cork
C: 7500 tons pyrite, 2500 tons cork
D: 9133 tons pyrite, 867 tons cork
831: The Oil Record Book on a vessel NOT engaged on a foreign
voyage shall be maintained on board for not less than _____.
A: 12 months
B: 24 months
C: 36 months
D: 48 months
834: A whipping on a fiber line ____________.
A: keeps the ends from fraying
B: strengthens it
C: protects your hands
D: becomes part of a splice
836: River currents tend to _________________.
A: pick up speed where the channel widens
B: run slower in the center of the channel
C: hug the inside of a bend
D: cause the greatest depth of water to be along the outside of
a bend
838: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor
of 110 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 72,000.
If broken stowage is figured at 15%, how many tons of the
wool can be stowed?
A: 556
B: 654
C: 752
D: 770
839: The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank
vessel will usually be a __________.
A: butterfly valve
B: spectacle valve
C: check valve
D: globe valve
840: The terms "cant frame" and "counter" are associated with
the vessel's _________________.
A: cargo hatch
B: forecastle
C: steering engine
D: stern
841: All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the
Master and _____________.
A: the Union Representative
B: the person about whom the entry concerns
C: no one else
D: one other crew member
846: A vessel proceeding along the bank of a river or channel has
the tendency to __________.
A: continue in line with the bank
B: hug the bank
C: sheer away from the bank
D: increase speed
847: When towing astern what equipment should be stowed ready for
use near the towline?
A: First aid kit
B: Axe or cutting torch
C: Fire extinguisher
D: Chafing gear
848: You are loading a cargo of canned goods with a stowage
factor of 65. If you allow 15% for broken stowage, how many
tons can be loaded in a space of 55,000 cubic feet?
A: 687
B: 719
C: 846
D: 973
849: The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank
vessel will usually be a _________________.
A: gate valve
B: butterfly valve
C: globe valve
D: check valve
850: Panting frames are located in the _____________________.
A: after double bottoms
B: centerline tanks on tankships
C: fore and after peaks
D: forward double bottoms
851: Your vessel (185 GT) is on a voyage between New York and San
Francisco. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The maintenance of an Official Logbook is optional.
B: The vessel must be on foreign articles.
C: This is considered a coastwise voyage.
D: An Official Logbook must be maintained.
854: A piece of small stuff (small line) secured to an object to
prevent it from going adrift is a ________________.
A: lanyard
B: keeper
C: noose
D: stopper
856: A wedge of water building up between the bow and nearer bank
which forces the bow out and away describes ______________.
A: bank cushion
B: bank suction
C: combined effect
D: bend effect
858: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 60,000
cubic feet. How many tons of cotton in bales having a
stowage factor of 85 can be stowed in the lower hold,
assuming a broken stowage factor of 20%?
A: 141
B: 565
C: 706
D: 847
859: To insure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the
valve should be __________.
A: closed against the stop and the locking pin inserted
B: closed, opened a half turn, and then closed again
C: set up as tight as possible by hand
D: set up tight using a valve wrench
861: Every entry required to be made in the Official Logbook
shall be signed by the _____________.
A: Mate on watch
B: Master and Chief Mate or other member of the crew
C: Master only
D: Purser, one of the Mates, and some other member of the crew
862: The term "pintle" and "gudgeon" are associated with the
_____________.
A: anchor windlass
B: jumbo boom
C: rudder
D: steering engine
863: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the
Coast Guard in which casualty situation?
A: Damage to property amounting to $(SA)12,500
B: Accidental stranding or grounding
C: Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
D: An injury requiring first aid treatment
864: During the manufacture of line, yarns are twisted together
in the ____________.
A: opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted
together to form strands
B: same direction the fibers are twisted to form strands
C: opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted
together to form the line
D: opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted
together forming cables
866: For the deepest water when rounding a bend in a river, you
should navigate your vessel _____.
A: toward the inside of the bend
B: toward the outside of the bend
C: toward the center of the river just before the bend, then
change course for the river's center after the bend
D: in the river's center
868: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor
of 100 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 72,000.
How many tons of the wool can be stowed in the compartment,
assuming 10% broken stowage?
A: 493
B: 577
C: 602
D: 648
869: To ensure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the
valve should be _________________________.
A: set up as tight as possible by hand
B: set up tight using a valve wrench
C: closed, opened a half turn, and then closed
D: closed against the stop and the locking pin inserted
870: The terms "ceiling" and "margin plate" are associated with
the ___________________.
A: crew's quarters
B: engine room
C: main deck
D: tank top
871: In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make
an error in writing an entry. What is the proper means of
correcting this error?
A: Cross out the error with a single line, and write the
correct entry, then initial it.
B: Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it
correctly.
C: Remove this page of the log book, and rewrite all entries on
a clean page.
D: Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry
correctly.
872: In a foreign port with a consulate, the U.S. Consul may
excuse the Master from personally appearing before him to
consent to the mutual release of an injured seaman, when the
_____________.
A: injury requires immediate inpatient hospitalization of
the seaman
B: Master authorizes the agent to act in his place
C: ship is still in port and the seaman can appear before the
Consul after medical treatment
D: seaman also consents to the absence, and there is no
dispute as to the wages due
873: At the required fire drill, all persons must report to their
stations and demonstrate their ability to perform the duties
assigned to them _____________________.
A: by the Coast Guard regulations
B: in the station bill
C: by the person conducting the drill
D: at the previous safety meeting
874: Which type of line would have the LEAST resistance to mildew
and rot?
A: Manila
B: Nylon
C: Dacron
D: Polypropylene
876: You intend to overtake a vessel in a narrow channel. As you
approach the other vessel's stern __________.
A: you will gain speed
B: both vessels will gain speed
C: the vessels will drift together
D: the vessels will drift apart
878: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor
of 96 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 84,000.
How many tons of wool can be stowed in the compartment?
A: 577
B: 602
C: 654
D: 875
879: Centrifugal pumps have what advantage(s) over reciprocating
pumps?
A: They are less expensive.
B: They are smaller for equivalent pumping ability.
C: They pump more cargo in less time.
D: All of the above
880: The projecting lugs of the rudderpost which furnish support
to the rudder are called _______________.
A: bases
B: gudgeons
C: pintles
D: rudder lugs
881: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to
______________________.
A: erase the entry and rewrite
B: completely black out the entry and rewrite
C: draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial
D: draw several lines through the entry and rewrite
886: Two vessels are abreast of each other and passing port to
port in a confined waterway. What should you expect as your
bow approaches the screws of the other vessel?
A: Your speed will significantly increase.
B: Your draft will significantly decrease.
C: Your bow will sheer towards the other vessel.
D: Your bow will sheer away from the other vessel.
888: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor
of 100 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 62,000.
How many tons of the wool can be stowed in the compartment,
assuming 10% broken stowage?
A: 520
B: 558
C: 620
D: 654
890: A term applied to the bottom shell plating in a
double-bottom ship is _______________________.
A: bottom floor
B: outer bottom
C: shear plating
D: tank top
891: A seaman assaults the Second Mate and injures him with a
beer bottle while the ship is at sea. The incident is
logged in the Official Logbook. In subsequent suspension
and revocation proceedings against the seaman, according to
the regulations, _____________.
A: the Second Mate and the Master must testify as to the facts
of the assault
B: the case will be dismissed if the logbook entries are
improperly made
C: the logbook entry is prima facie evidence of the facts if it
complies with the law
D: the logbook is inadmissible if the logbook entries do not
conform to the law
892: On a shallow water tow, the catenary of the towline should
be _____.
A: large
B: small
C: eliminated
D: adjusted frequently
893: Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels, your
three watch cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 people,
exclusive of the officers. How many of these people do the
manning regulations require to be Able Seamen?
894: When taking a length of new manila rope from the coil, you
should ___________________.
A: mount the coil so it will turn like a spool and unreel from
the outside
B: roll the coil along the deck and allow the rope to fall off
the coil
C: lay the coil on end with the inside end down, then pull the
inside end up through the middle of the coil
D: lay the coil on end with the inside end up then unwind the
rope from the outside of the coil
896: A V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream
in a river may indicate a __________.
A: submerged rock, not dangerous to navigation
B: sunken wreck, not dangerous to navigation
C: towed-under buoy
D: All of the above
898: You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as
possible into a hold which has 24,000 cubic feet of space.
Each case measures 2 feet by 2-1/2 feet by 4 feet and
weights 448 pounds. If you allow for broken stowage of 15%,
how many long tons can be loaded?
A: 280
B: 233
C: 204
D: 190
900: Camber, in a ship, is usually measured in _____________.
A: feet per feet of breadth
B: feet per feet of length
C: inches per feet of breadth
D: inches per feet of length
901: What is required to be entered into the Official Logbook?
A: Opening a sideport at sea to renew a gasket
B: The annual required stripping and cleaning of the lifeboats
C: The biennial weight test of the lifeboats and falls
D: The drafts on entering port
902: The number of able seamen required on board is stated in the
_________________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping code
B: Solas Certificate
C: Classification Certificate
D: Certificate of Inspection
903: The fo'c'sle card _________.
A: advises the crew of the conditions of employment
B: is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Document
C: designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage
D: is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency
stations
904: In order to help protect a natural fiber rope from rotting,
the line must be ____________.
A: dried, and stowed in a place with adequate ventilation
B: stowed in a hot, moist compartment
C: stowed on deck at all times
D: stowed in any compartment
906: A snag or other underwater obstruction may form a ________.
A: V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream
B: V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing downstream
C: small patch of smooth water on a windy day
D: smoothing out of the vessel's wake
907: You are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from
Philadelphia to which port?
A: San Francisco, CA
B: Baltimore, MD
C: Tampico, Mexico
D: Montreal, Canada
908: You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as
possible into a hold which has 24,400 cubic feet of space.
Each case measures 2 feet by 2 feet by 4 feet and weighs
448 pounds. If you allow for broken stowage of 15%, how
many long tons can be loaded?
A: 54
B: 207
C: 259
D: 351
909: What is the purpose of the relief valve of a cargo pump?
A: Provides for the removal of vapors
B: Allows two or more tanks to be filled at the same time
C: Provides for the emergency shutdown of the pump
D: Permits the return of cargo to the suction side of the pump
910: The purpose of sheer in ship construction is to _____.
A: allow the ship to ride waves with drier decks
B: eliminate the need for butt straps
C: eliminate the need for margin plates
D: give greater strength at the deck edge
911: Which entry is NOT required in the Official Logbook?
A: Steering gear tests
B: Position of the load line and freeboard upon sailing
C: Commencement and termination of cargo operations
D: Closure of hatches and sideports upon sailing
914: When natural fiber rope gets wet, the __________________.
A: overall strength of the line will decrease
B: line shrinks in length
C: line will become more elastic
D: line will be easier to handle
916: A condition where two currents meet at the downstream end of
a middle bar can be determined by a __________.
A: small whirlpool
B: smooth patch of water
C: V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing downstream
D: V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream
918: Ten triangular piles of piping on the pier are to be loaded
- each pile has a 20 foot base, is 15 feet high and 30 feet
long. If the breadth of the hold is 60 feet and the piping
is to be stowed fore and aft in a 30 foot space, how high
will it stow?
A: 16.6 feet
B: 25.0 feet
C: 50.0 feet
D: 75.0 feet
919: A deepwell pump is a type of _______________.
A: screw pump
B: centrifugal pump
C: eductor
D: gear pump
920: A vessel's light displacement is 12,000 tons. Its heavy
displacement is 28,000 tons. When fully loaded it carries
200 tons of fuel and 100 tons of water and stores. What is
the cargo carrying capacity in tons?
A: 11,700 tons
B: 15,700 tons
C: 16,000 tons
D: 27,700 tons
921: Which item must be entered in the official log?
A: All engine orders
B: Drafts upon leaving port
C: Names of night mates and engineers
D: Number of cargo gangs on board
922: You are on watch at sea at night, and a fire breaks out in
#3 hold. What would you NOT do immediately?
A: Shut down the cargo hold ventilation.
B: Sound the fire alarm signal to rouse out all hands.
C: Call the Master.
D: Proceed to the space and inspect the extent of the fire.
925: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is
called a(n) _____________.
A: bow line
B: after spring line
C: bow spring line
D: forward breast line
926: Usually the most gentle way of riding out a severe storm on
a larger vessel is _______________________________.
A: head on at slow speeds
B: hove to
C: running before the seas
D: to rig a sea anchor
929: All of the following steps are taken in starting a
centrifugal pump, EXCEPT to _______________________.
A: set the relief valve
B: check the lubrication system
C: vent the pump casing
D: open the pump suction and discharge valves
931: Which is NOT a required entry in the ship's Official
Logbook?
A: Sale of effects of a deceased crew member
B: Medical treatment of an injury
C: Inspections of cargo gear
D: Drydocking of the vessel
934: Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?
A: Opening the strands and examining the inner fibers
B: Measuring the reduction in circumference of the line
C: Observing for the appearance of mildew on the outer surface
D: Feeling the surface of the line for broken fibers
936: When there is plenty of sea room, a vessel with a relatively
small GM will ride easiest in a heavy gale with the ______.
A: vessel drifting, engines stopped
B: sea on the quarter, engines slow astern
C: ship's head to the wind and sea, engines slow ahead
D: wind two to three points on the bow, engines slow ahead
937: When towing astern, you notice that another vessel is about
to pass between the towing vessel and the tow. You should
immediately __________.
A: turn away from the approaching vessel
B: shine a spotlight in the direction of the approaching vessel
C: sever the towline
D: slow down and pay out the main tow hawser
938: The deck load capacity of a compartment into which you
intend to load a cargo of soft brick is 380 lbs. per sq. ft.
The stowage factor of the brick is 21.3. Disregarding
broken stowage, what is the maximum height the brick may be
stacked without endangering the structure?
A: 1.7 feet
B: 3.6 feet
C: 5.0 feet
D: 7.1 feet
939: What is the purpose of pressure-vacuum relief valves?
A: Regulation of discharge pressure from cargo pumps
B: Maintaining constant velocity in cargo lines
C: Regulation of suction head on cargo pumps
D: To maintain a tank or void at atmospheric pressure
941: Which logbook is required to be submitted to the Coast
Guard?
A: Official Log
B: Smooth log
C: Rough log
D: Bell log
942: The damage to a vessel is over $(SA)25,000. Who must notify
the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible?
A: The Master of the vessel
B: The Radio Officer
C: The Chief Officer
D: All of the above
944: When caring for natural-fiber line, you should NEVER ______.
A: dry the line before stowing it
B: lubricate the line
C: protect the line from weather
D: slack off taut lines when it rains
946: Which measure should NOT be taken to reduce the pounding of
a vessel in a head sea?
A: Add ballast in the afterpeak.
B: Add ballast forward.
C: Alter course.
D: Reduce speed.
948: Twenty-five hundred (2500) tons of iron ore with a stowage
factor of 17 is stowed in a cargo hold. The dimensions of
the hold are 55 feet long and 45 feet wide and 35 feet high.
What is the height of the center of gravity of the ore
above the bottom of the hold?
A: 7.8 feet
B: 8.6 feet
C: 17.1 feet
D: 34.6 feet
949: Cargo pump relief valves are piped to the _______________.
A: cargo pump pressure gauges
B: crossover lines interconnecting two pumps
C: suction side of pumps
D: atmosphere through pump vents
950: The upward slope of a ships bottom from the keel to the
bilge is known as _____.
A: camber
B: slope
C: deadrise
D: keel height
951: The responsibility for maintaining the Official Logbook on
voyages between the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the
United States rests with the _____________.
A: Chief Mate of the vessel
B: Master of the vessel
C: Deck Officer of the watch at the time of the occurrence
D: Purser of the vessel
952: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide,
diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product
tankship. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks
and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
B: Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having
a common header vent.
C: Pyridine need not be separated from carbon disulfide by two
barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.).
D: A tank of carbon disulfide may be used to separate a tank of
pyridine from a tank of diisopropylamine.
954: In order to correctly open a new coil of manila line, you
should ___________________.
A: pull the tagged end from the top of the coil
B: pull the tagged end through the eye of the coil
C: secure the outside end and unroll the coil
D: unreel the coil from a spool
955: In which case is the IOPP Certificate of an inspected vessel
NOT invalidated?
A: The required oily-water separator malfunctions.
B: The ship is transferred to Liberian registry.
C: An annual survey is conducted fifteen months after the
date of certificate issuance.
D: A 15 ppm oily-water separator is replaced by a 100 ppm
oily-water separator.
956: When a vessel is swinging from side to side off course due
to quartering seas, the vessel is ___________________.
A: broaching
B: pitchpoling
C: rolling
D: yawing
957: Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification
and is issued a Temporary Certificate of Inspection. The
Temporary Certificate _________________________.
A: has the full force of the regular Certificate of
Inspection
B: expires six months after it is issued
C: must be exchanged for a regular Certificate of Inspection
within 3 months
D: is retained in the custody of the Master
958: You are in a tropical port. The refrigeration machinery on
a container loaded with air-cooled fruit fails. It cannot
be repaired for 18 to 24 hours. Which step should you take
to reduce the temperature rise and spoilage of the fruit?
A: Discharge a cylinder of nitrogen into the container
B: Shade the container and periodically hose it down
C: Seal any ventilation openings and add dry ice
D: Spread ice over the top layer and in any voids within the
container
959: A relief valve for a cargo pump is generally installed ____.
A: after the discharge valve
B: between the pump and discharge valve
C: after the suction valve
D: between the pump and suction valve
960: Gross tonnage indicates the vessel's _____.
A: displacement in metric tons
B: total weight including cargo
C: volume in cubic feet
D: draft in feet
961: Which log includes a statement of the conduct, ability, and
character of each crew member on the completion of a
voyage?
A: Official Logbook
B: Department Logbook
C: Crew Logbook
D: Smooth Logbook
964: To coil a left-hand laid rope, you should coil the line in
_______________________.
A: a clockwise direction only
B: a counterclockwise direction only
C: an alternating clockwise and counterclockwise direction
D: either a clockwise or a counterclockwise direction
966: When a boat turns broadside to heavy seas and winds, thus
exposing the boat to the danger of capsizing, the boat has
__________________.
A: broached
B: pitchpoled
C: trimmed
D: yawed
968: The Master may have his/her license suspended or revoked
for____________.
A: carrying stowaways
B: sailing shorthanded
C: being negligent
D: All of the above
969: A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The
temperature of the product is 80² F (27ø C), and it has a
coefficient of expansion of .0008. The net amount of cargo
loaded is __________.
A: 8,856 barrels
B: 8,944 barrels
C: 9,072 barrels
D: 9,144 barrels
970: What is the difference between net tonnage and gross
tonnage?
A: Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less certain deductions for
machinery and other areas.
B: Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared to tonnage of whole
ship.
C: Net tonnage is the net weight of the ship.
D: There is no difference.
971: A journal kept by the officer of the watch in which day to
day happenings are recorded regarding the deck department
is the _____________.
A: cargo record book
B: deck rough log
C: bell book
D: Official Logbook
976: When the period of beam seas equals the natural rolling
period of a vessel, what will most likely occur?
A: Excessive pitching
B: Excessive yawing
C: Excessive rolling
D: No change should be evident
977: An ocean tow is sinking in deep water. Attempts to sever
the towing hawser are unsuccessful. Which action should now
be taken?
A: Abandon the towing vessel.
B: Radio for emergency assistance.
C: Slip the towline and allow it to run off the drum.
D: Secure all watertight openings on the towing vessel.
978: A person voluntarily surrendering their license to a U.S.
Coast Guard investigating officer signs a statement
indicating that __________________.
A: all title to the license is given up for 5 years
B: their rights to a hearing are waived
C: they may be issued a new license in 5 years after passing
another written examination
D: All of the above
979: A cargo of oil has a coefficient of expansion of .0005 per
degree F. If this cargo is loaded at 70² F, and a cargo
temperature of 90² F is expected at the discharge port, how
many barrels would you expect to unload if you loaded 10,000
barrels?
A: 9,900
B: 9,990
C: 10,010
D: 10,100
980: The perforated, elevated bottom of the chain locker, which
prevents the chains from touching the main locker bottom
and allows seepage water to flow to the drains, is called a
_________________.
A: cradle
B: draft
C: harping
D: manger
981: When a vessel is entering or leaving a port, a record of
engine speeds is kept in the _____________.
A: bell book
B: deck rough log
C: Official Logbook
D: engine rough log
982: The station bill must be posted in conspicuous locations and
signed by the _______________.
A: safety officer
B: Coast Guard Officer approving the bill
C: owner
D: Master
984: To coil a right-laid rope, you should coil the line in ____.
A: a clockwise direction
B: a counterclockwise direction
C: alternating clockwise and counterclockwise directions
D: either a clockwise or counterclockwise directions
986: When running before a heavy sea, moving weights aft will
affect the handling of a vessel by ____________.
A: reducing rolling
B: increasing rolling
C: reducing yawing
D: increasing yawing
987: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?
A: Stop the swing of the ship.
B: Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
C: Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she
goes.
D: Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of
degrees it is now.
989: You are loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0900 you
find that you have loaded 207,000 barrels. At 1030 you find
that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If you continue
loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately
_________________.
A: 2100 that night
B: 0730 the next day
C: 0910 the next day
D: 1215 the next day
990: Freeboard is measured from the upper edge of the _____.
A: bulkwark
B: deck line
C: gunwale bar
D: sheer strake
991: When an azimuth of the Sun has been taken and the deviation
of the standard magnetic compass computed, the watch officer
should record the results _____________.
A: in the vessel's Official Logbook
B: on the compass deviation card
C: in the compass deviation log
D: on a Napier diagram
992: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the sagging numeral.
A: 29.49 numeral
B: 31.97 numeral
C: 33.61 numeral
D: 35.12 numeral
993: Your vessel is docking, but not yet alongside. Which line
will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel
alongside the pier?
A: Bow breast line
B: Bow spring line
C: Inshore head line
D: Offshore head line
994: Manila lines in which the strands are right-hand laid _____.
A: should be coiled in a clockwise direction
B: should be coiled in a counterclockwise direction
C: may be coiled either clockwise or counterclockwise
D: should never be coiled
995: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest
time to a person who has fallen overboard is ___________.
A: a single turn with hard rudder
B: engine(s) crash astern, no turn
C: a Williamson Turn
D: two 180ø turns
996: With a following sea, a vessel will tend to _________.
A: heave to
B: pound
C: reduce speed
D: yaw
999: You are loading 530,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0945 on 13
April, you find that you have loaded 202,000 barrels. At
1130, you find that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If you
continue at the same rate, you will finish at _____________.
A: 1322, 13 April
B: 1920, 13 April
C: 1120, 14 April
D: 1305, 14 April
1001: Which is supplied to the vessel by the U.S. Coast Guard?
A: Bell book
B: Cargo gear register
C: Official Logbook
D: Rough Logbook
1004: Uncoiling manila line improperly can result in a(n) _____.
A: number of fishhooks
B: kink in the line
C: 50% loss of efficiency of the line
D: increase in deterioration of the line
1005: Which device is designed to automatically hold the load if
power should fail to an electric winch?
A: Pneumatic brake
B: Electromagnetic brake
C: Hand brake
D: Motor controller
1006: Which action reduces the yawing of a vessel in a following
sea?
A: Increasing GM
B: Pumping out tanks aft
C: Shifting weights to the bow
D: Shifting weights to the stern
1007: When using the term "limber system" one is referring to a
_________________.
A: cleaning system
B: drainage system
C: strengthening system
D: weight reduction system
1008: When a person voluntarily deposits their license or document
with a Coast Guard investigating officer __________________.
A: they permanently give up their rights to the license or
document
B: it may be for reasons of mental or physical incompetence
C: it must be for reason of addiction to narcotics
D: All of the above
1009: You are loading 475,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0800 on 8
July, you find that you have loaded 174,000 barrels. At
1000, you find that you have loaded 192,000 barrels. If you
continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at
approximately _________.
A: 1752, 8 July
B: 1940, 8 July
C: 0143, 9 July
D: 1727, 9 July
1010: When the longitudinal strength members of a vessel are
continuous and closely spaced, the vessel is _________.
A: transversely framed
B: longitudinally framed
C: intermittently framed
D: web framed
1011: After your vessel has been involved in a casualty, you are
required to make your logbooks, bell books, etc., available
to _____________.
A: attorneys for opposition parties
B: marine surveyors
C: U.S. Coast Guard officials
D: All of the above
1012: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is
called a(n) _________.
A: after breast line
B: after spring line
C: offshore stern line
D: inshore stern line
1014: In order to detect rot in manila lines, you should ________.
A: feel the surface of the line for broken fibers
B: measure the reduction in circumference of the line
C: observe any mildew on the outer surface
D: open the strands and examine the inner fibers
1015: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference to determine
the sagging numeral.
A: 71.07 numeral
B: 74.95 numeral
C: 77.56 numeral
D: 78.29 numeral
1016: Your vessel is off a lee shore in heavy weather and
laboring. Which action should you take?
A: Put the sea and wind about two points on either bow and
reduce speed.
B: Heave to in the trough of the sea.
C: Put the sea and wind on either quarter and proceed at
increased speed.
D: Put the bow directly into the sea and proceed at full speed.
1018: Which U.S. Government agency can suspend or revoke a
Merchant Mariner's license for violating the load line act?
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: U.S. Coast Guard
C: U.S. Customs Service
D: U.S. Maritime Administration
1019: A tank holds 400 tons of sea water when filled. How many
tons of liquid of specific gravity 0.9300 will it hold when
filled to 90% capacity?
A: 326.6
B: 343.2
C: 377.6
D: 390.2
1020: The Plimsoll mark on a vessel is used to _____________.
A: align the vessel's tailshaft
B: determine the vessel's trim
C: determine the vessel's freeboard
D: locate the vessel's centerline
1021: A vessel's Classification Certificate is issued by the
_____________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: National Cargo Bureau
C: United States Coast Guard
D: United States Customs
1024: A fiber rope can be ruined by dampness because it may _____.
A: rot
B: shrink
C: stretch
D: unlay
1025: The "lizard" is indicated by which number in illustration
D002DG?
1026: When making way in heavy seas you notice that your vessel's
screw is being lifted clear of the water and racing. One
way to correct this would be to _______________________.
A: increase speed
B: decrease speed
C: move more weight forward
D: shift the rudder back and forth several times
1029: When cleaning a tank by the Butterworth process, you should
begin to pump out the slops __________.
A: at the end of the drop schedule
B: when the process is started
C: when the process is finished
D: when the tank is clean
1030: If an attempt is made to hoist a load that exceeds the
capacity of an electric winch, an overload safety device
causes a circuit breaker to cut off the current to the winch
motor _______________.
A: when the line pull reaches the rated winch capacity
B: after the line pull exceeds the rated winch capacity
C: after a short build-up of torque
D: immediately
1031: Which certificate is NOT issued by the Coast Guard?
A: Award of official number
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Classification of Hull and Machinery
D: Safety Equipment Certificate
1033: Each crewmember has an assigned firefighting station. This
assignment is shown on the _______.
A: fire fighting plan
B: shipping articles
C: Certificate of Inspection
D: station bill
1034: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel
sailing coastwise. What percentage of the deck crew must be
able to understand the language commonly used onboard the
vessel?
A: 100%
B: 75%
C: 65%
D: 50%
1036: What is meant by the term "broaching to"?
A: Having the vessel head toward the sea
B: Running before a sea
C: Being turned broadside to the sea
D: Having the vessel filled with water
1037: After an IOPP Certificate is issued to an inspected vessel,
how many other surveys of the vessel's pollution
prevention equipment are conducted during the period of
validity of the certificate?
A: None
B: One
C: Two
D: Three
1039: When cleaning cargo tanks with portable machines, how is the
machine grounded?
A: Bonding wires are secured from the machine to a convenient
location on deck.
B: The machines must maintain physical contact with the deck at
the Butterworth opening.
C: The water supply hoses contain internal wires that act as
conductors
D: The water jets impinging on the vessel's structure form a
pathway to ground.
1040: A well in the uppermost deck of a shelter deck vessel which
has only a temporary means of closing for the purpose of
gaining an exemption from tonnage measurement is called
a(n) _____.
A: exemption space
B: tonnage deck
C: cofferdam
D: tonnage opening
1041: The document on a vessel, annually endorsed by an American
Bureau of Shipping surveyor, is called the ________________.
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Classification Certificate
C: Load Line Certificate
D: Seaworthy Certificate
1042: Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the sides
amidships. Which statement is TRUE?
A: This line represents the load line mark for a Great Lakes
voyage.
B: The gross and net tonnage of the ship will change if this
mark is submerged and the load line is visible.
C: The line directly under the triangle is at the same level as
the summer load line.
D: This is the equivalent of a load line marking for government
(CofE, NOAA, MSC) vessels.
1044: Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load
of a line with a breaking strain of 30,000 pounds.
A: 4,000 lbs.
B: 5,000 lbs.
C: 20,000 lbs.
D: 100,000 lbs.
1045: If a hydraulic pump on a winch accidentally stops while
hoisting, the load will stay suspended because
____________.
A: a check valve will close that prevents reverse circulation
B: a centrifugal counterweight counteracts the force of
gravity.
C: the electric pump motor will cut out
D: the control lever will move to the stop position
1046: In a following sea, a wave has overtaken your vessel and
thrown the stern to starboard. To continue along your
original course, you should ________________________.
A: use more right rudder
B: use more left rudder
C: increase speed
D: decrease speed
1048: You are the person in charge of a vessel involved in a
marine casualty. You must notify the nearest Coast Guard
Marine Inspection Office if the property damage is over
______.
A: $(SA) 1,500
B: $(SA)10,000
C: $(SA)25,000
D: $(SA)50,000
1049: You have water washed your cargo tanks using the fixed
machines. What should you do before using portable machines
to clean areas screened from the wash of the fixed machine
by structural members?
A: Ventilate the tank to eliminate any electrostatically
charged mist.
B: Attach the water supply hose to the portable machine after
the cleaning head is positioned inside the tank.
C: Insure that the tanks are not stripped until the final wash
is started.
D: Ground the fixed machines to eliminate any electrostatic
buildup on the cleaning head.
1050: The "margin plate" is the _________________.
A: outboard strake of plating on each side of an innerbottom
B: outer strake of plating on each side of the main deck of a
vessel
C: plate which sits atop the center vertical keel
D: uppermost continuous strake of plating on the shell of a
vessel
1051: A vessel arrives in San Francisco from a foreign voyage.
When MUST the Master make formal entry at the custom house?
A: Within 24 hours after arrival, Sundays and holidays excepted
B: Within 48 hours after arrival, Sundays and holidays excepted
C: Within 48 hours and before all foreign cargo is discharged
for that port
D: Within 24 hours after arrival
1052: A term used to describe the dip in a towline that acts as
a shock absorber is _____.
A: catenary
B: step
C: shock dip
D: bight
1054: Which mooring line has the least elasticity?
A: Dacron
B: Nylon
C: Esterlene
D: Polypropylene
1056: In which situation could a vessel most easily capsize?
A: Running into head seas
B: Running in the trough
C: Running with following seas
D: Anchored with your bow into the seas
1058: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the
nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible?
A: The owner of the vessel
B: The Master of the vessel
C: The person in charge of the vessel at the time of casualty
D: Any one of the above
1059: You are cleaning the tanks after carrying a cargo of crude
oil. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Washing water should be recirculated if possible because it
has the same electric potential as the cargo tank being
cleaned.
B: The hoses to portable cleaning machines should be
disconnected before the machines are removed from the tank.
C: The principal hazard with steaming cargo tanks is raising
the ambient temperature above the flame point of the cargo
residue.
D: Steam cleaning and water washing are both capable of
generating electrostatic charges within a tank.
1061: A vessel arrives at the port of San Francisco from Yokohama,
Japan. The passengers fill out the Baggage Declaration and
Entry form. A passenger has baggage arriving on another
vessel. How must this baggage be handled for U.S. Customs
purposes?
A: It need not be declared at this time.
B: It must be declared on the same form and marked
"Unaccompanied Baggage".
C: It must be declared on another form entitled "Continuation
Sheet".
D: It must be declared only if the other vessel's name is
known.
1062: An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for
what period of time?
A: 6 months
B: 1 year
C: 2 years
D: 4 years
1064: Which factor is most likely to impair the strength and
durability of synthetic line?
A: Dry rot
B: Mildew
C: Sunlight
D: Washing with mild soap
1066: If your propeller is racing in rough weather, you should
_____.
A: decrease your engine speed
B: ignore it
C: increase your engine speed
D: stop your engine until the rough weather passes
1068: You shall notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible when your vessel has been damaged
in excess of _____________.
A: $ 1,000
B: $ 1,500
C: $10,000
D: $25,000
1069: Which step is NOT generally taken when gas-freeing a tank?
A: Washing the tank interior with sea water
B: Application of degreasing solvents
C: Removal of corrosion products and sludge
D: Fresh air ventilation
1070: You are on a tankship carrying benzene in bulk. Which
statement is TRUE?
A: No other cargoes may be carried due to the possibility of
contamination by a carcinogen.
B: The crew quarters must have positive-pressure ventilation
to prevent the fumes from entering the living spaces.
C: Personnel taking samples are required to wear protective
gloves resistant to benzene.
D: Personnel working in regulated areas must use respirators
1071: In some cases, the 50% duty on all foreign repairs made to
American flag merchant vessels may be remitted. Which
work does NOT come under the remitting policy of U.S.
Customs?
A: Chipping, painting, and scaling by foreign labor
B: Repairs to hull structural damage
C: Repairs due to damage done by heavy weather
D: Repairs to the main propulsion machinery
1074: A new coil of nylon line should be opened by ______________.
A: pulling the end up through the eye of the coil
B: taking a strain on both ends
C: uncoiling from the outside with the coil standing on end
D: unreeling from a spool
1075: You are standing wheelwatch on entering port, and the Master
gives you a rudder command that conflicts with a rudder
command from the Pilot. What should you do?
A: Obey the Pilot
B: Obey the Master
C: Ask the Pilot for guidance
D: Bring the rudder to midships
1076: You are underway in heavy weather and your bow is into the
seas. To prevent pounding, you should _____.
A: change course, in order to take the seas at an 85 degree
angle from the bow
B: decrease speed
C: increase speed
D: secure all loose gear
1077: A seaman dies during a voyage. What is NOT required to be
entered into the Official Log?
A: Statement that the Master has taken custody of the
deceased's MMD and passport
B: An inventory of the money and property
C: Statement of the wages due
D: Statement as to the total deductions to be made from the
wages
1078: By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable
cause) to give aid in the case of collision is _________.
A: one year imprisonment or $500
B: two years imprisonment or $1000
C: two years imprisonment or $1500
D: two years imprisonment or $2000
1079: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping
network of a tanker that connects one section of cargo tanks
to another section is called a __________.
A: come-along
B: crossover
C: manifold
D: runaround
1080: The "inner bottom" is the _____.
A: tank top
B: compartment between the tank top and shell of the vessel
C: inner side of the vessel's shell
D: space between two transverse bottom frames
1081: You are Master of a U.S. flag vessel which was drydocked for
bottom cleaning in Rotterdam, Netherlands. Upon return to
a U.S. port, you must _____________.
A: file a customs' form for duty on this repair
B: file no extra reports
C: file a report of the drydocking with the U.S.C.G. Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection
D: obtain a U.S. Coast Guard diver to certify the work
1082: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed
in an "X" fashion, is called a ____.
A: backing wire
B: scissor wire
C: face wire
D: breast wire
1084: A normal safe working load for nylon rope is ______________.
A: 20% of its breaking strain
B: 40% of its breaking strain
C: 50% of its breaking strain
D: 66% of its breaking strain
1086: When taking a Pilot from a pilot vessel in a seaway, which
way should you head your vessel if the ladder is on the
leeward side?
A: Bow to the sea and no way on your vessel
B: Sea on the lee quarter with ship moving ahead slowly
C: Sea on the weather bow and ship moving ahead slowly
D: Sea on the quarter with sternway on the ship
1087: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the
________.
A: center of gravity
B: outermost part of the ship while making the circle
C: bow
D: tipping center
1088: As Master or person in charge, you must notify the U.S.
Coast Guard if an injury leaves a crewman unfit to perform
routine duties for more than _______.
A: 24 hours
B: 48 hours
C: 72 hours
D: Any amount of time
1089: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping
network of a tank vessel that connects one section of cargo
tanks to another section is called a _______________.
A: crossover
B: runaround
C: come-along
D: manifold
1090: A chock _____.
A: is a deck fitting used to shackle gear to the deck
B: permits easy jettisoning of deck cargo in an emergency
C: prevents stress concentration in the bulwark
D: provides openings through the bulwark for mooring lines
1092: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees
rudder", the helmsman's immediate reply should be _________.
A: "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
B: "Aye Aye Sir"
C: "Right 15 degrees rudder"
D: No reply is necessary, just carry out the order.
1094: Which statement is TRUE with respect to the elasticity of
nylon mooring lines?
A: Nylon can stretch over forty percent without being in danger
of parting.
B: Nylon can be elongated by one-hundred percent before it will
part.
C: Nylon will part if it is stretched any more than twenty
percent.
D: Under load, nylon will stretch and thin out but will return
to normal size when free of tension.
1098: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main
deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a
Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the _________.
A: injured is unfit for duty
B: injured is able to return to work
C: injury results in loss of life only
D: injury is the result of misconduct
1099: To allow for the rise or fall in tide and for change in
draft of a tankship during cargo transfer, cargo hoses must
be suspended with ___________________.
A: slings or saddles placed at 25-foot (8 meter) intervals
B: enough slack in their bight
C: topping lifts and runners tied off to winches
D: All of the above
1100: What is the purpose of the freeing ports on a vessel with
solid bulwarks?
A: Allow water which may be shipped on deck to flow off rapidly
B: Permit easy jettisoning of deck cargo in an emergency
C: Prevent the formation of any unusual stress concentration
points
D: Lighten the above deck weight caused by a solid bulwark
1101: A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan, to discharge
cargo. The vessel contracts a local shipyard to have the
hull chipped and scaled. If the vessel provides the primer
and paint, which statement is TRUE?
A: You need NOT declare the cost of labor, since no duty is
involved.
B: You need NOT declare the cost of labor, since this is
considered ship's personnel work.
C: You MUST declare the cost of labor and pay duty.
D: You MUST declare the cost of labor, but no duty is charged
since labor is involved.
1102: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
called a(n) __________.
A: after breast line
B: after spring line
C: inshore stern line
D: offshore stern line
1104: Nylon line can be dangerous because it _____.
A: breaks down when wet
B: kinks when wet
C: is not elastic
D: stretches
1108: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local
Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?
A: A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
B: Nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and
kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
C: Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is
pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
D: Your vessel strikes a pier and does $(SA)1,500 damage to the
pier but none to the vessel.
1109: Pinching of the cargo hose between the vessel and the dock
should be prevented by _______________________.
A: adjusting the hose supports
B: laying out an excess length of hose on deck
C: tying off the topping lifts and runners to winch heads
D: All of the above
1110: One function of a bulwark is to _______________.
A: help keep the deck dry
B: prevent stress concentrations on the stringer plate
C: protect against twisting forces exerted on the frame of the
vessel
D: reinforce the side stringers
1111: A vessel sailing from Liverpool to New York puts into
Boston, Mass. for emergency repairs. If no inward foreign
cargo is to be discharged at that port, which of the
following documents is required?
A: Custom Manifest
B: Inward Foreign Manifest
C: Pro Forma Manifest
D: Traveling Manifest
1112: What is an advantage of the 6X37 class of wire rope over the
6X19 class of wire rope of the same diameter?
A: Greater flexibility
B: More resistance to corrosion
C: More resistance to elongation
D: Lower weight per foot
1114: What type of stopper would you use on a nylon mooring line?
A: Chain
B: Nylon
C: Manila
D: Wire
1115: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to
___________________.
A: draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial
the correction
B: draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the
correction
C: completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the
correction
D: erase the entry and rewrite
1116: On a single-screw vessel, when coming port side to a pier
and being set off the pier, you should __________________.
A: swing wide and approach the pier so as to land starboard
side to
B: approach the pier on a parallel course at reduced speed
C: make your approach at a greater angle than in calm weather
D: point the vessel's head well up into the slip and decrease
your speed
1118: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine
casualty to the Coast Guard?
A: You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no
apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
B: A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle,
requiring an ace bandage.
C: Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no
apparent damage.
D: Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requiring repairs
costing $(SA)19,000.
1119: A single fitting installed in a pipeline that either blanks
off the pipe or allows a full flow passage of a liquid
through the pipe is referred to as a _____________________.
A: blind flange
B: pivot coupling
C: quick-release coupling
D: spectacle flange
1122: Freeing ports on a vessel with solid bulwarks ____________.
A: prevent stress concentration in the bulwark
B: permit easy jettison of deck cargo in an emergency
C: provide openings through the bulwarks for mooring lines
D: allow water shipped on deck to flow off rapidly
1123: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your
vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been
consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. Further
information is contained in __________.
A: the Light List
B: the Coast Pilot
C: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
D: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
1124: Which material makes the strongest mooring line?
A: Dacron
B: Manila
C: Nylon
D: Polyethylene
1125: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.
A: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
B: about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
C: at the hawsepipe
D: near the stern
1126: You are approaching a pier and intend to use the port anchor
to assist in docking port side to. You would NOT use the
anchor if _________________.
A: the current was setting you on the pier
B: another vessel is berthed ahead of your position
C: the wind was blowing from the starboard side
D: there is shallow water enroute to the berth
1127: All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the
Master and _________________________.
A: the Chief Engineer
B: the person about whom the entry concerns
C: one other crew member
D: No other signature is required.
1128: The most accurate account of cargo on board will be found
in the ____________.
A: Manifest
B: charter party
C: Bill of Lading
D: Portage Bill
1129: The main function of a stripping system is to _____________.
A: maintain the temperature of the cargo throughout the vessel
B: dispose of dangerous vapors within the cargo tanks
C: increase the loading rate of the shoreside pumps
D: discharge liquid left in the cargo tanks after the main
pumps have discharged the bulk
1130: The fittings used to secure a watertight door are known as
_________________.
A: clamps
B: clasps
C: dogs
D: latches
1131: U.S. Customs, upon boarding a vessel desiring entry into a
U.S. port, would inspect which document?
A: Cargo Manifest
B: Certified Crew List
C: Stores List
D: All of the above
1132: A lookout can leave his station _____.
A: at the end of the watch
B: at any time
C: ONLY when properly relieved
D: 15 minutes before the end of the watch
1134: The critical point in nylon line elongation is about ______.
A: 20%
B: 30%
C: 40%
D: 50%
1136: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier without the
assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful
when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?
A: Bow breast line
B: Bow spring line
C: Inshore head line
D: Stern breast line
1138: A vessel arrives in the port of Los Angeles from a foreign
port and discharges some of its inward foreign cargo. What
additional manifest is required?
A: Discharge Manifest
B: Inward Foreign Manifest
C: Pro Forma Manifest
D: Traveling Manifest
1139: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is ___________.
A: near the stern
B: at the hawsepipe
C: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
D: about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
1140: In a transversely framed ship, the transverse frames are
supported by all of the following EXCEPT __________________.
A: girders
B: longitudinals
C: side stringers
D: web plates
1141: A vessel has arrived in a U.S. port from a foreign voyage.
Preliminary entry has been made. Formal entry at the U.S.
Custom House must be made within how many hours after
arrival (Sundays and holidays excepted)?
A: 12
B: 24
C: 48
D: 72 without exception
1144: Which rope has the greatest breaking strength?
A: Manila
B: Nylon
C: Polyester
D: Polypropylene
1146: While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden
gale force wind causes the vessel's bow lines to part. The
bow begins to fall away from the dock, and no tugs are
immediately available. Which measure(s) should you take
FIRST?
A: Call the Master and the deck gang.
B: Slip the stern lines, let the vessel drift into the river,
and then anchor.
C: Let go the starboard anchor.
D: Obtain assistance and attempt to put some new bow lines out.
1148: The document which acknowledges that the cargo has been
received and is in the carrier's custody is called the
_____________.
A: Dock Receipt
B: Hatch Report and Recapitulation
C: Cargo Manifest
D: Stowage Plan
1150: In ship construction, frame spacing is _______________.
A: greater at the bow and stern
B: reduced at the bow and stern
C: uniform over the length of the vessel
D: uniform over the length of the vessel, with the exception of
the machinery spaces, where it is reduced due to increased
stresses
1151: The term used in levying customs duties when such are fixed
at rates proportioned to estimated value of goods concerned
is _____________.
A: ad valorem
B: infinite
C: secure
D: specific
1154: Which line would be least likely to kink?
A: Braided
B: Left-handed laid
C: Right-handed laid
D: Straight laid
1156: The best time to work a boat into a slip is __________.
A: when the wind is against you
B: with the current setting against you
C: at slack water
D: with a cross current
1157: What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your
head"?
A: "Steady"
B: "Passing 150ø"
C: "Checked"
D: "Eased to 5ø rudder"
1158: A vessel loads 100 tons of glass jars. The mate on watch
discovers that some of the cartons have been damaged and has
an exception made on the Bill of Lading. What is this
document called?
A: Damage Bill of Lading
B: Letter of Indemnity
C: Non-negotiable Bill of Lading
D: Unclean Bill of Lading
1159: Which product is most likely to accumulate static
electricity?
A: Crude oil
B: Hard asphalt
C: Lubricating oil
D: Residual fuel oil
1160: In a longitudinally-framed ship, the longitudinal frames are
held in place and supported by athwartship members called
_______________________.
A: floors
B: margin plates
C: stringers
D: web frames
1161: The document that the Master uses to attest to the truth of
the manifest of cargo is called _____________.
A: Master's Protest
B: Oath of Entry
C: Owner's Oath
D: Shipper's Certification
1164: Which type of line floats?
A: Dacron
B: Nylon
C: Old manila
D: Polypropylene
1165: The station bill shows each person's lifeboat station,
duties during abandonment, basic instructions, and ________.
A: all emergency signals
B: instructions for lowering the lifeboats
C: the time each weekly drill will be held
D: work schedule
1166: You are 15 feet off a pier and docking a vessel using only
a bow and stern breast line. Once the slack is out of both
lines you begin to haul in on the bow breast line. What is
the effect on the vessel?
A: The bow will come in and the stern will go out.
B: The bow will come in and the stern will remain the same
distance off the pier.
C: The whole ship moves toward the dock.
D: The stern will come in and the bow will remain the same
distance off the pier.
1168: A vessel has completed loading cargo in the port of San
Francisco. What document is signed by the Master stating
the terms that goods were delivered and received by the
ship?
A: Bill of Goods
B: Bill of Lading
C: Cargo Manifest
D: Cargo Receipt
1169: Static electricity may be built up by the _________.
A: spraying or splashing of petroleum
B: settling of solids or water in petroleum
C: flow of petroleum through pipes
D: All of the above
1170: Transverse frames are more widely spaced on a ship that is
designed with the _______________.
A: centerline system of framing
B: isometric system of framing
C: longitudinal system of framing
D: transverse system of framing
1171: If you intend to land tulip bulbs from Holland in a U.S.
port, they must be inspected by the _____________.
A: Animal and Plant Health Service Inspector
B: Captain of the Port personnel
C: Quarantine Officer
D: All of the above
1174: Compared to manila line, size for size, nylon line ________.
A: has less strength than manila line
B: has more strength than manila line
C: is equivalent to manila line
D: will rot quicker than manila line
1178: A shipper of cargo aboard your vessel offers a letter of
indemnity for the cargo. This is done in order to obtain
a(n) ____________.
A: Clean Bill of Lading
B: Order Bill of Lading
C: Straight Bill of Lading
D: Through Bill of Lading
1179: The most likely time for oil pollution while bunkering is
when __________.
A: final topping off is occurring
B: first starting to receive fuel
C: hoses are being blown down
D: hoses are disconnected and being capped
1181: Uncleared crew curios remaining on board during a domestic
coastwise voyage after returning from foreign should be
_____________.
A: listed in the Official Logbook
B: cleared prior to the next foreign voyage
C: noted in the Traveling Curio Manifest
D: retained under locked security by the owner
1184: A new coil of nylon line should be opened by _____________.
A: pulling the end up through the eye of the coil
B: uncoiling from the outside with the coil standing on end
C: taking a strain on both ends
D: unreeling from a spool
1185: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is
called a _________.
A: stern line
B: spring line
C: breast line
D: shore line
1188: An implied warranty of seaworthiness on the part of the
vessel's owner lies in the ____________.
A: Cargo Manifest
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Classification Certificate
D: contract of carriage, i.e. Bill of Lading
1189: When bunkering is complete, the hoses should be _________.
A: cleaned internally with a degreaser
B: washed out with hot soapy water
C: drained, blanked off, and stored securely
D: stowed vertically and allowed to drain
1192: A person has fallen overboard and is being picked up with a
lifeboat. If the person appears in danger of drowning, the
lifeboat should make _____________.
A: an approach from leeward
B: an approach from windward
C: the most direct approach
D: an approach across the wind
1193: The main advantage of a Chinese stopper over the one line
stopper is that it __________.
A: will not jam on the mooring line
B: is stronger
C: is easier to use when under heavy tension
D: is safer to use when under heavy tension
1194: What type of line melts easiest?
A: Wire
B: Dacron
C: Nylon
D: Polypropylene
1195: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel
will be liable for damage to a cargo when the damage arises
from ___________________.
A: unseaworthiness when sailing
B: insufficient packing
C: quarantine delays
D: mismanagement of the vessel
1196: You are landing a single-screw vessel, with a right-hand
propeller, starboard side to the dock. When you have
approached the berth and back the engine, you would expect
the vessel to ___________________.
A: lose headway without swinging
B: turn her bow toward the dock
C: turn her bow away from the dock
D: head into the wind, regardless of the side the wind is on
1197: A person has fallen overboard and is being picked up with a
lifeboat. If the person appears in danger of drowning, the
lifeboat should be maneuvered to make ___________.
A: an approach from leeward
B: an approach from windward
C: the most direct approach
D: an approach from across the wind
1199: What is NOT an advantage of the house-fall system when
compared to a married-fall system using two of the ship's
booms?
A: There is a steady spotting area under the dockside block.
B: Loading can be accomplished from a narrow apron without
endangering the inboard boom.
C: The system can be used for working the second deck of a
warehouse.
D: There is more accurate control of cargo drafts required to
be stowed in the wings.
1200: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has
been consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. The
message will refer you to ____________.
A: the Light List
B: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
C: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
D: the Coast Pilot
1201: When clearing customs for a foreign voyage, which of the
following is processed at the custom's house and returned to
the vessel?
A: Shipping Articles
B: Traveling Curio Manifest
C: Official Logbook
D: Cargo Gear Register
1202: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel
will be liable for damage to cargo when the damage arises
from _____________.
A: an act of war
B: lack of ventilation in transit
C: perils of the sea
D: an error in navigation
1203: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids may be
temporarily suspended with _______________.
A: one day's notice
B: no notice
C: thirty (30) day's notice
D: a week's notice
1204: An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon
rope _________________________.
A: can hold a load even when a considerable number of the yarns
have been abraded
B: can be stored on deck, exposed to sunlight
C: can be used in conjunction with wire or spring-lay rope
D: gives audible warning of overstress whereas manila does
not
1205: A U.S. vessel participating in AMVER (Automated
Mutual-Assistance Vessel Rescue System) must discontinue
reporting when ________.
A: under VNCS (Voluntrary Naval Control of Shipping)
B: nuclear war is in progress whether the ship is in the danger
area or not
C: under Full NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
D: All of the above situations are correct.
1206: You are landing a single-screw vessel with a left-handed
propeller, starboard side to the dock. As you approach
the dock you back your engine with your rudder amidships.
You would expect the vessel to ________________.
A: lose headway without swinging
B: turn its bow towards the dock
C: turn its stern towards the dock
D: drift away from the dock
1209: When cargo is being worked using a Burton or married fall
system, which part of the cargo gear is most likely to
fail?
A: Boom
B: Gooseneck
C: Guy tackle
D: Topping lift
1210: To rigidly fasten together the peak frames, the stem, and
the outside framing, a horizontal plate is fitted across the
forepeak of a vessel. This plate is known as a(n) ________.
A: apron plate
B: breasthook
C: intercostal plate
D: joiner
1211: When clearing a vessel for a foreign voyage, the original
crew list is duly certified by proper authority. In a U.S.
port, this authority is the U.S. _____________.
A: Coast Guard
B: Customs
C: Immigration Service
D: Public Health Service
1214: Which statement is TRUE about nylon line?
A: Manila line will usually last longer than nylon line.
B: Nylon line is excellent for use in alongside towing.
C: A normal safe working load will stretch nylon line 50%.
D: Nylon stoppers should be used with nylon line.
1216: It is easier to dock a right-hand, single-screw vessel ____.
A: starboard side to the wharf
B: either side to the wharf
C: port side to the wharf
D: stern to the wharf
1217: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to
___________________.
A: erase the entry and rewrite
B: draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and intial the
correction
C: draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and intial
the correction
D: completely black out the entry, rewrite, and intial the
correction
1218: Which is a negotiable document?
A: Bill of Lading
B: Cargo Manifest
C: Export Declaration
D: Receiving Report
1219: Number 18 in illustration D002DG represents the __________.
A: bull chain
B: bull line
C: chain stopper
D: vang tackle
1221: Your vessel is in Charleston, S.C. You need not clear
Customs if _____________.
A: all the cargo on board is of U.S. origin and destined for
New York
B: you took on no new cargo in Charleston, S.C. and are bound
for Puerto Rico and thence foreign
C: you did not discharge any cargo in Charleston and are
bound for Panama
D: you did not load any cargo in Charleston and are bound for
Halifax
1224: Which is NOT a recommended practice when handling nylon
line?
A: Nylon lines which become slippery because of oil or grease
should be scrubbed down.
B: Manila line stoppers should be used for holding nylon
hawsers.
C: When easing out nylon line, keep an extra turn on the bitt
to prevent slipping.
D: Iced-over nylon lines should be thawed and drained before
stowing.
1225: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of
the sea surface is ice-covered with 2 OKTA's concentration?
A: 10 %
B: 20 %
C: 25 %
D: 67 %
1226: You are docking a vessel starboard side to with the
assistance of two tugs. You are attempting to hold the
vessel off by operating both tugs at right angles to the
vessel and at full power. You must ensure that __________.
A: steerageway is not taken off
B: the bow doesn't close the dock first
C: the bow closes the dock first
D: the ship has no headway at the time
1228: A cargo exception would appear on _____________.
A: a Bill of Lading
B: the cargo manifest
C: the Export Declaration
D: a Letter of Indemnity
1229: In illustration D002DG, the number 12 represents the
______.
A: gooseneck assembly
B: heel block
C: lizard
D: spider band
1230: Which statement concerning solid floors is TRUE?
A: They must be watertight.
B: They may have lightening, limber, or air holes cut into
them.
C: They are built of structural frames connected by angle
struts and stiffeners, with flanged plate brackets at each
end.
D: They are lighter than open floors.
1231: What is NOT a condition for a salvage claim?
A: The property saved must be "maritime property."
B: The salvors must save or attempt to save any life in peril.
C: The salvage service must be voluntary.
D: The property must be in peril.
1234: Which type of line will stretch the most when under strain?
A: Polypropylene
B: Dacron
C: Nylon
D: Manila
1236: You are docking a ship with a single-screw tug assisting on
your starboard bow. How should the tug be tied up if you
are anticipating that she will have to hold your bow off
while you stem the current?
A: One head line would be sufficient.
B: The tug would need at least two head lines.
C: The tug should put a spring line up, leading astern on the
ship.
D: The tug should put a stern line up, leading ahead on the
ship.
1238: A contract of affreightment is a _____________.
A: Bill of Lading
B: Bottomry Bond
C: manifest
D: Portage Bill
1239: In a burton rig, the dock boom can also be called the
_____________.
A: hatch boom
B: offshore boom
C: stay boom
D: yard boom
1240: Bilge keels are fitted on ships to _________________.
A: assist in drydock alignment
B: improve the vessel's stability
C: protect the vessel from slamming against piers
D: reduce the rolling of the vessel
1241: A Notice of Marine Casualty to a vessel must include ______.
A: the estimated cost of damage
B: the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
C: an evaluation of who was at fault
D: the amount of ballast on board
1244: Nylon line is NOT suitable for _____.
A: towing
B: lashings
C: stoppers
D: mooring lines
1246: When a tug is pulling on a hawser at right angles to the
ship, and the pilot wants to come ahead or astern on the
ship's engine, care must be taken that the pilot ________.
A: does not break the towline
B: does not get too much way on the vessel
C: keeps a steady course so the towline will remain tight
D: turns the ship toward the direction of pull
1248: A declaration made by the Master before a U.S. Consul,
giving particulars regarding heavy weather or other
incidents which may have caused damage to the vessel or
cargo, through no fault of the vessel, her officers, or crew
is a(n) _____________.
A: cargo addendum
B: exception report
C: Master's declaration
D: note of protest
1249: The cargo fall over the dock is called the ___________.
A: burton fall
B: down fall
C: hatch fall
D: stay fall
1250: The floors in a vessel's hull structure are kept from
tripping, or folding over, by ________________.
A: face plates
B: bottom longitudinals
C: longitudinal deck beams
D: transverse deck beams
1251: What is NOT a primary function of the freight forwarder?
A: To book cargo space in advance
B: To execute, approve, and submit all shipping documents
necessary to the particular shipment
C: To provide financial assistance to the shipper when required
D: Clear the goods through customs
1252: Control of flooding should be addressed _____.
A: first
B: following control of fire
C: following restoration of vital services
D: only if a threat exists
1254: Under identical load conditions, nylon, when compared with
natural fiber line, will stretch _________________.
A: less and have less strength
B: more and have less strength
C: more and have greater strength
D: less and have greater strength
1256: You are docking an oceangoing single-screw vessel under
normal circumstances with a single tug. The tug is usually
used to __________.
A: control the bow and is tied to the offshore bow
B: control the stern and is tied to the stern on the offshore
side
C: pull the vessel into the slip and is tied to the bow
D: push the ship bodily alongside and is tied to the offshore
side amidships
1259: You would find the topping lift _________________.
A: in the chain locker
B: on a guy post
C: on a yard and stay rig
D: on the boatfalls
1260: The function of the bilge keel is to ___________________.
A: reduce the rolling of the vessel
B: serve as the vessel's main strength member
C: add strength to the bilge
D: protect the vessel's hull when alongside a dock
1261: A vessel operating "in class" has met all the requirements
of the _____________.
A: ABS or similar society
B: insurance company
C: U.S. Coast Guard
D: U.S. Customs
1262: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel
operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground.
Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify
the ______________.
A: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to
property in excess of $(SA)25,000
B: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of life
C: Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to
personnel
D: nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection
Office as soon as possible
1264: Which type of line is best able to withstand sudden shock
loads?
A: Polypropylene
B: Nylon
C: Dacron
D: Manila
1265: You are picking up a person that has fallen overboard. A
small craft should approach the victim with the __________.
A: victim to leeward
B: victim to windward
C: wind on your port side
D: wind on your starboard side
1266: You are docking a vessel in a slip which has its entrance
athwart the tide. You land the ship across the end of the
pier, stemming the tide, preparatory to breaking the ship
around the corner. You have one tug to assist. Where would
you generally tie up the tug?
A: Have her on a hawser from the stern.
B: Tie her up on the inshore bow to hold the ship off the end.
C: Tie her up on the offshore bow.
D: Tie her up on the inshore quarter to lift the stern.
1268: The S.S. Ossel Hitch arrives in Capetown, South Africa,
and the Master affects a note of protest with the
U.S. Consul. Why would the Master affect this document?
A: Crew misconduct
B: Inability of vessel to comply with voyage charter
C: Suspicion of cargo pilferage by crew
D: Suspicion of heavy weather damage to vessel or cargo
1269: What is meant by the term "topping the boom"?
A: Lowering the boom
B: Raising the boom
C: Spotting the boom over the deck
D: Swinging the boom athwartships
1270: When a man who has fallen overboard is being picked up by a
lifeboat, the boat should approach with the wind _________.
A: astern and the victim just off the bow
B: ahead and the victim just off the bow
C: just off the bow and the victim to windward
D: just off the bow and the victim to leeward
1271: The citizenship of a crew member of a vessel in a U.S. port
is determined solely by the _____________.
A: Customs Officer
B: Immigration Officer
C: Coast Guard
D: Union Official
1273: The hatch boom is indicated by which number in illustration
D002DG?
1274: If given equal care, nylon line should last how many times
longer than manila line?
A: Three
B: Four
C: Five
D: Six
1275: The tension on an anchor cable increases so that the angle
of the catenary to the seabed at the anchor reaches 10ø.
How will this affect the anchor in sandy soil?
A: It will have no effect.
B: It will increase the holding power.
C: It will reduce the holding power.
D: It will cause the anchor to snag.
1276: When moored with a Mediterranean moor, the ship should be
secured to the pier by having _____________.
A: a stern line and two quarter lines crossing under the stern
B: a stern line, 2 bow lines, and 2 quarter lines leading aft
to the pier
C: all regular lines leading to the pier in opposition to the
anchor
D: two bow lines and two midship lines leading aft to the pier
1277: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of
the sea surface is ice-covered with 4 OKTA's concentration?
A: 25 %
B: 40 %
C: 50 %
D: 67 %
1278: The document that establishes the facts of a casualty and is
the prima facie relief from liability for the damage is the
______________________.
A: adjuster's report
B: insurance policy
C: invoice
D: Master's protest
1279: A flounder plate, on a topping lift, is _____________.
A: a fairlead block
B: a swivel pin for the topping lift block
C: a triangular steel plate with a hole at each corner
D: the lower block of a multiple part topping lift
1280: Vertical structural members attached to the floors that add
strength to the floors are called _______________.
A: boss plates
B: buckler plates
C: stiffeners
D: breast hooks
1281: The agency most concerned with a stowaway is _______.
A: Customs
B: Immigration
C: Public Health
D: U.S.D.A.
1282: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, the vessel
should be _________________________________.
A: stopped with the wind dead ahead
B: stopped with the wind on the beam
C: underway with the wind 30ø on the bow
D: underway on a course to provide no apparent wind
1284: Using a safety factor of five, determine the safe working
load of a line with a breaking strain of 20,000 pounds.
A: 4,000
B: 5,000
C: 20,000
D: 100,000
1285: Which information MUST be entered on the station bill?
A: Names of all crew members
B: Use and application of special equipment
C: Listing of approved emergency equipment
D: Duties and station of each person during emergencies
1286: The anchors should be dropped well out from the pier while
at a Mediterranean moor to _____________.
A: eliminate navigational hazards by allowing the chain to lie
along the harbor bottom
B: increase the anchor's reliability by providing a large
catenary in the chain
C: permit the ship to maneuver in the stream while weighing
anchors
D: prevent damage to the stern caused by swinging against the
pier in the approach
1287: The term "shift the rudder" means _______________.
A: change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal
amount
B: use right or left rudder
C: check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
D: put the rudder amidships
1288: A document used to indicate suspected cargo damage caused by
rough weather would be the _____________.
A: cargo report
B: hull damage report
C: Master's Note of Protest
D: Unseaworthy Certificate
1289: What would you use to adjust the height of a cargo boom?
A: Lizard
B: Spanner guy
C: Topping lift
D: Working guy
1290: What is NOT an advantage of double bottom ships?
A: The tanktop forms a second skin for the vessel.
B: The center of gravity of a loaded bulk cargo ship may be
raised to produce a more comfortable roll.
C: The floors and longitudinals distribute the upward push of
the water on the ship's bottom.
D: They are less expensive to construct because of increased
access space.
1291: "Free pratique" means that _____________.
A: clearance requirements for all regulatory bodies have been
met
B: health requirements have been met and no further quarantine
formalities are required
C: shipment will be made at no cost
D: tonnage taxes are not required to be paid
1294: A nylon line is rated at 15,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using
a safety factor of 5, what is the safe working load (SWL)?
A: 3,000 lbs
B: 5,000 lbs
C: 15,000 lbs
D: 65,000 lbs
1296: To ensure the best results during the Mediterranean moor,
the chains should _____________.
A: be crossed around the bow
B: tend out at right angles to the bow
C: tend aft 60ø from each bow
D: tend forward 30ø on either bow
1298: A Master should file a marine note of protest if
__________.
A: cargo was received at ship side which was damaged in land
transit
B: longshore labor went on strike in the port causing undue
vessel delay
C: portions of his vessel's cargo were illegally impounded in a
foreign port
D: the vessel encountered heavy weather which might have caused
cargo damage
1299: Which part of a conventional cargo gear rig provides for
vertical control and positioning of a boom?
A: Cargo whip
B: Gooseneck fitting
C: Spider band
D: Topping lift
1300: Tonnage openings must be closed by means of _____.
A: press board
B: steel hatch boards
C: steel plates
D: wooden hatch boards
1301: If, after examination by the Quarantine Officer, your vessel
is found to have a specific deficiency, you may be issued
_____________.
A: Bill of health
B: Free Pratique
C: Notice to Comply
D: Controlled Free Pratique
1302: Reinforcing frames attached to a bulkhead on a vessel are
called ____________.
A: side longitudinals
B: intercostals
C: stiffeners
D: brackets
1304: A nylon line is rated at 12,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using
a safety factor of 5, what is the safe working load (SWL)?
A: 2,000 lbs.
B: 2,400 lbs.
C: 12,000 lbs.
D: 60,000 lbs.
1305: What is an advantage of the 6X19 class of wire rope over the
6X37 class of wire rope of the same diameter?
A: Greater holding power
B: Better for towing
C: More resistance to elongation
D: More resistance to corrosion
1306: You are making mooring lines fast to bitts, stern to, as in
some Mediterranean ports. A swell is liable to make the
vessel surge. How should you tie up?
A: Use manila or fiber hawsers only.
B: Use wires only from the stern and each quarter.
C: Use fiber and manila hawsers as required.
D: Use wires from each quarter and manila hawsers from the
stern.
1307: Which type of ice is a hazard to navigation?
A: Ice rind
B: Pancake ice
C: Frazil ice
D: Growlers
1308: The S.S. Sheet Bend arrives in New York after encountering
heavy weather in a voyage from Capetown. Who will note the
protest for the Master?
A: Collector of Customs
B: Notary Public
C: Officer in Charge Marine Inspection
D: U.S. Shipping Commissioner
1309: A tackle by which the outer end of a boom is raised and
lowered is the topping _____________.
A: boom
B: lift
C: raise
D: tackle
1310: Which statement is TRUE concerning protection of double
bottom tanks against excessive pressure?
A: Each vent for the tank must be equal to the area of the tank
filling line.
B: The tanks must be protected by overflows.
C: The total area of the vents or the overflow shall be at
least equal to the area of the fill line.
D: There must be twice as much vent area as the area of the
fill line.
1311: Before arriving at the first U.S. port from foreign, you
must fill out a Crewman's Landing Permit for each _________.
A: alien crewmember
B: crew member
C: nonresident alien crewmember
D: unlicensed crew member
1312: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
called a(n) ___________.
A: stern line
B: forward spring line
C: after spring line
D: waist breast line
1313: Where should a vessel being towed alongside be
positioned for increased maneuverability?
A: Stern of the towed vessel aft of the stern of the
towing vessel
B: Stern of the towed vessel even with the stern of the
towing vessel
C: Stern of the towed vessel forward of the stern of the
towing vessel
D: Bow of the towed vessel even with the bow of the
towing vessel
1314: A wire rope rove through two single blocks with two parts at
the moving block is used for a boat fall. The weight of
the 100-person boat is 5 tons. Compute the required
breaking strain. Safety Factor - 6, weight per person - 165
lbs., 10% friction per sheave (2 sheaves).
A: 18.30 tons B.S.
B: 20.29 tons B.S.
C: 22.27 tons B.S.
D: 24.31 tons B.S.
1316: The anchor chain should be kept moderately taut during a
Mediterranean moor to _____________.
A: facilitate speed of recovery during the weighing process
B: indicate the anchor's location to passing or mooring ships
C: prevent damage to the stern in the event of a headwind
D: provide a steady platform for the gangway between the
fantail and pier
1319: In relation to cargo gear, what does "SWL" mean?
A: Safe working load
B: Ship's working lift
C: Starboard wing lift
D: Stress, weight, load
1320: A cofferdam is _____________________.
A: any deck below the main deck and above the lowest deck
B: a member that gives fore-and-aft strength
C: made by placing two bulkheads a few feet apart
D: a heavy fore-and-aft beam under the deck
1321: Which type of carrier accepts without discrimination all
legal cargoes of a shipper?
A: Common
B: Industrial
C: Private
D: Tramp
1322: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound
for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back
to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?
A: He may refuse to take the seaman if the ship will not stop
at a U.S. port within 30 days.
B: He is required to accept the seaman only if the seaman is
medically unfit.
C: He may refuse to take the seaman if the seaman has a
contagious disease.
D: He is required to take the seaman under any circumstance.
1323: "Ease the rudder" means to _______________________.
A: decrease the rudder angle
B: move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent
rudder command
C: bring the rudder amidships
D: steer the course which is your present heading
1324: The forecastle card is a(n) ___________.
A: copy of the shipping agreement
B: quarters allocation
C: station bill
D: unlicensed shipping card from the union
1325: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of
people required aboard, and the qualifications of each, is
listed on the __________.
A: Crew list
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Articles of Agreement
D: Fo'c'sle card
1326: After casting off moorings at a mooring buoy in calm
weather, you should __________.
A: go full ahead on the engine(s)
B: back away a few lengths to clear the buoy and then go ahead
on the engines
C: go half ahead on the engines and put the rudder hard right
D: go half ahead on the engines and pass upstream of the buoy
1328: The declaration made by the Master when he anticipates hull
and/or cargo damage due to unusual weather conditions is a
_____________.
A: Note of Protest
B: Notice of Casualty
C: Portage Bill
D: Bottomry Bond
1329: A pelican hook ___________________.
A: can be released while under strain
B: is used for boat falls
C: is used for extra heavy loads
D: is used for light loads only
1330: Beams are cambered to ________________.
A: increase their strength
B: provide drainage from the decks
C: relieve deck stress
D: All of the above
1331: The S.S. Microwave has been chartered to the Longline
Steamship Company. The Longline Steamship Company agrees to
pay all expenses and employ and pay the crew. Which type of
contract is involved?
A: Bareboat Charter Party
B: Lease Charter Party
C: Time Charter Party
D: Voyage Charter Party
1334: Close link chain of not less the 3/4" (or the wire rope
equivalent) is required for lashing deck cargoes of timber.
What size flexible wire rope would provide the strength
equivalent to 3/4" chain, using a safety factor of 5?
A: 9/16"
B: 1"
C: 1 1/4"
D: 1 3/8"
1336: When picking up your mooring at the buoy, the correct method
is to _________________.
A: approach the buoy with the wind and current astern
B: approach the buoy with the wind and current ahead
C: approach the buoy with wind and sea abeam
D: stop upwind and up current and drift down on the buoy
1338: A "dangerous cargo manifest" is needed for you to carry a
combustible cargo. You should obtain the shipping papers to
make this "manifest" from the _______________________.
A: manufacturer
B: ABS
C: Coast Guard
D: shipper
1339: Backstays are ____________.
A: running rigging leading aft from the masts
B: running rigging leading forward from the masts
C: standing rigging leading aft from the masts
D: standing rigging from the cross trees to the mast head
1340: The usual depth of a beam bracket is _______________.
A: 2 1/2 times the depth of the beam
B: 5 times the depth of the beam
C: 10 times the depth of the beam
D: same depth as the beam
1341: The owners of the S.S. Short Haul agree to a charter with
the Longsplice Steamship Company. The owners stipulate in
the charter party that the regular Master must be employed
as the vessel's Master for the entire life of the contract.
Which charter has been affected?
A: Bareboat
B: Lease
C: Time
D: Voyage
1344: When working with wire rope, which must be considered?
A: Metal sheaves should be lined with wood or leather.
B: It needs better care than hemp or manila.
C: It should be lubricated annually.
D: The diameter of a sheave over which a rope is worked should
be ten times that of the rope.
1346: The best method of determining if a vessel is dragging
anchor is to note _______________.
A: the amount of line paid out
B: how much the vessel sheers while at anchor
C: any change in the tautness of the anchor chain
D: changes in bearings of fixed objects onshore
1348: Preparation of Station Bills and signing of same is the
responsibility of the ___________________________.
A: Chief Officer of the vessel
B: owner of the vessel
C: Master of the vessel
D: United States Coast Guard
1349: A shroud is ___________.
A: any wire running fore-and-aft on a ship
B: any wire with a fiber core
C: a heavy wire extending from the trunk of the mast to the
head of the boom
D: a heavy wire extending from the mast, atwartships to the
deck, to support the mast
1350: A deck beam does NOT ____________.
A: act as a beam to support vertical deck loads
B: lessen the longitudinal stiffness of the vessel
C: act as a tie to keep the sides of the ship in place
D: act as a web to prevent plate wrinkling due to twisting
action on the vessel
1351: Your vessel is chartered under a time charter party. Under
this type of charter party, your responsibility is ________.
A: solely to the charterer for all matters pertaining to cargo
and ship administration
B: solely to the cargo shippers and consignees
C: solely to the owner, as under normal conditions
D: to the owner for vessel administration and to the charterer
for cargo operations and schedule
1354: A 6x19 wire rope would be _____________________.
A: 6 inches in diameter and 19 fathoms long
B: 6 inches in circumference with 19 strands
C: 6 strands with 19 wires in each strand
D: 19 strands with 6 wires in each strand
1355: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of
the sea surface is ice-covered with 6 OKTA's concentration?
A: 6 %
B: 50 %
C: 60 %
D: 75 %
1356: If your vessel is dragging her anchor in a strong wind, you
should _________________.
A: shorten the scope of anchor cable
B: increase the scope of anchor cable
C: put over the sea anchor
D: put over a stern anchor
1357: The area indicated by the letter G is known as the _____.
A: entrance
B: stringer plate
C: turn of the bilge
D: garboard
1358: Seeing that all hands are familiar with their duties, as
specified in the muster list, is the responsibility of
the __________.
A: Master
B: Chief Mate
C: safety officer
D: department heads
1359: The term "standing rigging" refers to _____________.
A: booms and kingposts
B: guys and vangs
C: stays and shrouds
D: topping lifts and cargo runners
1360: What are reef points used for?
A: Reduce the area of a sail
B: Keep the sail taut in light airs
C: Reduce the draft if the boat runs aground
D: Increase the strength of the mast
1361: On a voyage charter, when a vessel is ready to load cargo,
the Master should render to the charterer a _____________.
A: Notice of Readiness
B: Master Certificate of Service
C: Shipmasters Declaration
D: Vessel Utilization and Performance Report
1364: Which molten substance is poured into the basket of a wire
rope socket being fitted to the end of a wire rope?
A: Babbitt
B: Bronze
C: Lead
D: Zinc
1365: A person who sees someone fall overboard should ___________.
A: call for help and keep the individual in sight
B: run to the radio room to send an emergency message
C: immediately jump in the water to assist the individual
D: go to the bridge for the distress flares
1366: The best method to stop a vessel from dragging anchor in a
sand bottom is to _____.
A: reduce the length of the cable
B: pay out more anchor cable
C: back the engines
D: swing the rudder several times to work the anchor into the
bottom
1367: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel
will be liable for damage to cargo when the damage arises
out of _________________.
A: poor stowage of cargo in a container
B: fire caused by lightning
C: overloading
D: inherent vice
1368: Fire and abandon ship stations and duties may be found on
the _________________________.
A: crewman's duty list
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: shipping articles
D: muster list
1369: What is meant by "spotting the boom"?
A: Lowering it into a cradle
B: Placing it in a desired position
C: Spotting it with wash primer and red lead
D: Two-blocking it
1370: The strength of a deck will be increased by adding ________.
A: camber
B: deck beam brackets
C: hatch beams
D: sheer
1371: Delivery of a vessel to a charterer is called _____________.
A: chartering
B: dispatching
C: fixing
D: tendering
1374: Which type of stopper should be used to stop off wire rope?
A: Chain
B: Manila
C: Polypropylene
D: Wire
1375: A chain stripper is used to _____________.
A: prevent chain from clinging to the wildcat
B: clean the marine debris from the chain
C: flake chain from a boat's chain locker
D: clean chain prior to an x-ray inspection
1376: Generally speaking, the most favorable bottom for anchoring
is _____.
A: very soft mud
B: rocky
C: a mixture of mud and clay
D: loose sand
1379: The heel block is located _____________.
A: at the base of the boom
B: at the cargo hook
C: near the midships guy
D: near the spider band
1380: The deck beam brackets of a transversely framed vessel
resist _________________.
A: hogging stresses
B: sagging stresses
C: racking stresses
D: shearing stresses
1381: The Master of a vessel may tender a Notice of Readiness to
the charterer when the vessel _____________.
A: has completed the terms of the charter party
B: is in all respects ready to load
C: is in all respects ready to sail
D: is safely moored or at a suitable anchorage
1384: The wire rope used for cargo handling on board your vessel
has a safe working load of eight tons. It shall be able to
withstand a breaking test load of ____________.
A: 32 tons
B: 40 tons
C: 48 tons
D: 64 tons
1389: A band or collar on the top end of a boom to which the
topping lift, midships guy, and outboard guys are secured,
is called the _____________.
A: collar band
B: guy band
C: pad eye collar
D: spider band
1390: The body plan of a vessel is a(n) _____.
A: endwise view of the ship's molded form
B: longitudinal side elevation view
C: plan made looking down on the ship, showing it's hull cut
horizontally by the first set of planes
D: vertical view made looking up in the ship, with the keel at
the center
1391: The basic shipping paper that forms an agreement between a
shipowner and a charterer is a _____________.
A: Cargo Declaration
B: Charter Commission
C: Charter Party
D: Letter of Intent
1392: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is
called a(n) ___________.
A: forward breast line
B: offshore spring line
C: offshore bow line
D: onshore bow line
1393: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has
been consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. The
message will refer you to _____________________.
A: the Light List
B: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
C: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
D: the Coast Pilot
1394: Galvanizing would be suitable for protecting wire rope which
is used for _______________.
A: cargo runners
B: stays
C: topping lifts
D: All of the above
1396: Lifting the anchor from the bottom is called ______________.
A: broaching the anchor
B: shifting the anchor
C: walking the anchor
D: weighing the anchor
1399: Which part of a cargo boom has the greatest diameter?
A: Head
B: Middle
C: Heel
D: It has the same diameter along its complete length.
1400: The half-breadth plan is _____.
A: an endwise view of the ship's molded form
B: a plan with the forebody to right of centerline and
afterbody to the left of centerline
C: a longitudinal side elevation
D: usually drawn for the port side only
1401: A clause in the charter party requires a vessel's owner to
pay dispatch money when the vessel _____________.
A: changes berths to expedite loading or discharging
B: does not load and discharge its cargo in the time specified
C: is not ready to load or discharge cargo
D: loads and discharges its cargo in less time than specified
1402: What form of ice is of land origin?
A: Shuga
B: Floe
C: Spicule
D: Bergy bit
1403: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property
damage includes the ________________.
A: loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a
maximum of $(SA)50,000
B: cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the
service condition which existed before the casualty
C: damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved
in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000
D: All of the above
1404: Galvanizing would not be suitable for protecting wire rope
which is used for _______________.
A: cargo runners
B: mooring wires
C: shrouds
D: stays
1406: How many fathoms are in a shot of anchor cable?
1409: A preventer guy _____________.
A: prevents anyone from working the cargo at unauthorized times
B: is a safety measure in case one of the outboard guys parts
C: is a longshoreman who watches for accidents
D: is the same as a blacksmith
1410: The result of two forces acting in opposite directions and
along parallel lines, is an example of what type of stress?
A: Tensile
B: Compression
C: Shear
D: Strain
1411: The time allowed for loading and discharging cargo in a
charter party is referred to as _____________.
A: charter hire
B: demurrage
C: dispatch
D: lay days
1414: A wire rope that has been overstrained will show _________.
A: a bulge in the wire where the strain occurred
B: a decrease in diameter where the strain occurred
C: a kink in the wire where the strain occurred
D: no visible effects of an overstrain
1416: What is meant by veering the anchor chain?
A: Bringing the anchor to short stay
B: Heaving in all the chain
C: Locking the windlass to prevent more chain from running out
D: Paying out more chain
1419: The safest procedure used to rig a guy and preventer is to
have the guy _____________.
A: and preventer have equal stress
B: stronger than the preventer to minimize the danger of
separation
C: take a lighter load than the preventer as a safety factor
D: take the stress in case the preventer parts
1420: Tensile stress is a result of two forces acting in _____.
A: opposite directions on the same line, tending to pull the
material apart
B: opposite directions on the same line, tending to compress
the object
C: opposite directions along parallel lines
D: the same direction along parallel lines
1421: The charterer has completed loading the vessel in 3 days
instead of the 5 days agreed to in the charter party. As a
result of this, the _____________.
A: shipowner may charge for two lay days
B: charterer may receive dispatch money
C: stevedore may collect demurrage
D: consignee may be required to pay a ceaser fee
1422: A U.S. vessel engaged in foreign trade must be ___________.
A: classed
B: enrolled
C: licensed
D: registered
1424: A wire rope for a 10-ton boom on a vessel shows signs of
excessive wear and must be replaced. What safety factor
should be used when ordering a new wire?
1426: Forty-five fathoms is marked on the anchor chain by _______.
A: one turn of wire on the first stud from each side of
the detachable link
B: two turns of wire on the second stud from each side of the
detachable link
C: three turns of wire on the third stud from each side of the
detachable link
D: four turns of wire on the fourth stud from each side of the
detachable link
1427: Which letter in illustration DO30DG represents a plain
whipping?
1429: If the cargo gear on your vessel is equipped with a regular
guy and a preventer guy, you should _____________.
A: let the schooner guy take most of the strain, thus
transferring the load to the opposite boom
B: leave the preventer guy slack
C: secure them as close together as possible on deck
D: secure them so the angle between them is 90² at the boom
head
1430: A vessel's bottom will be subjected to tension when
weight is concentrated _____.
A: amidships
B: aft
C: at both ends of the vessel
D: forward
1431: A charterer is unable to complete the loading of a vessel
during the laydays specified in the charter party. Under
these circumstances, the _____________.
A: vessel operator can collect demurrage
B: ship is authorized extra time to discharge the cargo
C: charterer must pay dispatch money
D: effective period of the charter is extended
1434: In the manufacture of wire rope, if the wires are shaped to
conform to the curvature of the finished rope before they
are laid up, the rope is called _________________.
A: composite
B: left-lay
C: improved
D: preformed
1435: Which letter shown represents a clove hitch?
1436: How many feet are there in 2 shots of anchor chain?
A: 50
B: 60
C: 180
D: 360
1439: Which part provides for transverse control and positioning
of a boom in a conventional yard and stay system?
A: Guy
B: Shroud
C: Spider
D: Topping lift
1441: Deadfreight is the charge for the ____________.
A: carriage of demise cargo
B: cost of transshipment of over-carried cargo
C: difference in the amount of cargo loaded and the amount of
cargo discharged
D: difference in the amount of cargo loaded and the amount of
cargo booked, through no fault of the vessel
1442: You are on an ice-reinforced vessel about to enter pack
ice. You should __________.
A: enter the pack on the windward side where there is a well
defined ice edge
B: trim to an even keel or slightly down by the bow to take
maximum benefit of the ice reinforcement
C: take maximum advantage of coastal leads caused by offshore
winds
D: look for areas of rotten ice and enter perpendicular to the
ice edge
1443: The Safety of Life at Sea Convention was developed by the
_____________________________.
A: U.S. Coast Guard
B: American Bureau of Shipping
C: International Maritime Organization
D: American Institute of Maritime Shipping
1444: If kinking results while wire rope is being coiled
clockwise, you should _________________.
A: coil it counterclockwise
B: not coil it
C: take a turn under
D: twist out the kinks under a strain
1445: What is an example of a fundamental objective of cargo
stowage?
A: Load so the trim does not exceed 3 feet by the stern.
B: Make maximum use of existing dunnage.
C: Separate wet and dry cargoes into separate holds.
D: Prevent overcarriage by block stowage.
1446: The marking on an anchor chain for 30 fathoms is ________.
A: two links on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link are
painted white
B: one link on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link is
painted white
C: three links on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link
are painted white
D: only the detachable link is painted red
1448: Nylon line is better suited than manila for ______________.
A: towing alongside
B: towing astern
C: holding knots and splices
D: resisting damage from chemicals
1449: You are rigging up a married fall system and are spotting
the hatch boom. You decide to spot the boom over mid-hatch,
approximately 4 feet inside the hatch coaming. Where should
the outboard guy be positioned?
1451: The implied condition(s) with respect to the doctrine of
deviation in a marine insurance policy is(are) __________.
A: that the cargo be discharged from the vessel with customary
dispatch
B: that the voyage be commenced in a reasonable time
C: that the voyage be pursued over the usual and direct route
D: All of the above
1452: The helm command "Check her" means ____________.
A: test the steering control
B: read the compass heading
C: stop the swing using hard over rudder
D: slow the swing using moderate rudder
1455: Which letter represents a bowline on a bight?
1456: How many turns of wire normally mark either side of the
shackle 45 fathoms from the anchor?
1458: The catenary in a towline is _____.
A: a short bridle
B: the downward curvature of the hawser
C: another name for a pelican hook
D: used to hold it amidships
1459: When handling cargo, the majority of cargo gear breakdowns
is due to _____________.
A: compression bending of the boom
B: extension failure of the boom
C: guy failures
D: topping lift failures
1460: Weight concentration in which area will cause a vessel's
bottom to be subjected to tension stresses?
A: Aft
B: Amidships
C: At both ends
D: Forward
1461: While a vessel is at sea, the mate on watch discovers a fire
in one of the hatches. Fire hoses are used to put the fire
out and some of the cargo is damaged by water. In marine
insurance terms, this partial loss by water is called _____.
A: an Act of God
B: fire and water damage
C: general average
D: particular average
1462: Two mooring lines may be placed on the same bollard and
either one cast off first if ________________.
A: the eye of the second line is dipped
B: the mooring lines are doubled
C: the bollard has two horns
D: one of the lines is a breast line
1463: On a small boat, which knot is best suited for attaching a
line to the ring of an anchor?
A: Clove hitch
B: Figure-eight knot
C: Fisherman's bend
D: Overhand knot
1464: When talking about wire rope, the lay of the wire is the
_________________.
A: direction wires and strands are twisted together
B: number of strands in the wire
C: direction the core is twisted
D: material used in the core
1465: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest
time to a person who has fallen overboard is ___________.
A: engine(s) crash astern, no turn
B: a single turn with hard rudder
C: a Williamson Turn
D: two 180ø turns
1466: When dropping anchor, you are stationed at the windlass
brake. The most important piece(s) of gear is(are) ______.
A: a hard hat
B: a long sleeve shirt
C: gloves
D: goggles
1467: The type of carrier required to file a copy of freight
tariffs would be the ____________.
A: common carrier
B: tramp
C: public vessel
D: bulk carrier
1468: What will NOT reduce yawing of a tow?
A: Increasing the length of the towing hawser
B: Trimming the tow by the stern
C: Stowing deck loads forward
D: Drogues put over the stern
1469: When viewed from above, the best position for the guy in
relation to the boom is __________.
A: at a 45ø angle
B: at right angles
C: 4 feet aft of the heel of the boom
D: parallel to the boom
1470: Signs of racking stresses generally appear at the _____.
A: bow and stern shell frames and plating
B: junction of the frames with the beams and floors
C: garboard strake, at each side of the keel
D: thrust bearing of the main shaft
1471: One of the requirements for a general average act is _____.
A: a successful venture
B: no imminent peril
C: no losses
D: All of the above
1472: Which knot represents a single becket bend?
1473: The "carrick bend" is used to _________________.
A: add strength to a weak spot in a line
B: join two hawsers
C: be a stopper to transfer a line under strain
D: join lines of different sizes
1474: To find the distance the strands should be unlaid for an
eyesplice, multiply the diameter of the wire in inches by
__________.
1475: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is
called a(n) _______________.
A: forward spring line
B: offshore bow line
C: forward breast line
D: inshore bow line
1476: How is the size of chain determined?
A: Length of link in inches
B: Diameter of metal in link in inches
C: Links per fathom
D: Weight of stud cable in pounds
1477: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel
will be liable for damage to a cargo when the damage arises
out of _________________.
A: delays due to seizure of the vessel
B: fire caused by fault of the carrier
C: strikes or lockouts
D: improper stowage
1478: What does "in step" refer to in regards to towing?
A: The towed vessel follows exactly in the wake of the towing
vessel.
B: There is no catenary in the towing hawser.
C: When turning, both the towed and towing vessels turn at the
same time.
D: Both the towed and towing vessels reach a wave crest or
trough at the same time.
1479: The purpose of a preventer as it is used on a conventional
yard and stay cargo rig is to _____________.
A: allow greater than normal loads to be handled by the gear
B: act as an inboard guy in the event the inboard guy parts
during cargo handling
C: assist the outboard guy in supporting stresses during cargo
handling
D: prevent the inboard guy from parting due to stresses during
cargo handling
1481: A fire has damaged 20 bales of cotton on a freighter loaded
with general cargo. This claim would come under _____.
A: constructive total loss
B: general average
C: particular average
D: total loss of a part
1482: The two courses of action if the underwater hull is severely
damaged are to plug the openings or to _____________.
A: establish and maintain flooding boundaries
B: dewater the compartment
C: secure power to the compartment
D: ballast to maintain even keel
1483: The knot used to join two lines or two large hawsers for
towing is called a ___________________.
A: square knot
B: carrick bend
C: sheet bend
D: bowline
1484: A metal eye spliced into a wire is called a ___________.
A: cyclops
B: fish eye
C: thimble
D: chip
1486: Which is NOT a part of an anchor?
A: Bill
B: Devil's claw
C: Palm
D: Crown
1487: You are approaching a disabled vessel in order to remove
survivors from it. If your vessel drifts faster than the
disabled vessel, how should you make your approach?
A: To windward of the disabled vessel
B: To leeward of the disabled vessel
C: Directly astern of the disabled vessel
D: At three times the drifting speed of the disabled vessel
1488: What does the term "end-for-end" refer to in regard to a
wire towing hawser?
A: Cutting off the bitter and towing ends of the wire rope
B: Splicing two wire ropes together
C: Removing the wire rope from the drum and reversing it so
that the towing end becomes the bitter end
D: Removing the wire rope from the drum and turning it over so
that the wire bends in the opposite direction when rolled on
a drum
1489: On cargo booms, preventers are __________.
A: auxiliary guys
B: extra fair leads
C: steel bands
D: stops
1491: While underway, part of your cargo is damaged by fire. In
marine insurance terms this partial loss is called _______.
A: absolute total loss
B: constructive total loss
C: general average
D: particular average
1492: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a
fisherman's bend?
1493: The knot used to join two lines of different diameter is a
__________.
A: square knot
B: carrick bend
C: becket bend
D: sheepshank
1494: After splicing an eye in a piece of wire rope, the splice
should be parceled and served to _________________.
A: strengthen the line
B: increase its efficiency
C: prevent hand injury by covering loose ends
D: make the line more flexible
1495: A common class of wire rope is the 6X37 class. What does
the 37 represent?
A: Number of wires in the inner core
B: Number of strands per wire rope
C: Tensile strength of the wire
D: Number of wires per strand
1496: The purpose of a devil's claw is to _________________.
A: act as a chain stopper
B: prevent the windlass from engaging
C: prevent the chain from fouling on deck
D: control the wildcat
1497: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a
round turn and two half hitches?
1498: The biggest problem you generally encounter while towing a
single tow astern is _____________.
A: the catenary dragging on the bottom
B: swamping of the tow
C: the tow tending to dive
D: yaw
1499: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is
called a(n) _______.
A: bow line
B: forward breast line
C: after spring line
D: bow spring line
1500: Sometimes it is desirable to connect a member both by
riveting and welding. Which statement is TRUE concerning
this procedure?
A: Tearing through the member is more likely in this type
connection.
B: The weld may be broken by the stresses caused by riveting.
C: The weld increases the tensile stress on the rivet heads.
D: The welding must be completed before the riveting commences.
1501: Particular average is _____________.
A: the average distance steamed per day over the duration of
the voyage
B: charges against all parties in a marine venture to pay for
damages
C: loss sustained by only one party
D: claimed after all liens against the vessel are settled
1502: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the hogging numeral.
A: 49.73 numeral
B: 52.76 numeral
C: 55.29 numeral
D: 57.93 numeral
1503: Which knot should be used to send a man over the side when
he may have to use both hands?
A: Bowline
B: French bowline
C: Bowline on a bight
D: Running bowline
1504: A six-strand composite rope made up of alternate fiber and
wire strands around a fiber core is called _______________.
A: Spring lay
B: Lang lay
C: Cable lay
D: Alternate lay
1505: The supplement to the IOPP Certificate contains what
type of data?
A: The grades of cargo that an oil tanker is permitted
to carry.
B: A checklist of the equipment installed for controlling
the discharge of oil.
C: The trade routes upon which the vessel may operate.
D: A list of the underwriters who will assume financial
responsibility in the event of an oil spill.
1506: The sprocket wheel in a windlass, used for heaving in the
anchor, is called a _________________.
A: capstan
B: dog wheel
C: fairlead
D: wildcat
1508: While towing, sudden shock-loading caused during heavy
weather can be reduced by __________________.
A: using a short tow hawser
B: using a nonelastic type hawser
C: using a heavier hawser
D: decreasing the catenary in the hawser
1509: If an electric cargo winch is being used to lift a draft of
cargo and the engine room loses all power, which will
occur?
A: A pawl, forced by a spring mechanism, will engage the teeth
of the bull gear and hold the load.
B: An electromagnetic brake will hold the load where it is
suspended.
C: The load will fall rapidly to the deck unless the foot brake
is engaged.
D: The load will slowly lower to the deck under control of the
drag of the winch motor.
1510: The type of welding employed in shipyards is primarily
_____.
A: brazing
B: electric arc
C: pressure welding
D: thermite welding
1511: A vessel has been damaged by fire. The survey shows the
cost of repairs will exceed the value of the repaired
vessel. This is an example of a(n) _____________.
A: constructive total loss
B: salvage loss
C: actual loss
D: preferred loss
1512: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: R (ROUTINE)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: O (IMMEDIATE)
D: P (PRIORITY)
1513: Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person?
A: Bowline in a bight
B: French bowline
C: Fisherman's loop
D: Spider hitch
1514: A 6x12, two-inch wire rope has ___________________.
A: 12 strands and a two-inch diameter
B: 12 strands and a two-inch circumference
C: 6 strands and a two-inch diameter
D: 6 strands and a two-inch circumference
1515: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
ROUTINE will be delivered within ____________.
A: 30 minutes to 1 hour
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 3 hours to start of business the following day
D: 10 minutes if possible
1516: The length of a standard "shot" of chain is _________.
A: 12 fathoms
B: 15 fathoms
C: 18 fathoms
D: 20 fathoms
1517: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a timber
hitch?
1518: Your vessel is being towed and back-up wires have been
installed. Back-up wires carry the towing load in the event
that the _____.
A: bridle legs part
B: towing bitt or pad eye fails
C: bight ring fails
D: main towing hawser parts
1519: When snaking cargo into the wing of a hold with the cargo
winch, the runner should be lead from the _____________.
A: head block to a snatch block
B: heel block to a snatch block
C: lizard to a snatch block
D: winch to a snatch block
1520: A welded joint's effectiveness is considered ____________.
A: 48%
B: 90%
C: 100%
D: 121%
1521: An underwriter is liable for _____________.
A: loss arising from the subject itself because of its inherent
qualities
B: loss caused by the ordinary evaporation of liquids
C: loss caused by heavy weather
D: the natural decay of the vessel due to the passage of time
1523: When making a short splice in wire rope _____________.
A: all tucks go against the lay
B: all tucks go with the lay
C: the first three wires are tucked against the lay and the
last three go with the lay
D: the first three wires are tucked with the lay and the last
three go against the lay
1524: A mooring line is described as being 6x24, 1-3/4 inch wire
rope. What do the above numbers refer to?
A: Strands, yarns, circumference
B: Strands, wires, diameter
C: Wires, yarns, diameter
D: Strands, circumference, wires
1525: The term "shift the rudder" means ___________________.
A: use right or left rudder
B: change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal
amount
C: check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
D: put the rudder amidship
1526: One shot of anchor chain is equal to how many feet (meters)?
A: 6 (1.8 meters)
B: 15 (4.6 meters)
C: 45 (13.7 meters)
D: 90 (27.4 meters)
1527: A 30,000 DWT tankship is required to have an IOPP
certificate when ________________________.
A: engaged in the coastwise trade
B: going foreign
C: calling at ports in another country signatory to
MARPOL 73/78
D: carrying cargoes listed in the MARPOL regulations
1528: You are being towed by one tug. As you lengthen the bridle
legs you _____.
A: increase your chances of breaking the towing hawser
B: reduce the yawing of your vessel
C: reduce the spring effect of the tow connection
D: increase your chances of breaking the bridle legs
1529: When a winch breaks down, or some similar occurrence makes
only one winch available at a hatch, which alternate rig
would provide a temporary solution while repairs are made?
A: Frisco Rig
B: Split fall rig
C: West Coast Rig
D: Yard and stay jury rig
1530: Shell plating is _________________.
A: the galvanizing on steel
B: a hatch cover
C: the outer plating of a vessel
D: synonymous with decking
1531: Maritime Administration personnel may be allowed in the
pilothouse upon the responsibility of the _____________.
A: Chief Officer
B: Master
C: most senior person present from the Maritime Administration
D: officer in charge of the watch
1532: To determine the number of portable fire extinguishers
required on an inspected vessel, you should check the _____.
A: hot work permit
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
D: station bill
1533: What is the best splice for repairing a parted synthetic
fiber mooring line?
A: Liverpool splice
B: Locking long splice
C: Long splice
D: Short splice
1534: Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE concerning wire rope?
A: Wire rope should be condemned if the outside wires are worn
to one-half their original diameter.
B: Wire rope should be condemned if the fiber core appears
moist.
C: Wire rope which is right-hand laid should be coiled
counterclockwise to prevent kinking.
D: All of the above
1536: When anchoring, it is a common rule of thumb to use a length
of chain ___________________.
A: five to seven times the depth of water
B: seven to ten times the depth of water
C: twice the depth of water
D: twice the depth of water plus the range of tide
1537: Which is NOT a potential hazard of approaching close to an
iceberg?
A: The brash ice in the vicinity may clog sea intakes.
B: The berg may calve with the bergy bit hitting the vessel.
C: There may be underwater rams extending out from the berg.
D: The berg may suddenly tilt or capsize due to uneven
melting and hit the vessel.
1538: Your vessel is being towed and you are using a tripping
rope. A tripping rope of fiber or wire is used to _____.
A: give added strength to the main tow hawser
B: retrieve the main tow hawser
C: retrieve the outboard legs of the bridle where they are
connected to the fishplate
D: open the pelican hook at the fishplate
1539: Electric cargo winches have an overload safety device which
normally cuts the current to the winch motor _____________.
A: after torque causes line pull to exceed the rated capacity
of the winch
B: before the line pull reaches the rated capacity of the winch
C: when the line pull reaches the breaking strength of the fall
D: before the safe working load of the fall is reached
1540: In ship construction, keel scantlings should be the greatest
_______________________.
A: at each frame
B: amidships
C: one-third the distance from the bow
D: one-third the distance from the stern
1541: Which act would be considered barratry?
A: A criminal act committed by a crew member ashore in a
foreign port
B: A criminal act committed by the ship Master in violation of
his duty to the shipowner
C: Theft of cargo by longshoremen
D: Smuggling with the connivance of the shipowner
1543: Which is normally used to hold wire rope for splicing?
A: Come along
B: Jigger
C: Rigger's screw
D: Sealing clamp
1544: The main function of the core of a wire rope is to ________.
A: give flexibility
B: support the strands laid around it
C: allow some circulation around the strands
D: allow lubrication inside the rope
1545: When stowing bagged cargo, you wish to maintain a vertical
wall or bulkhead as the stow progresses. The bulkhead
extends from one side of the vessel to the other and extends
one section forward of the square, from the lower hold up to
the tween deck. Stability of this bulkhead will best be
maintained by ______________________________.
A: stowing the bags fore-and-aft
B: stowing the bags athwartships
C: alternating the stow with one tier fore-and-aft and the next
tier athwartships
D: stowing the bags on edge along the bulkhead being built
1546: What is the best guide for determining the proper scope of
anchor chain to use for anchoring in normal conditions?
A: One shot of chain for every ten feet of water
B: One shot of chain for every fifteen feet of water
C: One shot of chain for every thirty feet of water
D: One shot of chain for every ninety feet of water
1548: What could be used as fairleads on a towed vessel?
A: Chocks
B: Double bitts
C: Roller chocks
D: All of the above
1549: On your vessel, a wire rope for the cargo gear shows signs
of excessive wear and must be replaced. In ordering a new
wire for this 10-ton boom, what safety factor should you
use?
A: Three
B: Five
C: Six
D: Seven
1550: Keel scantlings of any vessel are greatest amidships because
___________________.
A: connections between forebody and afterbody are most crucial
B: of maximum longitudinal bending moments
C: of severest racking stresses
D: resistance to grounding is at a maximum amidships
1551: A majority of the crew requests a survey from the American
Consul to determine a vessel's seaworthiness. The vessel
is found unfit to continue her intended voyage. The Consul
allows the vessel to sail to another port where deficiencies
can be corrected. The crew must _____________.
A: be discharged and given first class passage back to the
original port of signing on in lieu of one month's wages
B: be discharged by the American Consul with additional one
month's wages until repairs are made
C: be furnished employment on another vessel returning to the
United States which is satisfactory to that crew
D: comply with the judgement
1552: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a stopper
hitch?
1553: The correct way to make an eye in a wire rope with clips is
to place the clips with the __________________.
A: first and third U-bolts on the bitter end and the second
U-bolt on the standing part
B: first and third U-bolts on the standing part and the
second U-bolt on the bitter end
C: U-bolts of all clips on the bitter end
D: U-bolts of all clips on the standing part
1555: When carrying out a parallel track search pattern, the
course of the search units should normally be which of the
following?
A: In the same direction as the anticipated drift
B: In the opposite direction of the anticipated drift
C: Perpendicular to the line of anticipated drift
D: Downwind
1556: When anchoring, good practice requires 5 to 7 fathoms of
chain for each fathom of depth. In deep water you should
use ___________.
A: the same ratio
B: more chain for each fathom of depth
C: less chain for each fathom of depth
D: two anchors with the same ratio of chain
1557: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it
handy to know the ___________________.
A: amount of helm carried for a steady course
B: variation in the area
C: leeway
D: deviation on that heading
1558: When making up a tow connection, you should use ___________.
A: safety hooks
B: plain eye hooks
C: round pin shackles
D: screw pin shackles
1559: It is permissible to place an eye splice in wire rope used
as cargo gear providing the splice is made using __________.
A: two tucks with whole strands and one tuck with one-half
strand
B: three tucks with whole strands and two tucks with 1/2 the
wire cut from the tucking strand
C: three tucks with whole strands
D: two tucks with whole strands and three tucks with half
strands
1560: Which arrangement of shell plating is used most in modern
shipbuilding?
A: Clinker
B: Flush
C: In-and-Out
D: Joggled
1561: The Master of any vessel bound on a voyage must apply to a
district court when an allegation of unseaworthiness has
been made to the Master by _____________.
A: any member of the crew of the vessel
B: any two officers of the vessel and a majority of the crew
C: the First and Second Officers of the vessel or a majority
of the crew
D: the First Officer of the vessel
1562: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine
casualty to the Coast Guard?
A: A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle,
requiring an ace bandage.
B: You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no
apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
C: Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs
costing $(SA)19,000.
D: Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no
apparent damage.
1563: Which statement about two lines spliced together is TRUE?
A: Splicing is used to increase the circumference of each line.
B: Splicing two lines together is stronger than knotting two
lines together.
C: Splicing is used to increase the overall strength of the
line.
D: Splicing is used to prevent rotting of the lines bitter end.
1564: What is the main reason to slush a wire rope?
A: Keep the wire soft and manageable
B: Lubricate the inner wires and prevent wear
C: Prevent kinking
D: Prevent rotting
1565: While in drydock your vessel will be belt-gauged. This
process involves _________________________.
A: measuring the thickness of the tail shaft liner
B: taking the vessel's offsets to check for hull deformation
C: testing and examining the anchor cables for defective links
D: drilling or sonic-testing the hull to determine the plate
thickness
1566: In bad weather, what length of chain should be used with a
single anchor?
A: 3 times the depth of water
B: 6 times the depth of water
C: 10 times the depth of water
D: 15 times the depth of water
1567: The mooring line shown as "A" is called a(n) _________.
A: after breast line
B: after spring line
C: onshore stern line
D: offshore stern line
1568: A tackle is "two blocked" when the blocks are ___________.
A: equally sharing the load
B: jammed together
C: as far apart as possible
D: rove to the highest mechanical advantage
1570: What is NOT an advantage of ship construction methods using
welded butt joints in the shell plating?
A: Keeps practically 100% of tensile strength at the joints
B: Reduces frictional resistance
C: Reduces plate stress
D: Reduces weight
1571: As Chief Officer of a vessel underway, it comes to your
attention that the vessel is, in some manner, unseaworthy.
Under such circumstances the Master is required to take
action upon receiving _____________.
A: information of such condition from yourself
B: notification of such condition from yourself and the Second
Officer
C: notification of such condition from yourself and any other
member of the crew
D: notification of such condition from yourself or the Second
Officer
1573: Which statement about splices is TRUE?
A: A back splice is used to permanently connect two lines
together.
B: A long splice is used to connect two lines that will pass
through narrow openings.
C: A short splice is used to temporarily connect two lines.
D: In splicing fiber rope, you would splice with the lay of the
line.
1574: Wire rope is galvanized to _______________.
A: protect it from corrosion due to contact with saltwater
B: make it bend more easily
C: increase its strength
D: increase its circumference
1575: The key to rescuing a man overboard is ____________________.
A: good communication
B: a dedicated crew
C: good equipment
D: well-conducted drills
1576: Using a scope of five, determine how many shots of chain you
should put out to anchor in 5 fathoms of water?
1577: You are the Chief Mate of a 30,000-DWT tankship. The vessel
is engaged in trade with another country signatory to MARPOL
73/78. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The Certificate of Inspection serves as prima facie
evidence of complying with MARPOL 73/78.
B: The IOPP Certificate is valid for 4 years.
C: An IOPP Certificate is invalidated if the ship carries
cargoes outside the classes authorized thereon.
D: An IOPP Certificate is renewed at each inspection for
certification.
1578: A stream of water immediately surrounding a moving vessel's
hull, flowing in the same direction as the vessel is known
as ________________.
A: directional current
B: forward current
C: propeller current
D: wake current
1579: What is the minimum standard for making an eye splice in a
wire to be used as cargo gear?
A: Make three tucks with full strands, remove half the wires
from each strand, and make two more tucks.
B: Make four tucks in each strand, cut away every other strand,
and make two more tucks with each remaining strand.
C: Make four tucks with each full strand.
D: Make six tucks with each strand, removing a few wires from
each strand as each additional tuck is made.
1580: Shell plating that has curvature in two directions and
must be heated and hammered to shape over specially prepared
forms is called ______________.
A: compound plate
B: furnaced plate
C: flat plate
D: rolled plate
1581: A vessel is found to be seaworthy after a complaint in
writing to the American Consul by the Chief and Second
Mates. The cost of the survey is to be paid by the
_____________.
A: American Consul
B: Chief and Second Mates
C: Vessel's agent
D: vessel's owners
1582: Which is an example of failure to exercise due diligence?
A: Overloading
B: Sailing short of union manning requirements
C: Sailing with less than 30% reserve fuel oil supply
D: Sailing short of being full and down
1583: Which statement concerning a short splice is TRUE?
A: It is used to temporarily join two lines together.
B: A short splice is stronger than two lines joined by a knot.
C: A short splice decreases the diameter of the line.
D: None of the above
1584: The size of wire rope is determined by the _____________.
A: number of strands
B: number of wires in each strand
C: circumference
D: diameter
1586: By paying out more anchor cable, you ____________________.
A: decrease the holding power of your anchor
B: decrease the swing of your vessel while at anchor
C: increase the holding power of your anchor
D: increase the possibility that your vessel will drag anchor
1588: You are aboard a single-screw vessel (right-hand propeller)
going full ahead with good headway. The engine is put
astern, and the rudder is placed hard left. The stern of
the vessel will swing to ______________.
A: starboard until headway is lost and then to port
B: port
C: port until headway is lost and then may possibly swing to
starboard
D: port slowly at first and then quickly to port
1589: Why is 6X19 class wire rope more commonly used for cargo
runners than the more flexible 6X37 wire rope?
A: It resists abrasion better.
B: It is longer.
C: It hugs the winch drum better.
D: It is less expensive.
1590: A thirty pound plate would be _____________.
A: 3/8" thick
B: 1/2" thick
C: 3/4" thick
D: 1" thick
1591: A complaint of unseaworthiness by a majority of crew members
to the American Consul is found to be justified after a
survey is completed. Who must pay the cost of the survey?
A: Crew members requesting the survey
B: American Consul
C: Master
D: Vessel's owners
1593: A long splice in a line __________________.
A: is used in running rigging
B: doubles the size of the line
C: is only used on fiber rope
D: is very weak
1594: What is the breaking strain of steel wire rope with a 5/8"
diameter?
A: 1.0 tons
B: 6.6 tons
C: 9.6 tons
D: 15.6 tons
1595: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a barrel
hitch?
1596: Using a scope of five, determine how many feet of chain you
should put out to anchor in 12 fathoms of water.
A: 60 feet (18 meters)
B: 72 feet (22 meters)
C: 360 feet (110 meters)
D: 450 feet (137 meters)
1597: At the required fire drill, all persons must report to their
stations and demonstrate their ability to perform the duties
assigned to them _______________.
A: by the Coast Guard regulations
B: in the station bill
C: by the person conducting the drill
D: at the previous safety meeting
1598: On a vessel with a single propeller, transverse force has
the most effect on the vessel when the engine is put ______.
A: full ahead
B: full astern
C: half ahead
D: slow astern
1599: What proof load shall be applied to a cargo winch and its
accessory gear which has a safe working load of 25 tons?
A: 25 tons
B: 30 tons
C: 40 tons
D: 50 tons
1600: A person who sees someone fall overboard should ___________.
A: call for help and keep the individual in sight
B: immediately jump in the water to assist the individual
C: run to the radio room to send an emergency message
D: go to the bridge for the distress flares
1601: What would be prima facie evidence of unseaworthiness?
A: Overloading
B: Overstowage
C: Overbooking
D: Overcarriage
1603: Which weakens a line the LEAST?
A: Clove hitch
B: Long splice
C: Short splice
D: Square knot
1604: Which knot would serve best as a safety sling for a person
working over the side?
A: Bowline on a bight
B: French bowline
C: Jug sling
D: Lifting hitch
1605: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is ___________.
A: near the stern
B: about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
C: at the hawsepipe
D: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
1606: To safely anchor a vessel there must be sufficient "scope"
in the anchor cable. Scope is the ratio of _____________.
A: weight of cable to weight of vessel
B: weight of cable to weight of anchor
C: length of anchor to depth of water
D: length of cable to depth of water
1607: Using a scope of 6, how much cable would have to be used in
order to anchor in 24 feet of water?
A: 4 feet
B: 18 feet
C: 30 feet
D: 144 feet
1608: Your ship is dead in the water with the rudder amidships.
As the right-handed screw starts to turn ahead, the bow will
tend to go _____.
A: to starbaord
B: to port
C: straight ahead
D: as influenced by the tide and sea
1609: For vessels fitted with cargo gear, an initial test of the
units under a proof load shall be conducted. Subsequent
tests and exams of the same nature shall be carried out at
what time interval?
A: 1 year
B: 3 years
C: 4 years
D: 5 years
1610: The joint formed when two steel shell plates are placed
longitudinally side to side is called a __________________.
A: bevel
B: bond
C: butt
D: seam
1611: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your
vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been
consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. Further
information is contained in ________.
A: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
B: the Coast Pilot
C: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
D: the Light List
1612: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a
stopper?
1613: Which splice should you use in order to make a permanent
loop in a line?
A: Back splice
B: Eye splice
C: Long splice
D: Short splice
1614: Which bend or knot is used to tie a small line to a larger
one?
A: Becket bend
B: Bowline
C: Clove hitch
D: Lark's head
1615: A towing vessel should be on the crest of a wave at the
same time as its tow and in the trough at the same time.
The term used to describe this is _____.
A: tow strain
B: catenary length
C: being in step
D: Williamson's Tow
1616: In moderate wind and current what should be the length of
chain with a single anchor?
A: 5 times the depth of the water in good holding ground
B: 10 times the depth of the water in shallow water
C: 2 times the depth of the water in poor holding ground
D: 8 times the depth of the water in deep water
1617: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb
temperature is 84², and the wet bulb temperature is 81²,
what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 71%
B: 79%
C: 81%
D: 87%
1618: A twin-screw vessel is easier to maneuver than a
single-screw vessel because the twin-screw vessel _____.
A: permits the rudder to move faster
B: generates more power
C: can turn without using her rudder
D: can suck the water away from the rudder
1619: A periodic thorough examination of the cargo gear proves
satisfactory. What percentage of the total gear must
be dismantled to determine actual internal condition?
A: None
B: 10%
C: 25%
D: 100%
1620: Owing to the greater girth of a ship amidships than at the
ends, certain strakes are dropped as they approach the bow
and stern to reduce the amount of plating at the ends.
These strakes are called _____________.
A: drop strakes
B: stealers
C: throughs
D: voids
1622: What is NOT an indication that pack ice may be nearby?
A: The presence of icebergs
B: Ice blink
C: Absence of wave motion
D: Sighting a walrus in the Arctic
1623: A short splice in a line ___________________.
A: decreases the size of the line
B: should be used if the line is going through a block
C: should only be used in wire rope
D: doubles the size of the line
1624: Which kind of hitch should you use to secure a spar?
A: Blackwall hitch
B: Stage hitch
C: Timber hitch
D: Two half hitches
1625: All inspected vessels on unrestricted ocean routes must have
equipment on board for testing an individual's __________.
A: blood
B: breath
C: urine
D: All of the above
1626: Using a scope of 6, determine how many feet of anchor cable
you should put out to anchor in 12 feet (3.7 meters) of
water.
A: 2 feet (0.6 meters)
B: 18 feet (5.5 meters)
C: 48 feet (14.6 meters)
D: 72 feet (21.9 meters)
1627: A claim for cargo damages may be held against the shipowner
if such damage is the result of failure of the ship's
officers to ___________.
A: ensure the fitness and safety of cargo spaces
B: ensure adequate packaging of the cargo
C: prevent delays due to quarantine restrictions
D: correct all defects in the ship's construction
1628: You are going ahead on twin engines when you want to make a
quick turn to port. Which actions will turn your boat the
fastest?
A: Reverse port engine; apply left rudder
B: Reverse port engine; rudder amidship
C: Reverse starboard engine; apply left rudder
D: Reverse starboard engine; rudder amidship
1629: How often must cargo booms be weight-tested by the American
Bureau of Shipping to reaffirm their safe working load?
A: Annually
B: At each drydocking
C: Every 2 years
D: Every 5 years
1630: The fore and aft run of deck plating which strengthens the
connection between the beams and the frames and keeps the
beams square to the shell is called the _____________.
A: garboard strake
B: limber strake
C: sheer strake
D: stringer strake
1631: What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a vessel?
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Officer's licenses
C: Station Bill
D: Vessel's Maneuvering Characteristics
1632: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local
Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?
A: Your vessel strikes a pier and does $(SA)1,500 damage to the
pier but none to the vessel.
B: A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and
kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
C: A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
D: Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is
pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
1633: The strongest way to join the ends of two ropes is with a
__________________.
A: back splice
B: short splice
C: square knot
D: carrick bend
1634: A monkey fist is found on a ___________________.
A: heaving line
B: leadline
C: manrope
D: mooring line
1635: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is
called a(n) __________.
A: after breast line
B: after spring line
C: offshore stern line
D: inshore stern line
1636: When anchoring a vessel under normal conditions, which scope
of chain is recommended?
A: Four times the depth of water
B: Two and one-half times the depth of water
C: Five to seven times the depth of water
D: Fifteen times the depth of water
1637: Which statement about a vessel's stability while dry-docking
is TRUE?
A: Every ton of weight bearing on the blocks acts as if a ton
of weight was removed at keel level.
B: When the ship touches the blocks, the beam for stability
purposes increases to the beam of the dry-dock.
C: The stability of the vessel increases as a dock is pumped
out due to the support of the keel blocks.
D: As the dock begins to support the weight of the vessel,
stability calculations are based on the ship and dock as a
single unit.
1638: On a twin-screw, twin-rudder vessel, the most effective
way to turn in your own water, with no way on, is to put __.
A: one engine ahead and one engine astern, with full rudder
B: one engine ahead and one engine astern, with rudders
amidships
C: both engines ahead, with full rudder
D: both engines astern, with full rudder
1639: All wire rope used in shipboard cargo gear must be
identified and described in a certificate. The certificate
shall certify all of the following EXCEPT the __________.
A: date of the test
B: load at which a test sample broke
C: name of the vessel
D: number of strands and of wires in each strand
1640: The garboard strake is the _____________.
A: raised flange at the main deck edge
B: riveted crack arrester strap on all-welded ships
C: riveting pattern most commonly used in ship construction
D: row of plating nearest the keel
1641: The helm command "Steady as you go" means ___________.
A: steer the course you are on now
B: steer the course when the swing stops
C: maintain the rate of swing
D: don't allow the vessel to swing off course so much
1642: Which illustration represents a carrick bend?
1643: The splice designed to pass easily through a block is called
a(n) __________________________.
A: eye splice
B: short splice
C: long splice
D: block splice
1644: A rolling hitch can be used to ___________________.
A: make a temporary eye
B: mouse a hook
C: secure a line around a spar
D: shorten a line
1645: Class C EPIRBs are ____________________.
A: manually activated and operate on maritime (VHF) channels
B: automatically activated and operate on maritime (VHF)
channels
C: manually operated and detected by satellite
D: automatically operated and detected by satellite
1646: What is the normal length of anchor cable used to anchor a
vessel?
A: An amount equal to the depth of the water
B: Two times the depth of water
C: Three to four times the depth of water
D: Five to seven times the depth of water
1647: Under Naval Control of Shipping who is responsible for
routing and diverting ships and convoys?
A: The Maritime Defense Zone Sector
B: The Operational Control Authority
C: The National Shipping Authority
D: Any Navy Command
1648: When steaming through an anchorage, a shipmaster should
_____________.
A: avoid crossing close astern of the anchored ships
B: avoid crossing close ahead of the anchored ships
C: keep the ship moving at a good speed to reduce set
D: transit only on a flood tide
1649: What is required to be stenciled at the heel of a cargo
boom?
A: Maximum angle of elevation permitted
B: Date of the last quadrennial test
C: Safe working load
D: Maximum load when doubled up
1650: To reduce the number of strakes at the bow, two strakes are
tapered and joined at their ends by a single plate. This
plate is known as a _________________.
A: cover plate
B: joiner
C: lap strake
D: stealer plate
1651: Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a
vessel?
A: Official Crew List
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Officer's licenses
D: Station Bill
1653: Which tool is used to open the strands of fiber lines when
making an eye splice?
A: Belaying spike
B: Fid
C: Heaver
D: Pricker
1654: Which knot should be used to bend two hawsers together for
towing?
A: Double carrick bend
B: Fisherman's bend
C: Heaving line bend
D: Rolling hitch
1655: Which knot represents a double blackwall hitch?
1657: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 5.1 feet?
A: 81.71 ft
B: 64.08 ft
C: 40.85 ft
D: 32.04 ft
1659: The safe working load for the assembled cargo gear and the
minimum angle to the horizontal for which the gear is
designed shall be marked on the _____.
A: deck
B: head of the boom
C: heel of the boom
D: mast or king post
1660: The strake on each side of the keel is called a ___________.
A: sheer strake
B: gatewood strake
C: insulation strake
D: garboard strake
1661: Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a
vessel?
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: Official Crew List
C: Officer's licenses
D: Station Bill
1662: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids to
navigation may be temporarily suspended with ___________.
A: one day's notice
B: thirty (30) days notice
C: no notice
D: a week's notice
1663: A bench hook is used for _________________.
A: handling of cargo cases
B: hanging oilskins
C: sewing canvas
D: splicing small stuff
1664: A method used to make an eye in a bight of line where it
cannot be spliced is known as ________________.
A: braiding
B: plaiting
C: seizing
D: serving
1665: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a
sailmaker's whipping?
1666: While anchoring your vessel, the best time to let go the
anchor is when the vessel is ___________________.
A: dead in the water
B: moving slowly astern over the ground
C: moving fast ahead over the ground
D: moving fast astern over the ground
1667: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming one
day, and you will enter the winter zone after eight days.
You will consume 36 tons of fuel, water, and stores per day.
The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is 1.002, and
the TPI is 47. What is the minimum freeboard required at
the start of the voyage?
A: 71.0 inches
B: 72.7 inches
C: 79.5 inches
D: 81.0 inches
1668: Your ship is steaming at night with the gyropilot engaged.
You notice that the vessel's course is slowly changing to
the right. Which action should you take FIRST?
A: Notify the engine room of the steering malfunction.
B: Change to hand steering.
C: Call the Master.
D: Send the Quartermaster to the emergency steering station.
1669: Which statement comparing a shipboard crane to
conventional gear is TRUE?
A: Cranes are more difficult to secure for sea.
B: The spotting area of the conventional gear is larger.
C: A crane operator requires more training than the winch
operator of a yard and stay rig.
D: The yard and stay rig is more flexible in its ability to
handle a wider variety of cargoes.
1670: The term "strake" is used in reference to _________________.
A: rudder mountings
B: anchor gear
C: hull plating
D: vessel framing
1671: The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen
required on a vessel is determined by the _______________.
A: International Maritime Organization
B: Corps of Engineers
C: Coast Guard
D: American Bureau of Shipping
1672: You are to load a consignment of lumber. Each piece
measures 2-inches thick, 10-inches wide and 16-feet long.
There are 30,000 pieces in the shipment. How many board
feet would be listed on the Bill of Lading?
A: 800,000
B: 1,200,000
C: 1,440,000
D: 14,400,000
1673: A sail hook is used for ____________.
A: hoisting a windsail
B: parcelling
C: sewing canvas
D: testing canvas
1674: Which is NOT a type of seizing?
A: Flat seizing
B: Racking seizing
C: Throat seizing
D: Tube seizing
1675: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter D?
A: Tropical load line
B: Summer load line
C: Fresh load line
D: Winter load line
1676: When preparing to hoist the anchor, you should FIRST ______.
A: engage the wildcat
B: put the brake in the off position
C: take off the chain stopper
D: take the riding pawl off the chain
1677: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning thevessel.
The Master is unsure that the Pilot is takingsufficient
action to prevent a collision. What should themaster do?
A: Recommend an alternative action and if not followed
relievethe Pilot.
B: Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is
solelyresponsible for the safety of the vessel.
C: Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if
necessaryuntil the situation clears.
D: State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere withthe
handling of the vessel.
1678: Grade D combustible liquids have a maximum flash point of
_________________.
A: 109øF
B: 100øF
C: 149øF
D: 80øF
1679: Manila slings should not be used to load _____________.
A: cotton
B: lumber
C: steel
D: tires
1680: In vessel construction, the garboard strake is ____________.
A: located next to and parallel to the keel
B: located next to and parallel to the gunwale
C: another term for the bilge keel
D: another term for the rub rail
1681: You are loading in the winter in Albany, N.Y., for a voyage
to a port governed by the tropical load line mark. Which of
the following statements is TRUE? (Hydrometer reading in
Albany is 1.000)
A: You may not exceed the winter loadline mark when you finish
loading except for the burnout to sea.
B: The freshwater allowance and burnout to sea may be
subtracted from the required freeboard in Albany.
C: You may calculate the burnout necessary to reach the
tropical zone and load extra cargo to compensate.
D: You may load to the winter mark less the fresh water
allowance if you will be at the tropical mark upon arrival
in the tropical zone.
1683: "Herringbone" is a term associated with _________________.
A: anchoring
B: mooring
C: sewing
D: splicing
1684: Temporary seizings on wire rope are made with ____________.
A: marline
B: sail twine
C: tape
D: wire
1685: The yard boom is indicated by which number in illustration
D002DG?
1686: When weighing anchor in a rough sea, how would you avoid
risk of damaging the bow plating?
A: Heave it home as fast as you can.
B: Heave it home intermittently, between swells.
C: Leave the anchor under foot, until the vessel may be brought
before the sea.
D: Wait for a calm spot between seas, then house it.
1687: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 4.2 feet?
A: 26.39 ft
B: 21.19 ft
C: 17.81 ft
D: 13.20 ft
1688: Grade E combustible liquids have a flash point of _________.
A: 80²F to 150²F
B: 150²F or above
C: 60²F to 100²F
D: 90²F to 120²F
1689: The mooring line shown as "C" is called a ___________.
A: stern line
B: spring line
C: shore line
D: breast line
1690: Molded depth is measured from the _____.
A: inside of the shell
B: outside of the shell
C: top of the center vertical keel
D: top of the garboard stake
1691: You are loading at port A, governed by the summer load line
mark, for a voyage to port B, governed by the winter mark.
The fresh water allowance is 10", and the hydrometer reads
1.020. Which statement is TRUE?
A: You may not load beyond the winter mark except for 2 inches
brackish water allowance.
B: You may not load beyond the summer mark and must be at the
winter mark upon arrival at port B.
C: You may not load beyond the summer mark plus 8 inches
brackish water allowance.
D: You may load to the summer mark plus 2 inches if you will be
at the winter mark when entering the winter zone.
1692: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous
cargo placard. The placard has the number 2206 on it.
This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?
A: Isocyanates, n.o.s.
B: Propadiene, inhibited
C: Xylenol
D: Hexanols
1693: What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4900
lbs. weight using a twofold purchase rove to least
advantage? (Allow 10 percent of the weight per sheave for
friction.)
A: 980 lbs.
B: 1225 lbs.
C: 1715 lbs.
D: 1837 lbs.
1694: A "whipping" is _________________.
A: a messenger
B: a stopper for nylon line
C: a U-bolt for securing a cargo whip to the winch drum
D: turns of twine around a rope end
1695: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 3.7 feet?
A: 11.62 ft
B: 17.49 ft
C: 23.25 ft
D: 25.72 ft
1696: Mooring with two bow anchors has which major advantage over
anchoring with one bow anchor?
A: The vessel will not reverse direction in a tidal current.
B: The radius of the vessel's swing will be shortened.
C: A mooring approach may be made from any direction.
D: The vessel will not swing with a change in wind.
1697: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 85ø,
and the wet bulb temperature is 73ø, what is the relative
humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 42%
B: 55%
C: 67%
D: 85%
1698: A flammable liquid having a Reid vapor pressure of 8 1/2
pounds or less and a flash point of 80ø Fahrenheit or below
is grade ____.
1699: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local
Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?
A: Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is
pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
B: Your vessel strikes a pier and does $(SA)1,500 damage to the
pier but no damage to the vessel.
C: A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and
kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
D: A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
1700: Which letter designates the bilge strake of the vessel?
1701: You are loading in a port governed by the tropical load line
mark for a voyage to a port governed by the winter mark.
The fresh water allowance is 5 inches, and the hydrometer
reads 1.005. Which statement is TRUE?
A: You may load to the tropical mark plus 1 inch brackish water
allowance.
B: You must load so that each zone mark will not be submerged
upon entering the zone.
C: Your draft must not exceed the winter mark plus the fresh
water allowance upon arrival off the discharge port.
D: You may only load to the winter mark plus a brackish water
allowance of 4 inches.
1702: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous
cargo placard. The placard has the number 2282 on it.
This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?
A: Isoheptene
B: Phosphine
C: Furan
D: Hexanols
1703: What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4,200
lbs. weight using a threefold purchase rove to advantage?
(Allow 10 percent of the weight per sheave for friction.)
A: 571.4
B: 715.2
C: 960.0
D: 1066.7
1704: Whipping the bitter end of a fiber rope _____________.
A: increases the circumference of the rope
B: makes for easier handling
C: prevents fraying of the bitter end
D: prevents moisture from entering the bitter end
1705: You are to load a consignment of lumber. Each piece
measures 3-inches thick, 12-inches wide and 16-feet long.
There are 30,000 pieces in the shipment. How many board
feet would be listed on the Bill of Lading?
A: 96,000
B: 1,200,000
C: 1,440,000
D: 14,400,000
1706: Your vessel is anchored in an open roadstead with three
shots of chain out on the port anchor. The wind freshens
considerably and the anchor begins to drag. Which action
should you take FIRST?
A: Drop the starboard anchor short with about one shot of
chain.
B: Sheer out to starboard using the rudder, then drop the
starboard anchor with about four shots of chain.
C: Put the engines slow ahead to help the anchor.
D: Veer out more chain on the port anchor.
1707: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. What
precedence would you assign this message?
A: R (ROUTINE)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: P (PRIORITY)
D: O (IMMEDIATE)
1708: For the purpose of regulating tank vessels, flammable
liquids are liquids which will _________________________.
A: give off flammable vapors at or below 80øF (27ø C)
B: have a Reid vapor pressure of 18 pounds or more
C: give off flammable vapors only above 80øF (27ø C)
D: sustain combustion at a temperature at or below 100øF
(38ø C)
1709: The force acting on a single cargo runner which is
vertically lifting or lowering a load is greatest when
_____________.
A: decelerating when lowering the load
B: decelerating when raising the load
C: lowering the load at constant speed
D: raising the load at constant speed
1711: You are bound from port A governed by the summer load line
mark to port B also governed by the summer mark. The great
circle track will take you into a zone governed by the
winter mark. Which statement is TRUE?
A: You cannot load beyond the summer mark at port A and must be
at the winter mark upon arrival at port B.
B: You can only load to the winter mark plus any fresh water
allowance and burnout to sea at port A.
C: You must be at the winter mark when you enter the winter
zone and cannot exceed the summer mark upon departing port
A.
D: You can load so that upon arrival at the pier at port B your
freeboard is equal to the summer mark less any fresh water
allowance.
1712: You are to load styrene in bulk, which is subject to self-
polymerization. You must ______________________________.
A: not carry any cargo in the tanks surrounding the tank
loaded with styrene
B: inject nitrogen to pad any ullage above the styrene to
prevent contact with oxygen
C: be furnished with a Certificate of Inhibition to be
maintained on the bridge
D: use heating coils to maintain the styrene within the
temperatures specified by the shipper
1713: The cheek length of a block in inches should be about _____.
A: three times the circumference of a manila line
B: five times the diameter of a manila line
C: twice the diameter of its sheaves for manila line
D: twenty times the diameter of a manila line
1714: A "sheepshank" is used to ___________________.
A: keep a line from fraying
B: join lines of unequal size
C: stop off a line
D: shorten a line
1715: Which statement concerning a 298 GT tug engaged in
towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?
A: Each crew member must be issued a certificate of
discharge at the time of discharge.
B: No able seamen are required.
C: Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
D: A licensed operator of uninspected towing vessels may
serve as Master.
1716: Which is the correct procedure for anchoring a small to
medium size vessel in deep water?
A: Let the anchor fall free from the hawsepipe, but apply the
brake at intervals to check the rate of fall.
B: Back the anchor slowly out of the hawsepipe a few feet, and
then let it fall in the normal fashion.
C: Let the anchor fall off the brake right from the hawsepipe,
but keep a slight strain on the brake.
D: Under power, back the anchor out until it is near, but
clear, of the bottom before letting it fall.
1717: With a large tow astern, there is immediate danger to the
tug in the event of the ___________________.
A: tug losing power
B: tow line parting
C: bridle twisting
D: tow broaching
1718: A combustible liquid with a flash point of 90ø F would be
grade _________.
1719: What is a CORRECT reply to a pilot's request, "How's your
head"?
A: "Steady"
B: "Eased to 10² rudder"
C: "Checked"
D: "Passing 50²"
1720: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier. Which line
will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel
alongside the pier?
A: Bow spring line
B: Bow breast line
C: Stern breast line
D: Inshore head line
1721: You are to load a bagged cargo in the lower hold of a
ship equipped with drain wells in the after end of the hold.
The first layer of dunnage should be laid down ____________.
A: at an angle to the keel, with the forward end inboard
B: in a fore and aft pattern
C: at an angle to the keel, with the forward end outboard
D: diagonally across the entire hold
1722: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 10 minutes if possible
1723: What is meant by the term "two-blocked"?
A: The bottom block touches the top block.
B: The line has jumped the sheaves.
C: There are turns in the fall.
D: You have two blocks.
1724: A "bowline" is used to _____________.
A: join lines of equal size
B: form a temporary eye (loop) at the end of a line
C: be a stopper
D: keep a line from fraying
1725: The term "shift the rudder" means ___________________.
A: use right or left rudder
B: check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
C: change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal
amount
D: put the rudder amidships
1726: When attempting to free an anchor jammed in the hawsepipe,
the simplest method of freeing it may be _________________.
A: starting the disengaged windlass at high speed
B: rigging a bull rope to pull it out
C: to grease the hawsepipe
D: to pry it loose with a short piece of pipe
1727: You are to load a bagged cargo in the lower hold of a ship
equipped with side bilges. The first layer of dunnage
should be laid down ____________.
A: at an angle to the keel, with the forward end inboard
B: in a fore and aft pattern
C: at an angle to the keel, with the forward end outboard
D: diagonally across the entire hold
1728: You are trying to rescue survivors from a wrecked vessel on
fire. You should approach ____________.
A: to leeward of the wrecked vessel
B: at a speed of at most one-half that of the wrecked vessel
C: at a speed of at least that of the wrecked vessel
D: to windward of the wrecked vessel
1729: The greatest strain, when lifting a load with the jumbo
purchase, is on _______________________.
A: all of the parts, dividing the load equally
B: the hauling part because it must absorb the frictional
losses of all the sheaves
C: the parts in the movable block
D: the standing part because it is directly connected to the
weight
1730: A disk with a horizontal line through its center, equivalent
to the summer load line, is called the _______________.
A: deadrise mark
B: maximum allowable draft mark
C: plimsoll mark
D: tonnage mark
1731: You are in charge of a 225-gross ton tug preparing to depart
from Houston, Texas, with a loaded 2500-gross ton tank barge
bound for New York. Prior to departure, regulations require
that you _____________.
A: record the status of all firefighting equipment
B: record the barge's load line and draft readings
C: record the condition of the towing gear
D: have on board an Official Logbook in lieu of other forms of
records
1732: Which picture in illustration DO30DG represents a half
hitch?
1733: Separating both blocks of a tackle to prepare it for reuse
is called __________.
A: chockablocking
B: fleeting
C: overhauling
D: two blocking
1734: Which knot reduces the strength of a line by the LEAST
amount?
A: Bowline
B: Clove hitch
C: Sheet bend
D: Two half hitches
1735: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming eleven
days, and you will enter the winter zone after fourteen
days. You will consume 36 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.025, and the average TPI is 51. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 75.0 inches
B: 76.0 inches
C: 79.5 inches
D: 81.0 inches
1736: Before letting the anchor go, you should check that the
__________.
A: chain is clear
B: anchor is clear of obstructions
C: wildcat is disengaged
D: All of the above
1737: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which course
should the ship take?
A: Downwind so that the apparent wind is close to nil.
B: A course that will keep a free flow of air, clear of
smoke, over the hoist area.
C: A course that will have the hoist area in the lee of the
superstructure.
D: With the wind dead ahead because the helicopter is more
maneuverable when going into the wind.
1738: Which vessel is required by regulations to have an Official
Logbook?
A: A 100-gross ton tug on a trip between Baltimore, Maryland,
and San Pedro, California.
B: A 199-gross ton tug on a coastwise trip of 610 miles.
C: A 66-gross ton tug operating between states.
D: All of the above
1739: If two falls are attached to lift a one-ton load, what angle
between the falls will result in the stress on each fall
being equal to the load being lifted?
A: 60ø
B: 75ø
C: 120ø
D: 150ø
1740: The group of markings shown is called a _______________.
A: loft mark
B: load line mark
C: test mark
D: water mark
1741: The load line regulations are administered by the ________.
A: U.S. Coast Guard
B: Maritime Administration
C: Lloyd's Register of Shipping
D: National Cargo Bureau
1742: You should conduct a sector search under which of the
following circumstances?
A: The search target is sighted and then lost.
B: More than one vessel is available for a search.
C: The search object is a target that will be readily detected
by radar.
D: An aircraft is available to assist a surface vessel.
1743: A mooring line leading at nearly right angles to the keel
is a _______________.
A: bow line
B: breast line
C: spring line
D: stern line
1745: You are loading a cargo of bagged coffee beans. To keep
cargo leakage from being contaminated by the ship's
structure, you should ___________.
A: use separation cloths between the deck and cargo
B: place the cargo on a layer of spaced dunnage
C: hose down the deck before loading the cargo
D: use bag-on-bag stowage
1746: Which would you NOT use to report the amount of anchor chain
out? "Three shots ____________."
A: at the water's edge
B: on deck
C: on the bottom
D: well in the water
1747: You are loading in a port subject to the winter load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the tropical load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming four
days, and you will enter the tropical zone after seven days.
You will consume 38 tons of fuel, water, and stores per
day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is 1.004,
and the average TPI is 72. What is the minimum freeboard
required at the start of the voyage?
A: 85 inches
B: 90 inches
C: 92 inches
D: 94 inches
1748: An Official Logbook is required on which vessel?
A: A 150-G.T. tug going from Boston to New Orleans.
B: A 100-G.T. tug going from New York to San Pedro, California.
C: A 50-G.T. tug going from Miami to Seattle.
D: A 199-G.T. tug on a coastwise trip of 650 miles.
1749: A sling is rigged on a piece of pipe weighing 1000 lbs. The
angle between the sling legs is 140ø and the legs are of
equal length. What stress is exerted on each sling leg when
the pipe is lifted?
A: 1318 lbs.
B: 1366 lbs.
C: 1414 lbs.
D: 1462 lbs.
1750: A grapnel is a _____________.
A: device for securing a chain topping lift
B: hook to prevent the anchor cable from slipping
C: device used to drag for a submerged cable or line
D: type of clam bucket used for discharging bulk cargo
1751: The load line certificate is issued by ___________________.
A: the American Bureau of Shipping
B: the National Cargo Bureau
C: the United States Coast Guard
D: United States Customs
1752: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous
cargo placard. The placard has the number 2199 on it.
This indicates that it is carrying what cargo?
A: Furan
B: Phosphine
C: Adiponitrile
D: Xylenol
1753: To reeve a right-angle threefold purchase start with the
_______________.
A: left sheave bottom block
B: left sheave top block
C: middle sheave top block
D: right sheave bottom block
1754: The best method for tying two lines of the same size
together is by using a ____________________.
A: becket bend
B: two bowlines
C: single carrick bend
D: square knot
1755: Which knot shown is a French bowline?
1756: When anchoring a vessel, it is best to release the anchor
when _____________.
A: going full astern
B: going full ahead
C: going slow astern
D: dead in the water
1758: As operator of a 199 GT towing vessel sailing foreign, it
shall be your duty to enter in the Official Logbook or other
permanent record _________________________.
A: all information contained on the barge's Certificate of
Inspection
B: the condition of all towing gear to be used
C: all navigational aids to be used
D: the barges load line and draft readings
1759: The amount of strain on each runner of a married fall system
lifting 2000 lbs. when the angle made by the legs is 90ø
would be _____________.
A: 1000 lbs.
B: 1154 lbs.
C: 1414 lbs.
D: 2000 lbs.
1760: A hook that will release quickly is a ____________________.
A: longshore hook
B: margin hook
C: marginal hook
D: pelican hook
1761: Load lines for U.S. vessels are assigned by _______________.
A: the U.S. Coast Guard
B: the American Bureau of Shipping
C: Lloyd's Register of Shipping
D: the National Cargo Bureau
1762: What is the perimeter of a circle with a radius of 2.5 feet?
A: 7.86 ft
B: 15.71 ft
C: 19.63 ft
D: 22.71 ft
1763: You are in charge while handling a synthetic hawser on a
capstan. The hawser has a heavy strain and you wish to avoid
the hawser's slipping on the capstan drum. Which action
should you take?
A: Back off on the capstan a bit and have the seaman take
several more turns on the drum.
B: Have the seaman take a strain on the hawser and carefully
have several turns added on the drum.
C: Have more than one seaman hold a good strain on the hawser
and continue to heave easy.
D: While continuing to heave slowly on the capstan, have the
seaman take several more turns on the drum.
1764: The "square knot" is used for _________________.
A: forming temporary eyes in lines
B: joining two lines of equal size
C: keeping line from unlaying or fraying
D: joining two lines of different size
1765: The annual survey for endorsement of a Load Line Certificate
must be held within _________________.
A: the three month period immediately following the
certificate's anniversary date
B: the three month period immediately preceding the
certificate's anniversary date
C: three months either way of the certificate's anniversary
date
D: the three month period centered on the certificate's
anniversary date
1766: When anchoring in a current, you should ___________________.
A: drop the anchor with the bow headed downstream
B: back your vessel into the current
C: anchor while stemming the current
D: All of the above
1767: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter E?
A: Fresh water line
B: Winter water line
C: Tropical water line
D: Summer water line
1768: As a rule, ships of most configurations, when drifting in
calm water with neglible current, will lie ___________.
A: bow to the wind
B: beam to the wind
C: stern to the wind
D: with the wind on the quarter
1769: Two falls are supporting a 1.5 ton load. The port fall is
at an angle of 40ø from the vertical. The starboard fall is
at an angle of 70ø from the vertical. What is the stress on
each fall?
A: Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.0 tons
B: Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.5 tons
C: Port 1.7 tons, starboard 1.3 tons
D: Port 1.7 tons, starboard 2.0 tons
1771: The agency which assigns load lines and issues Load Line
Certificates is the ______________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Secretary of Commerce
C: U.S. Customs
D: U.S. Coast Guard
1772: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 32
feet and a height of 21 feet?
A: 8,444.60 cubic ft.
B: 7,732.81 cubic ft.
C: 5,629.73 cubic ft.
D: 703.72 cubic ft.
1773: What size block shell should be used with a 4-inch manila
line?
A: 8"
B: 12"
C: 16"
D: 24"
1774: Which knot is used to attach two different sized lines
together?
A: Granny knot
B: Sheet bend
C: Square knot
D: Thief knot
1775: Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous
cargo placard. The placard has the number 2224 on it. This
indicates that it is carrying what cargo?
A: Hexanol
B: Acrylic acid
C: Benzonitrile
D: Propadiene, inhibited
1776: When anchoring in calm water, it is best to _______________.
A: maintain slight headway when letting go the anchor
B: wait until the vessel is dead in the water before letting
go the anchor
C: have slight sternway on the vessel while letting go the
anchor
D: let the anchor go from the stern with the anchor cable
leading from the bow
1777: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 23
feet and a height of 14 feet?
A: 1,648.05 cubic ft.
B: 1,938.89 cubic ft.
C: 2,908.33 cubic ft.
D: 7,755.55 cubic ft.
1778: You are landing a single-screw vessel with a right-handed
propeller port side to a dock. As you approach the dock,
you back down on your engine with rudder amidships. You
would expect the vessel to ______________.
A: drift away from the dock
B: lose headway without swinging
C: swing its stern towards the dock
D: swing its stern away from the dock
1779: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb
temperature is 58², and the wet bulb temperature is 53²,
what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 56%
B: 61%
C: 66%
D: 75%
1780: The term that indicates how many tons of cargo a vessel
can carry is _____.
A: bale cubic
B: deadweight
C: gross tonnage
D: loaded displacement
1781: Which organization usually assigns load lines to U.S.
vessels?
A: National Load-Line Agency
B: National Shipping Bureau
C: American Bureau of Shipping
D: American Regulations Council
1782: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which statement
is TRUE?
A: The vessel should be stopped with the wind dead ahead
during the hoisting operation.
B: Flags should be flown to provide a visual reference as to
the direction of the apparent wind.
C: The drop line should be grounded first then secured as
close to the hoist point as possible.
D: The hoist area should be located as far aft as possible so
the pilot will have a visual reference while approaching.
1783: Which mooring line is likely to undergo the most strain when
docking a ship under normal conditions?
A: Bow line
B: Breast line
C: Spring line
D: Stern line
1784: The "rolling hitch" could be used to _________________.
A: join two lines of different sizes
B: join two lines of equal sizes
C: add strength to a weak spot in a line
D: act as a stopper to transfer a line under strain
1785: Which method of stowing bags will result in the smallest
percentage of broken stowage?
A: Bag-on-bag
B: Full bag
C: Half bag
D: Double tier
1786: You are anchoring in a river where the current is from one
direction only. The best way to lay out two anchors is to
have them __________.
A: directly in line with the bow
B: side by side, with their lines on the port and starboard
side
C: so that their lines form an angle
D: on top of one another
1787: Which picture represents a blackwall hitch?
1788: Which position shown is the most dangerous when tying up?
1789: In a married falls rig at the after end of a hatch, a boom
is rigged in a fore and aft line through its heel. Stresses
on the outboard guy will be LEAST if the guy is made fast
at a point __________.
A: abreast the heel
B: at right angles to the boom when viewed from above
C: aft of the heel
D: forward of the spiderband
1790: Which space(s) is(are) exempt when measuring gross tonnage?
A: Auxiliary machinery spaces above the uppermost
continuous deck
B: Steering gear room
C: Part of the wheelhouse used to control vessel
D: All of the above
1791: Which factor does NOT affect the required freeboard of a
cargo vessel?
A: Season of the year
B: Geographic zone of operation
C: Density of the water
D: Condition of trim in normal operation
1792: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter F?
A: Fresh water load line
B: Summer load line
C: Winter load line
D: Tropical load line
1793: The lines led forward from the bow and aft from the stern
when a vessel is moored to the dock are _____.
A: bow and stern lines
B: breast lines
C: halyards
D: warps
1794: A "figure eight" knot is used to ___________________.
A: be a stopper
B: shorten a line
C: join lines of equal size
D: keep a line from passing through a sheave
1795: Which knot represents a double sheet bend?
1796: Which safety check(s) should be made before letting go the
anchor?
A: See that the anchor is clear of obstructions.
B: See that the chain is all clear.
C: See that the wildcat is disengaged.
D: All of the above
1797: Separation cloths may be used to _________________.
A: absorb moisture from hygroscopic cargoes
B: fill gaps between layers of cargo
C: wrap cargo that leaks from packaging
D: keep bagged cargo leakage from contacting the deck
1798: You are on a single-screw vessel with a left-handed
propeller making no way in the water. How will your vessel
react when you apply right rudder?
A: Bow will kick to starboard
B: Bow will kick to port
C: Rudder alone has no effect on the vessel
D: Stern will kick to port, then slowly swing to starboard
1799: The maximum theoretical stress that can be developed on a
guy in a yard and stay rig is limited by the _____________.
A: lifting capacity of the winch
B: location of the boom
C: position of the guy
D: weight of the load
1800: The figure obtained by dividing the total volume of the
ship in cubic feet (after omission of exempted spaces)
by 100 is the _______________.
A: bale cubic
B: gross tonnage
C: light displacement
D: net tonnage
1801: A vessel proceeding to London, England, from New York makes
an unscheduled call at the port of Hamilton, Bermuda. What
term is used to denote the voluntary departure from the
usual course?
A: Alteration
B: Deviation
C: Liberty
D: Unscheduled stop
1802: Which picture represents a bowline?
1803: A snatch block is a _______________.
A: block used only with manila rope
B: chock roller
C: hinged block
D: strong block used for short, sharp pulls
1804: Instead of whipping an end of a line, a temporary means of
preventing the line from unraveling is to tie a __________.
A: becket bend
B: blackwall hitch
C: figure-eight knot
D: square knot
1805: In towing it is desirable for the tug and the tow to ride
wave crests simultaneously because ___________.
A: shock loading on the tow line is reduced
B: towing speed is improved
C: the tow is more visible from the tug
D: the catenary of the towline is reduced
1806: If the situation arose where it became necessary to tow a
disabled vessel, which statement is TRUE concerning the
towing line?
A: The towing line between the two vessels should be clear of
the water.
B: The towing line should be taut at all times between the
vessels.
C: There should be a catenary so the line dips into the water.
D: None of the above
1807: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, which statement
is TRUE?
A: Evacuation should be from an area forward of the bridge.
B: The vessel should be slowed to bare steerageway.
C: If the hoist is at the stern, booms extending aft at the
stern should be cradled with the topping lifts hove taut.
D: The litter should not be touched until it has been grounded.
1808: Which organization would conduct a survey of the insulation
in a reefer compartment prior to loading cargo?
A: U.S. Customs Service
B: OSHA
C: American Bureau of Shipping
D: National Cargo Bureau
1809: The greatest horizontal stress between the heads of the
booms in the yard and stay rig occurs when the load is in
such a position that the _____________.
A: falls are at an equal angle to the horizontal
B: stay fall is vertical
C: stay fall is at a greater angle to the horizontal than the
yard fall
D: yard fall is at a greater angle to the horizontal than the
stay fall
1810: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb
temperature is 98², and the wet bulb temperature is 87²,
what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 87%
B: 84%
C: 79%
D: 65%
1811: You are towing a large barge on a hawser. Your main engine
suddenly fails. What is the greatest danger?
A: The tug and the tow will go aground.
B: The tow will endanger other traffic.
C: The tow will overrun tug.
D: The tow will block the channel.
1812: A survey of refrigerated cargo, to certify that proper
methods of stowage were utilized, can be conducted by the
___________________________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
C: U.S. Coast Guard
D: National Cargo Bureau
1813: A snatch block would most likely be used as a _____________.
A: boat fall
B: fairlead
C: riding pawl
D: topping lift
1814: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is
called a(n) ___________.
A: stern line
B: forward spring line
C: waist breast line
D: after spring line
1815: "Ease the rudder" means to ___________________.
A: steer the course which is your present heading
B: move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent
rudder command
C: bring the rudder amidships
D: decrease the rudder angle
1816: Which picture shown represents a square knot?
1817: Refrigeration machinery is often surveyed before loading
reefer cargo. This survey is usually performed by the
________.
A: U.S. Coast Guard
B: American Bureau of Shipping
C: National Cargo Bureau
D: local port authority
1818: Compare a twin-screw tug to a single-screw tug. Which of
the following concerning the twin-screw tug is FALSE?
A: The failure of one engine does not mean loss of control of
the tow.
B: It is more maneuverable.
C: It develops more bollard pull for the same horsepower.
D: It is generally subject to more propeller damage from debris
in the water.
1819: The stringer plate is represented by which letter?
1820: If a drill required by regulations is not completed, the
Master or person in charge must __________.
A: report this immediately to the Commandant of the Coast Guard
B: log the reason for not completing the drill
C: conduct two of the required drills at the next opportunity
D: All of the above
1821: While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to
swing a barge on a hawser in order to slow the barge's
speed?
A: The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.
B: The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.
C: Free surface effect of liquid inside the barge may rupture
the barge bulkheads when turning too quickly.
D: Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and
capsize the tug.
1822: What is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge
on a hawser in order to slow the barge's speed?
A: Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and
capsize the tug.
B: The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.
C: Free surface effect of liquid inside the barge may rupture
the barge bulkheads if the turn is too quick.
D: The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.
1823: Chafing gear ____________.
A: reduces and prevents corrosion of standing rigging
B: prevents corrosion of running rigging
C: reduces and prevents wear caused by the rubbing of
one object against another
D: protects the body against extreme cold
1824: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 4.5
feet and a height of 3 feet?
A: 4.50 cubic ft.
B: 7.12 cubic ft.
C: 9.81 cubic ft.
D: 15.90 cubic ft.
1826: The knot lettered X in illustration DO30DG is a _________.
A: timber hitch
B: becket bend
C: clove hitch
D: blackwall hitch
1827: What is the volume in a cone with a base diameter of 8 feet
and a height of 6 feet?
A: 100.53 ft
B: 131.39 ft
C: 172.72 ft
D: 197.39 ft
1828: Your vessel is broken down and rolling in heavy seas. You
can reduce the danger of capsizing by ______________.
A: constantly shifting the rudder
B: moving all passengers to one side of the boat
C: rigging a sea anchor
D: moving all passengers to the stern
1829: The term "shift your rudder" means _____________.
A: change from right rudder to left rudder an equal number of
degrees
B: double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
C: bring your rudder amidships
D: check the swing of the vessel
1830: Using the graph, if the dry bulb temperature is 76², and the
wet bulb temperature is 58², what is the relative humidity
in a cargo hold?
A: 35%
B: 47%
C: 61%
D: 76%
1831: A "loose" tow may cause all of the following EXCEPT
___________________.
A: loss of maneuverability
B: lines to part
C: damage to the towing vessel and tow
D: a saving in the transit time
1832: The run of plating labeled A is known as the ____________.
A: sheer strake
B: stringer plate
C: deck strake
D: deck longitudinal
1833: The standing part of a tackle is _________________.
A: all the fall except the hauling part
B: the hook that engages the weight to be moved
C: that part to which power is applied
D: that part of the falls made fast to one of the blocks
1835: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has
been consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. The
message will refer you to _____________________.
A: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
B: the Coast Pilot
C: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
D: the Light List
1836: While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to
swing a barge on a hawser in order to slow the barge's
speed?
A: The barge may swing too quickly and run over the tug.
B: The barge may pass under the hawser and capsize the tug.
C: Free surface affect of liquid inside the barge may rupture
the barge bulkheads when turning too quickly.
D: Dangerous wakes may result from the swinging barge and
capsize the tug.
1838: You are docking a vessel. If possible, you should ________.
A: go in with the current
B: go in against the current
C: approach the dock at a 90ø angle and swing to
D: pass a mooring line to the dock with a heaving line and let
the crew pull the vessel in
1839: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it
handy to know the _______________.
A: leeway
B: variation in the area
C: amount of helm carried for a steady course
D: deviation on that heading
1840: You are approaching a steamer that is broken down and are
preparing to take her in tow. BEFORE positioning your
vessel to pass the towline, you must ___________________.
A: compare the rate of drift between the ships
B: install chafing gear on the towline
C: secure the bitter end of the towing hawser to prevent loss
if the tow is slipped
D: have traveling lizards rigged to guide the towline while
it is paid-out
1841: If a tow sinks in shallow water, you should ____________.
A: release it immediately
B: attempt to beach it before it goes under
C: pay out cable until it's on the bottom and place a buoy
on the upper end
D: shorten cable to keep it off the bottom
1842: The knot shown lettered W is a _________.
A: clove hitch
B: square knot
C: barrel hitch
D: stopper knot
1843: The sheave diameter to be used with a 3-inch manila rope is
_________________.
A: 3 inches
B: 6 inches
C: 9 inches
D: 12 inches
1844: A wooden float placed between a ship and a dock to prevent
damage to both is called a _____.
A: camel
B: dolphin
C: rat guard
D: wedge
1845: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact.
Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: Z (FLASH)
D: R (ROUTINE)
1846: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
IMMEDIATE will be delivered within ________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 10 minutes if possible
1847: How should the topping lift be secured on the cleat so that
the last turns do not come off?
A: Half-hitch the last turn.
B: Make the stopper fast to the bitter end.
C: Dip the bight behind the standing part and around the
cleat.
D: Mouse the last figure-eight with rope yarns or small stuff.
1848: You are docking a vessel. Wind and current are most
favorable when they are ___________________.
A: crossing your course in the same direction
B: crossing your course in opposite directions
C: parallel to the pier from ahead
D: setting you on the pier
1849: The knot lettered U in illustration DO30DG is a ________.
A: half hitch
B: round knot
C: becket bend
D: plain whipping
1850: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming one and
one-half days, and you will enter the winter zone after six
days. You will consume 29 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.006, and the average TPI is 43. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 79.5 inches
B: 76.5 inches
C: 75.0 inches
D: 72.5 inches
1851: A vessel has a maximum allowable draft of 28 feet in salt
water and a fresh water allowance of 8 inches. At the
loading berth, the water density is 1.011. To what draft
can she load in order to be at her marks when she reaches
the sea? (The salt water density is 1.025.)
A: 27' 07.5"
B: 27' 08.5
C: 28' 03.5
D: 28' 04.5"
1852: What is normally used to pass a mooring line to a dock?
A: Distance line
B: Gantline
C: Heaving line
D: Tag line
1853: A breeches buoy is being rigged from the shore to a stranded
vessel. The initial shot line passed to the vessel is
normally made fast to a _________________.
A: hawser which is used to pass a tail-block and whip to the
vessel
B: hawser with breeches buoy and harness attached
C: hawser which should be made fast to the vessel below the
intended location of the tail-block
D: tail-block and whip which may be used to pass a hawser to
the vessel
1854: The structural member indicated by the letter F is known as
a(n) ___________.
A: erection
B: pillar
C: girder
D: deck support
1855: Which problem is virtually impossible to detect during an
in-service inspection of used anchor chain?
A: Cracks
B: Elongation
C: Loose studs
D: Fatigue
1856: When passing a hawser to the dock you would first use what
line?
A: Gantline
B: Heaving line
C: Preventer
D: Warp
1857: The knot lettered T in illustration DO30DG is a __________.
A: round turn and two half hitches
B: French bowline
C: carrick bend
D: stopper hitch
1858: The easiest way to anchor a vessel in a current is
to _____________.
A: stem the current and make very slow headway when the anchor
is dropped
B: stem the current and be falling aft very slowly when the
anchor is dropped
C: stem the current and endeavor to make neither headway nor
sternway when the anchor is dropped
D: stop all headway through the water and keep the current
astern when the anchor is dropped
1859: You are attempting to take a dead ship in tow. All lines
have been passed and secured. How should you get underway?
A: Order minimum turns until the towing hawser is just clear
of the water, then reduce speed to that necessary to keep
the line clear of the water.
B: If the towline is properly adjusted and weighted you can
order slow or dead slow and the towline will act as a
spring to absorb the initial shock.
C: Order minimum turns until the towing hawser is taut and then
continue at that speed until towing speed is attained.
D: Order minimum turns until the catenary almost breaks the
water, then stop. Order more turns as the hawser slackens
but keep the catenary in the water.
1860: A towline should be fastened to _____.
A: the chocks at the bow of a towed vessel
B: the most forward, centermost point of a towed vessel such
asa sturdy bow rail
C: the mast of a towed sailboat
D: a secure fitting near the bow of the towed vessel
1861: Your vessel is floating in water of density 1010. The fresh
water allowance is 8 inches. How far below her marks may
she be loaded so as to float at her mark in saltwater of
density 1025?
A: 3.2 inches
B: 4.8 inches
C: 6.4 inches
D: 8.0 inches
1862: How much force would be required to lift a weight of 200
lbs. using a gun tackle rigged to disadvantage (do not
consider friction)?
A: 50 lbs.
B: 100 lbs.
C: 150 lbs.
D: 200 lbs.
1863: If a mooring line should part while you are tying up at a
dock, you should make a temporary eye by tying a _____.
A: becket bend
B: clove hitch
C: bowline
D: square knot
1864: Progressive flooding may be indicated by _______.
A: ballast control alarms
B: excessive draft
C: excessive list or trim
D: a continual worsening of list or trim
1868: When being towed by one tug, the towing bridle should be
connected to towing _______________.
A: bitts with figure eights
B: pad eyes with pelican hooks
C: pad eyes with safety hooks
D: All of the above
1869: You are using tackle number 10 in illustration DO29DG to
lift a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the
weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the
hauling part required to lift the weight?
A: 57 lbs.
B: 42 lbs.
C: 39 lbs.
D: 34 lbs.
1870: The knot lettered S is a ___________.
A: bowline
B: blackwall hitch
C: half hitch
D: hook hitch
1871: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when you wish to send a message concerning your ships
diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: P (PRIORITY)
1872: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH
will be delivered within _________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 10 minutes if possible
1873: How much weight can you lift by applying 100 lbs. of force
to a twofold purchase rigged to disadvantage (do not
consider friction)?
A: 200 lbs.
B: 300 lbs.
C: 400 lbs.
D: 500 lbs.
1874: The label required for magnesium scrap is _______________.
A: oxidizer
B: yellow
C: corrosive
D: None of the above
1875: A seam is indicated by which letter in illustration D033DG?
1878: When being towed, a fairlead is a _______________.
A: fabricated shape used to change the direction of a flexible
member of the tow hookup
B: fabricated shape used to secure the tow hookup to the towed
vessel
C: line connecting the fishplate to the bridle legs
D: line connecting the tow bridle to the towed vessel
1879: What is the mechanical advantage of a threefold purchase
when rove to disadvantage and neglecting friction?
1880: You are using tackle number 11 in illustration DO29DG to
lift a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the
weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the
hauling part required to lift the weight?
A: 75 lbs.
B: 90 lbs.
C: 110 lbs.
D: 117 lbs.
1881: In time of war Naval Control of Shipping Authorities
may give orders concerning the _____________________.
A: cargo to be loaded
B: final destination
C: ship's route
D: All of the above
1883: The most common method of securing a line to a cleat is a
_______________.
A: half hitch, then round turns
B: round turn, then figure eights
C: figure eight, then round turns
D: figure eight, then half hitches
1886: The knot lettered R is a _________.
A: double becket bend
B: bowline
C: fisherman's bend
D: round turn and two half hitches
1887: A small light tackle with blocks of steel or wood that is
used for miscellaneous small jobs is called a _____________.
A: snatch block
B: threefold purchase
C: handy-billy
D: chockablock
1888: The bridle for ocean tows has how many legs?
A: One
B: Two
C: Three
D: Four
1889: The helm command "Nothing to the left" means do NOT _______.
A: use left rudder
B: steer left of the ordered course
C: steer right of the ordered course
D: leave any bouys on the port side
1893: A block and tackle is "rove to advantage". This means that
the _______________.
A: blocks have been overhauled
B: hauling parts of two tackles are attached
C: hauling part leads through the movable block
D: hauling part leads through the standing block
1894: A load line is assigned by ______________.
A: the U.S. Customs
B: the U.S. Department of Energy
C: the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
D: a recognized classification society approved by the
U.S. Coast Guard
1895: The knot lettered Q in illustration DO30DG is a ________.
A: square knot
B: clove hitch
C: bowline
D: round knot
1896: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U,S, port.
There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn. Which
statement is TRUE?
A: The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the
ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
B: The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of
the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
C: The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of
the ship.
D: The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation
of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the conn.
1897: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the hogging numeral.
A: 43.19 numeral
B: 46.56 numeral
C: 49.92 numeral
D: 55.72 numeral
1898: Back-up wires on a towed vessel provide _____.
A: a factor of safety
B: additional strength
C: a distribution of the towing load
D: All of the above
1901: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not
require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you
assign this transmission?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: P (PRIORITY)
D: R (ROUTINE)
1902: The joint indicated by letter D is a _________.
A: seam
B: butt
C: span
D: sheet line
1903: When securing a manila line to a bitt what is the minimum
number of round turns you should take before figure-eighting
the line?
1905: You have a large, broken-down vessel in tow with a wire
rope and anchor cable towline. Both vessels have made
provision for slipping the tow in an emergency; however,
unless there are special circumstances ________________.
A: the towing vessel should slip first
B: the vessel towed should slip first
C: they should slip simultaneously
D: either vessel may slip first
1908: When towing astern, increased catenary will _____.
A: increase control of the tow
B: prevent the towing vessel from going in irons
C: make the towing vessel less maneuverable
D: reduce shock stress on the towing hawser
1910: The knot lettered J is a ________.
A: plain whipping
B: bowline
C: marline hitch
D: becket bend
1913: An example of a messenger is a _________________.
A: fairlead
B: heaving line
C: stay
D: warp
1914: You need to make a fixed loop at the end of a line in order
to use the line as a mooring line. You have insufficient
time to make a splice. Which knot should you use?
A: Clove Hitch
B: Fisherman's Bend
C: Bowline
D: Round-turn and two half hitches
1915: A butt is indicated by which letter?
1916: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 68ø,
and the wet bulb temperature is 65ø, what is the relative
humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 66%
B: 74%
C: 82%
D: 90%
1917: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended
cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5 feet and a length of
14 feet?
A: 31.42
B: 15.71
C: 7.85
D: 6.25
1918: Which statement is TRUE concerning hawser towing?
A: The catenary in a hawser should be sufficient so that the
hawser just touches the bottom.
B: The hawser is of sufficient length for towing when taut
between tug and tow.
C: Increasing speed usually increases the catenary in the
hawser.
D: Shortening the tow hawser generally decreases the
maneuverability of the tug.
1919: The disadvantage of using three strand nylon line for
towing is its ____.
A: inherent weakness
B: tendency to rot if left damp
C: danger to crew if it parts
D: strength and shock absorbing abilities
1920: Which form of navigation may be suspended without
notice under defense planning?
A: electronic
B: celestial
C: piloting
D: None of the above
1923: Disregarding friction, a twofold purchase when rove to
disadvantage has a mechanical advantage of _______________.
1924: The knot lettered I in illustration DO30DG is a ________.
A: square knot
B: round knot
C: bowline on a bight
D: timber hitch
1925: Which material should NOT be used to secure cargo on deck
for a voyage?
A: Steel chain
B: Wire rope
C: Steel strapping
D: Fiber rope
1926: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended
cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5 feet and a length of
12 feet?
A: 6.73 T
B: 7.85 T
C: 13.46 T
D: 26.93 T
1928: Which towing method maintains the most control over the tow?
A: Tandem towing
B: Honolulu towing
C: Tandem tug towing
D: Breasted tug towing
1929: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended
cylindrical tank with a diameter of 5 feet and a length of
10 feet?
A: 22.44 T
B: 11.22 T
C: 7.48 T
D: 5.61 T
1930: The holding capabilities of an anchor are determined
PRIMARILY by the ___________.
A: design of the anchor
B: weight of the anchor
C: scope of the anchor chain
D: size of the vessel
1931: You are using tackle number 12 to lift a weight of 300 lbs.
If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to
lift the weight?
A: 80 lbs.
B: 69 lbs.
C: 55 lbs.
D: 50 lbs.
1933: When checking a mooring line, you should _____.
A: ensure the bight is not fouled between the ship and the dock
by taking up slack
B: pay out slack smartly and keep free for running
C: secure more turns to hold the line against any strain, then
clear the area
D: surge the line so that it maintains a strain without
parting
1935: The knot lettered H in illustration DO30DG is a ________.
A: becket bend
B: bowline
C: plain whipping
D: crown knot
1936: A "gypsy" or "gypsyhead" is a _____.
A: punt used for painting over the side
B: small, reciprocating steam engine
C: spool-shaped drum fitted on a winch
D: swinging derrick
1938: Towing a structure using two tugs approximately side by
side, each using one hawser, is referred to as a __________.
A: tandem tow
B: Honolulu tow
C: breasted tug tow
D: tandem tug tow
1939: You are on a vessel that has broken down and are preparing
to be taken in tow. You will use your anchor cable as part
of the towline. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The anchor cable should be veered enough to allow the
towline connection to be just forward of your bow.
B: The anchor cable should be veered enough to allow the
towline connection to be immediately astern of the towing
vessel.
C: The strain of the tow is taken by the riding pawl, chain
stopper, and anchor windlass brake.
D: The anchor cable should be led out through a chock, if
possible, to avoid a sharp nip at the hawsepipe lip.
1940: Nonflammable gases should have what kind of label?
A: Skull and crossbones
B: White
C: Green
D: Red
1941: The helm command "Left twenty" means _____________.
A: change course twenty degrees to the left
B: put the rudder left twenty degrees
C: put the rudder hard left for the first twenty degrees
of swing
D: put the rudder left twenty degrees and then ease back as
the vessel starts swinging
1943: In order to pay out or slack a mooring line which is
under strain, you should ________________.
A: sluice the line
B: surge the line
C: stopper the line
D: slip the line
1944: The garboard strake is indicated by which letter?
1945: One of your crew members falls overboard from the starboard
side. You should IMMEDIATELY _______________.
A: apply left rudder
B: throw the crew member a life preserver
C: begin backing your engines
D: position your vessel to windward and begin recovery
1946: The revolving drum of a winch used to haul lines is called a
_____.
A: bull gear
B: gypsyhead
C: spanner
D: wildcat
1948: The Honolulu (Christmas tree) tow was devised to
__________.
A: keep the catenary to a minimum
B: allow easy removal of a center tow
C: reduce hawser length
D: increase the catenary
1949: Using a scope of 5, determine how many feet of cable you
should put out to anchor in 5 fathoms of water.
A: 100 feet
B: 150 feet
C: 200 feet
D: 250 feet
1950: You are proceeding to a distress site and expect large
numbers of people in the water. Which statement is TRUE?
A: You should stop to windward of the survivors in the water
and only use the ship's boats to recover the survivors.
B: If the survivors are in inflatable rafts you should
approach from windward to create a lee for the survivors.
C: An inflatable life raft secured alongside can be an
effective boarding station for transfer of survivors from
the boats.
D: Survivors in the water should never be permitted alongside
due to the possibility of injury from the vessel.
1951: A case received for shipment is marked as shown. The
portion of the symbol indicated by the letter A is _______ .
A: a stowage sequence marking
B: the consignee's marking
C: a stowage mark, showing the top of the case
D: the symbol for toxic contents
1953: What is likely to occur when you are surging synthetic
mooring lines on the gypsyhead during mooring operations?
A: The lines may jam and then jump off the gypsyhead.
B: If there is sudden strain on the line, the man tending the
line may be pulled into the gypsyhead.
C: The lines' surging may cause the vessel to surge.
D: The heat generated may cause the lines to temporarily fuse
to the gypsyhead.
1954: The outboard guy is indicated by which number in
illustration D002DG?
1956: Which lien against a vessel would be settled FIRST?
A: Maintenance and cure
B: Vessel mortgage
C: Salvage lien
D: Ship repairer's lien
1957: The strake of shell plating indicated by letter H is known
as the _____________.
A: sheer strake
B: outboard keel plate
C: garboard strake
D: bilge strake
1958: When tandem tug towing, the more powerful of the two tugs
should be ________________.
A: the lead tug
B: behind the lead tug
C: towing at a right angle to the smaller tug
D: towing at a faster speed than the smaller tug
1959: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property
damage includes the _____________.
A: damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved
in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000
B: loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a
maximum of $50,000
C: cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the
service condition which existed before the casualty
D: All of the above
1960: The knot lettered G in illustration DO30DG is a ________.
A: round turn and two half hitches
B: fisherman's bend
C: timber hitch
D: barrel hitch
1961: A sufficient amount of chain must be veered when anchoring a
vessel to ensure ___________________.
A: the vessel has enough room to swing while at anchor
B: the anchor flukes bite into the ocean bottom
C: there is sufficient weight from the anchor and chain to
prevent dragging
D: there is more chain out than there is in the chain locker
1962: The maximum draft to which a vessel can legally be submerged
is indicated by the _______________.
A: load line mark
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: station bill
D: tonnage mark
1963: What should you do to a line to prevent fraying where it
passes over the side of the vessel?
A: Worm that part of the line.
B: Splice that part of the line.
C: Cover it with chafing gear.
D: Install a cleat.
1965: A maritime lien may be placed against _____________.
A: any assets that a ship's owner may have
B: a vessel, cargo, or freight
C: objects that are fixed and immovable, such as wharves
D: the vessel only
1966: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360
degrees is the path followed by the _____________.
A: bow
B: bridge
C: center of gravity
D: centerline
1967: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 92ø,
and the wet bulb temperature is 85ø, what is the relative
humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 75%
B: 81%
C: 84%
D: 88%
1969: If you shorten the scope of anchor cable, your anchor's
holding power _________________.
A: decreases
B: increases
C: remains the same
D: has no relation to the scope
1970: The structural member indicated by the letter L is a ______.
A: web frame
B: bilge keel
C: side keel
D: longitudinal
1972: Payment of penalty for a ship's delay after the expiration
of lay days due to some fault of the charterer or his agent
is known as _____________.
A: demurrage
B: late fee
C: miscibility
D: volatility
1973: Which statement is TRUE about placing the eyes of two
mooring lines on the same bollard?
A: Put one line at the low point and one at the high point of
the bollard so they don't touch.
B: Take the eye of the second line up through the eye of the
first line before putting the second line on the bollard.
C: Never put two mooring lines on the same bollard.
D: The mooring line forward should be put on the bollard first.
1974: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.
A: 1 to 6 hours
B: 30 minutes to 1 hour
C: 3 hours to start of business the following day
D: 10 minutes if possible
1975: The knot lettered F in illustration DO30DG is a ________.
A: becket bend
B: square knot
C: fisherman's bend
D: round turn and two half hitches
1976: A longitudinal is indicated by which letter in illustration
D033DG?
1977: On a crane, the boom indicator tells the operator what angle
the boom angle is compared to the _________________.
A: vertical position
B: horizontal position
C: boom stop angle
D: minimum radius angle
1978: When towing, the least amount of tension will be on each
bridle leg when the two legs _______________.
A: form a large angle with each other
B: form a small angle with each other
C: are of unequal length
D: are joined by a fishplate
1979: What is a proper size block to use with a 3-inch
circumference Manila line?
A: At least a 12-inch sheave
B: 9-inch cheek, 6-inch sheave
C: 8-inch cheek, any size sheave
D: 6-inch cheek, 4-inch sheave
1980: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter C?
A: Fresh water line
B: Tropical water line
C: Summer water line
D: Winter North Atlantic water line
1981: The boom stops on a pedestal crane prevent the boom from
______.
A: being raised too high
B: swinging at sea
C: overloading when not in use
D: being lowered too low
1982: You are using tackle number 8 to lift a weight of 100 lbs.
If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to
lift the weight?
A: 120 lbs.
B: 55 lbs.
C: 40 lbs.
D: 37 lbs.
1983: When a line is subject to wear where it passes through a
mooring chock, it should be __________________.
A: wormed, parceled, and served
B: wrapped with heavy tape
C: wrapped with chafing gear
D: wrapped in leather
1984: Your load line certificate expires on 27 May 1988. The
vessel is surveyed on that date and is found satisfactory.
You are sailing foreign the same day. Which statement is
TRUE?
A: A new certificate must be issued before you sail.
B: The existing certificate is endorsed as valid for a five
year period commencing 27 May 1988.
C: The existing certificate is extended for a period of up to
150 days.
D: The existing certificate is extended until the first foreign
port of call where a new certificate will be issued by the
local surveyor.
1985: You are on a 165 foot (50.3 meters) long vessel with a draft
of 9 feet (2.7 meters) and twin screws. Which statement
about rescuing a survivor in the water with ship pickup is
TRUE?
A: You should stop to windward of the man and drift down
on him.
B: You should stop with the man on your weather beam and twist
the ship up to him.
C: A pickup off the weather bow gives maximum maneuverability
with the least possibility of injury to the man.
D: Ship pick up should never be used with a shallow draft
vessel.
1987: You are loading in a port subject to the winter load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the tropical load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming four
days, and you will enter the tropical zone after twelve
days. You will consume 39 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.025, and the average TPI is 49. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 90 inches
B: 87 inches
C: 80 inches
D: 77 inches
1988: When towing, what is the advantage of using a chain bridle
on a wire hawser?
A: It makes for an easy connection.
B: It gives a spring effect to cushion the shock.
C: It eliminates the necessity of a swivel.
D: It does not chafe.
1989: If you were to pass a stopper on a wire rope, what should
the stopper be made of?
A: Wire
B: Manila
C: Nylon
D: Chain
1990: Upon receipt of a distress message, a merchant vessel is
bound to proceed to the scene of the distress. Under which
of the following cases would this NOT be true?
A: The vessel would arrive at the distress scene more than 36
hours after the receipt of the initial distress message.
B: There are vessels closer to the distress scene that are
proceeding to assist.
C: The Master of the vessel in distress has requisitioned
another vessel, and that vessel has accepted the
requisition.
D: You are on a tank vessel and the distress involves a major
fire on board the other vessel.
1991: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 91ø,
and the wet bulb temperature is 87ø, what is the relative
humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 79%
B: 85%
C: 91%
D: 98%
1992: While the Pilot is embarked he or she _________________.
A: is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
B: is a specialist hired for his or her local
navigationalknowledge
C: relieves the officer of the watch
D: relieves the Master of his duties
1993: The usual method of arranging a line on deck so that it will
run out easily without kinking or fouling is ______________.
A: coiling the line
B: faking down the line
C: flemishing the line
D: racking the line
1994: The space indicated by the letter J is known as the ______.
A: double bottom
B: flooding barrier
C: floor space
D: bilge tank
1995: The single turn method of returning to a man overboard
should be used ONLY if ______________.
A: the man is reported missing rather than immediately
seen as he falls overboard
B: the vessel is very maneuverable
C: the conning officer is inexperienced
D: a boat will be used to recover the man
1996: Which method should be used to secure a manila line to
bitts?
A: A round turn on the bitt farthest from the strain and then
figure eights
B: A round turn on the bitt closest to the strain and then
figure eights
C: Figure eights and then a round turn at the top of both
bitts
D: Only figure eights are necessary on both bitts
1997: What is the name of tackle number 12 in illustration DO29DG?
A: Threefold purchase
B: Davit tackle
C: Deck tackle
D: Gin tackle
1998: When towing in an open seaway, it is important to use a
towing line ____________________.
A: made only of wire rope, due to possible weather conditions
B: that will have the tow on a crest while your vessel is in a
trough
C: that will have the tow on a crest while your vessel is on a
crest
D: with little dip to gain maximum control of the tow
1999: When shoring a damaged bulkhead, effort should be taken to
spread the pressure over the _____.
A: maximum possible area
B: minimum possible area
C: nearest watertight door
D: nearest longitudinal girder
2000: The vessel has broken down and you are going to take her
in tow. The wind is on her starboard beam. Both vessels
are making the same amount of leeway. Where should you
position your vessel when you start running lines?
2001: You are using tackle number 9 in illustration DO29DG to lift
a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the
weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the
hauling part required to lift the weight?
A: 52 lbs.
B: 39 lbs.
C: 30 lbs.
D: 27 lbs.
2002: The structural member indicated by the letter K was fitted
in segments between continuous longitudinals. It is known
as which type of floor?
A: Intercostal
B: Open
C: Lightened
D: Nonwatertight
2003: Chafing gear is used to _______________.
A: anchor the boat
B: pick up heavy loads
C: protect fiber rope from abrasion
D: strengthen mooring lines
2005: A block that can be opened at the hook or shackle end to
receive a bight of the line is a _____.
A: bight block
B: gin block
C: heel block
D: snatch block
2006: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming one
day, and you will enter the winter zone after eleven days.
You will consume 33 tons of fuel, water, and stores per
day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is 1.004,
and the average TPI is 46. What is the minimum freeboard
required at the start of the voyage?
A: 85 inches
B: 82 inches
C: 80 inches
D: 78 inches
2007: The helm command "shift your rudder" means _____________.
A: double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
B: change from right rudder to left rudder an equal number of
degrees
C: bring your rudder amidships
D: check the swing of the vessel
2008: When towing another vessel, the length of the towing line
should be _______________.
A: as long as possible
B: as short as possible under the circumstances and not over
two wave lengths
C: such that one vessel will be on a crest while the other is
in a trough
D: such that the vessels will be in step
2009: A cargo of canned foodstuffs is packed in cartons. Each
carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 380 pounds. What is the
stowage factor of the cargo?
A: 9.5
B: 62
C: 212
D: 237
2010: On the cargo manifest, the total weight of a box containing
cargo is the ________________.
A: tare weight
B: net weight
C: gross weight
D: cargo weight
2011: The structural member indicated by the letter K is a ____.
A: longitudinal frame
B: stringer
C: girder
D: floor
2012: Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?
A: It provides a description of the intended voyage.
B: The fo'c'sle card is a blank sample of the articles.
C: It contains copies of the crew's signatures from the
articles.
D: The fo'c'sle card must be posted in the crew's mess room or
in the crew quarters.
2013: A mooring line that checks forward motion of a vessel at a
pier is a ________________.
A: bow line
B: forward bow line
C: stern line
D: stern breast line
2014: You are using tackle number 12, as shown, to lift a weight.
The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight
hook (w) of tackle number 2. What is the mechanical
advantage of this rig?
2015: During a period of "whiteout", you should expect which of
the following?
A: Snowfall or blowing snow
B: Lack of ability to estimate distance
C: Harsh contrast between sun-illuminated snow cover and the
background
D: Hazy horizons with extensive mirage effects
2016: The revolving drum of a winch used to haul lines is called a
_________________.
A: bull gear
B: gypsyhead
C: spanner
D: wildcat
2017: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming six
days. You will enter the winter zone after an additional
three days. You will consume 28 tons of fuel, water, and
stores per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier
is 1.020, and the average TPI is 46. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 61.4 inches
B: 64.5 inches
C: 70.6 inches
D: 77.5 inches
2018: When towing astern, one way to reduce yawing of the tow is
to _______________.
A: trim the tow by the stern
B: trim the tow by the head
C: have the tow on an even keel
D: list the tow on the side it is yawing
2019: A man was sighted as he fell overboard. After completing a
Williamson turn, the man is not sighted. What type of
search should be conducted?
A: Expanding circle
B: Sector search
C: Parallel track pattern
D: Datum-drift search
2020: To facilitate passing the end of a large rope through a
block, you could use a _______________.
A: gantline
B: head line
C: reeving line
D: sail line
2022: In determining the scope of cable to be used when anchoring,
what would NOT be considered?
A: Depth of the water
B: Character of the holding ground
C: maintenance cost for the chain
D: Type of anchor cable
2023: A mooring line leading at nearly right angles to the keel
is a ___________.
A: spring line
B: bow line
C: stern line
D: breast line
2025: What is the chief hazard encountered when surging synthetic
mooring lines on the gypsyhead during operations?
A: If there is sudden strain, the man tending the line may
be pulled into the gypsyhead.
B: The lines may jam and then jump off the gypsyhead.
C: The lines' surging may cause the vessel to surge.
D: The heat generated may cause the lines to temporarily fuse
to the gypsyhead.
2026: After a seaman is discharged, at the end of the voyage, the
final payment of wages due must be made at the earlier of
within 24 hours after the cargo has been discharged or
_______________________.
A: within 4 days after the seaman's discharge
B: prior to the vessel's departure on the next voyage
C: prior to loading any out-bound cargo
D: prior to any change of Master
2027: Your vessel is issued a load line certificate dated 27 May
1992. What is NOT an acceptable date for one of the surveys
for endorsements?
A: 28 February 1993
B: 27 November 1993
C: 26 August 1994
D: 27 May 1995
2028: When making up a long, large coastwise tow, which of the
following procedures is INCORRECT?
A: A chain towing bridle is generally preferred
B: Safety shackles should be used when connecting to the
fishplate
C: Rig tripping ropes (retrieving lines)
D: Back-up wires are left slack
2029: When anchored, increasing the scope of the anchor chain
normally serves to _______________.
A: prevent fouling of the anchor
B: decrease swing of the vessel
C: prevent dragging of the anchor
D: reduce strain on the windlass
2030: Safety equipment on board vessels must be approved by the
_____________________.
A: U.S. Coast Guard
B: Safety Standards Bureau
C: Occupational Health and Safety Agency (OSHA)
D: National Safety Council
2031: Multi-year ice is the hardest sea ice and should be avoided
if possible. It is recognizable because of what tone to
its surface color?
A: Greenish
B: Bluish
C: Grey
D: Grey-white
2033: A spring line leads _______________.
A: fore and aft from the ship's side
B: to the dock at a right angle to the vessel
C: through the bull nose or chock at the bow
D: through the chock at the stern
2034: You are ordering a new block to use with a 3-inch
circumference manila line. Which represents a proper size
block for this line?
A: 6-inch cheek, 4-inch sheave
B: 8-inch cheek, any size sheave
C: 9-inch cheek, 6-inch sheave
D: At least a 12-inch sheave
2035: A seaman signed on articles on 16 January 1987 and signed
off on 2 March 1987. How should you enter this under the
Time of Service column in the articles?
A: 1 Month 18 Days
B: 1 Month 16 Days
C: 2 Months
D: 46 Days
2036: A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the names,
is required to be posted. This document is called the
_____.
A: Shipping Articles
B: Voyage Agreement
C: Articles Copy
D: Fo'c'sle Card
2037: You are riding to a single anchor. The vessel is yawing
excessively. Which action should be taken to reduce the
yawing?
A: Veer chain to the riding anchor
B: Heave to a shorter scope of chain on the riding anchor
C: Drop the second anchor at the extreme end of the yaw and
veer the riding anchor
D: Drop the second anchor at the extreme end of the yaw, then
adjust the cables until the scope is equal
2038: With a large ocean tow in heavy weather, you should
NOT _________.
A: keep the stern of the tug well down in the water
B: adjust the towline so the tug is on the crest when the tow
is in the trough
C: keep the low point of the catenary in the water
D: use a long towing hawser
2039: There is a large shipment of case goods available to be
loaded on your vessel. You are to load as many tons as
possible in a hold which has 32,300 cubic feet left unfilled
by cargo. Each case measures 2-feet high by 2-feet wide by
4-feet long and weighs 500 pounds. If you allow a broken
stowage allowance of 10% of the 32,300 feet, what is the
nearest whole number of tons which may be loaded?
A: 324 tons
B: 360 tons
C: 363 tons
D: 406 tons
2040: The plating indicated by the letter N is known as the _____.
A: inner bottom
B: floor riders
C: tank-top rider plating
D: ceiling
2041: Which tackle arrangement has the LEAST mechanical advantage?
A: Single whip
B: Gun tackle
C: Luff tackle
D: Twofold purchase
2042: Which statement about the deck line is TRUE?
A: The top of the deck line is marked at the highest point of
the freeboard deck, including camber, at the midships point.
B: A vessel with wooden planks on a steel deck will have the
deck line marked at the intersection of the upper line of
the wood sheathing with the side shell.
C: The deck edge is marked at the intersection of the freeboard
deck with the side shell, at the lowest point of sheer, with
the vessel at even trim.
D: On a vessel with a rounded stringer-sheer plate, the deck
line is marked where the stringer plate turns down from the
plane of the deck line.
2043: A mooring line that prevents a vessel from moving sideways
away from the dock is a _______________.
A: bow line
B: breast line
C: stern line
D: spring line
2044: You are loading in a port subject to the winter load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the tropical load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming four
days, and you will enter the tropical zone after twelve
days. You will consume 31 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.000, and the average TPI is 46. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 78 inches
B: 74 inches
C: 70 inches
D: 68 inches
2045: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman will find it
helpful to know the _____________.
A: deviation on that heading
B: variation in the area
C: leeway
D: amount of helm carried for a steady course
2046: The structural member indicated by the letter I in
illustration D033DG is the _______________.
A: garboard strake
B: center pillar
C: keel
D: girder
2047: Progressive flooding is controlled by securing watertight
boundaries and _____.
A: transferring water ballast
B: jettisoning cargo
C: pumping out flooded compartments
D: abandoning ship
2048: The MINIMUM acceptable size for a towing bridle would be
that size in which the safe working load (SWL) of each leg
of the bridle is equal to ______________.
A: one-half the SWL of the main towing hawser
B: three-fourths the SWL of the main towing hawser
C: that of the main towing hawser
D: twice that of the main towing hawser
2049: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is
the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch officer?
A: Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.
B: Record the bells and their times in the bell book.
C: Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and
countermand them if necessary.
D: Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are
correctly executed.
2050: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is
called a(n) ____________.
A: forward breast line
B: offshore spring line
C: onshore bow line
D: offshore bow line
2051: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the sagging numeral.
A: 81.79 numeral
B: 85.02 numeral
C: 89.68 numeral
D: 91.92 numeral
2052: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: Z (FLASH)
2053: A mooring line leading 45ø to the keel, used to check
forward or astern movement of a vessel, is called a _______.
A: spring line
B: warp line
C: bow line
D: breast line
2054: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter B in
the diagram?
A: Timber summer load line
B: Tropical fresh water load line
C: Tropical load line
D: Summer load line
2056: A seaman may not make an allotment to his _______________.
A: minor children
B: grandparents
C: brother
D: mother-in-law
2057: You are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from
San Francisco to which port?
A: Mazatlan, Mexico (west coast)
B: Vera Cruz, Mexico (east coast)
C: New York, NY
D: Vancouver, Canada (west coast)
2058: What is NOT suitable for use in making up the towing rig for
a heavy, long ocean tow?
A: Chain
B: Ring
C: Solid thimble
D: A fishplate
2059: You are handling a mooring line and are instructed to
"Check the line". What should you do?
A: Ensure the bight is not fouled by taking up slack.
B: Pay out the line smartly and keep it free for running.
C: Secure the line by adding more turns.
D: Surge the line so it maintains a strain without parting.
2060: In polar regions you should NOT expect to see ____.
A: mirage effects
B: sea smoke
C: extensive snowfall
D: false horizons
2061: A sheave is a _____________.
A: grooved wheel in a block
B: line to hold a lifeboat next to the embarkation deck
C: partial load of grain
D: seaman's knife
2062: The vessel shown has broken down and you are going to take
her in tow. The wind is on her starboard beam. She is
making more leeway than you. Where should you position your
vessel when you start running lines?
2063: A "spring line" is ___________________.
A: any wire rope used for mooring
B: a fire-warp
C: a mooring line running diagonally to the keel
D: a mooring line perpendicular to the keel
2064: While underway in thick fog you are on watch and hear the
cry "man overboard". Which type of maneuver should you
make?
A: figure eight turn
B: Round turn
C: Racetrack turn
D: Williamson turn
2065: A continual worsening of the list or trim indicates _____.
A: negative GM
B: progressive flooding
C: structural failure
D: an immediate need to ballast
2066: Concentrated heavy loads are involved in loading a LASH
vessel. What does NOT require close attention due to such
loads while working cargo?
A: GM - available and required
B: Longitudinal stress numeral
C: Tons per inch immersion numeral
D: Draft
2067: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of
tackle number 12?
A: 3.0
B: 5.5
C: 6.0
D: 7.0
2068: You intend to tow a barge with one tug and expect continuous
high winds from the north. To reduce the yaw of your tow,
you should _____________.
A: reduce the draft of the barge
B: shorten one leg of the bridle
C: place bulky deck loads as far aft as possible
D: trim the barge down by the bow
2069: A "spring line" is a ________________.
A: mooring line made of spring lay wire rope
B: mooring line running diagonally to the keel
C: mooring line parallel to the keel
D: wire rope used for securing an anchor buoy
2070: Which statement about the Williamson turn is FALSE?
A: It requires the highest degree of shiphandling skills to
accomplish.
B: It is the slowest of the methods used in turning the vessel.
C: It is the best turn to use when the victim is not in sight
due to reduced visibility.
D: It returns the vessel to the original trackline on a
reciprocal course.
2072: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming eight
days, and you will enter the winter zone after ten days.
You will consume 31 tons of fuel, water, and stores per day.
The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is 1.016, and
the average TPI is 41. What is the minimum freeboard
required at the start of the voyage?
A: 71 inches
B: 69 inches
C: 66 inches
D: 65 inches
2073: When rigging a bos'n's chair on a stay with a shackle,
___________________.
A: mouse the shackle to the chair
B: never allow the shackle pin to ride on the stay
C: secure it with small stuff
D: seize the end of the shackle
2074: You are proceeding to a distress site. The survivors are in
life rafts. What will make your ship more visible to the
survivors?
A: Steering a sinuous course
B: Steering a zig-zag course
C: Turning on all available deck lights at night
D: Dumping debris over the side to make a trail to your vessel
2075: The knot lettered E in illustration DO30DG is a __________.
A: stopper hitch
B: blackwall hitch
C: timber and half hitch
D: bowline on a bight
2076: A person who sees someone fall overboard should ___________.
A: immediately jump in the water to assist the individual
B: go to the bridge for the distress flares
C: run to the radio room to send an emergency message
D: call for help and keep the individual in sight
2077: You are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from
New Orleans to which port?
A: Houston, Texas
B: Vera Cruz, Mexico (west coast)
C: Kingston, Jamaica
D: Cristobal Colon, Panama
2078: While towing, bridle legs of unequal lengths may cause
_________________.
A: the bridle to foul
B: the shorter leg to fail
C: chafing on the fairlead or bitts
D: a bent swivel
2079: Prior to loading barges over the stern of a LASH vessel, the
vessel should be trimmed in what manner?
A: Two to four feet by the bow
B: Slightly by the bow
C: No trim should be permitted
D: Slightly by the stern
2080: A Contract of Affreightment covering the movement of a
particular cargo from one designated port to another at a
specified rate for each ton of goods loaded is called
a _____________.
A: bareboat charter party
B: demise charter party
C: time charter party
D: voyage charter party
2081: A seaman is reported missing in the morning and was last
seen after coming off the mid-watch. Which type of turn
would you use to return to the trackline steamed during the
night?
A: Williamson
B: Racetrack
C: 180ø turn
D: Anderson
2082: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming four
days, and you will enter the winter zone after nine days.
You will consume 29 tons of fuel, water, and stores per day.
The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is 1.008, and
the average TPI is 53. What is the minimum freeboard
required at the start of the voyage?
A: 72.5 inches
B: 75.0 inches
C: 77.0 inches
D: 80.0 inches
2084: A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the signatures, is
required to be posted. This document is called the _______.
A: Fo'c'sle Card
B: Articles Copy
C: Voyage Agreement
D: Shipping Articles
2085: What purpose does a bridge fitting serve when lashing
containers?
A: Ties a container stack to the deck
B: Ties a container to the container below it
C: Restrains racking loads
D: Restrains the container against horizontal motion
2086: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 11?
A: 7.0
B: 6.0
C: 5.5
D: 5.0
2087: A vessel has a deadweight carrying capacity of 10,500 tons.
Fuel, water, and stores require 1500 tons. The cubic
capacity is 500,000 cubic feet. Which cargo will put her
full and down?
A: Slabs of zinc, SF 7.1
B: Rolls of barbed wire, SF 55.5
C: Barrels of tallow, SF 66.8
D: Bundles of rubber, SF 140.2
2088: You have been towing astern and have just let go the tow.
Your deckhands are pulling in and faking the towline by hand
on the stern. The most dangerous action to take is to ____.
A: continue ahead at slow speed
B: continue ahead at half speed
C: stop your engines
D: back down on your engines
2089: In addition to the load lines indicated in illustration
D003DG, some vessels have a Winter North Atlantic line.
Which statement about this load line mark is TRUE?
A: It is carried on VLCC/ULCC type vessels and allows reduced
freeboard considering their size.
B: It is marked above line B in the diagram.
C: It is applied to vessels on restricted trade routes
between the United Kingdom, Iceland, and Northern European
countries.
D: It applies only to vessels not exceeding 328 ft. navigating
in the Winter North Atlantic zones.
2091: When operating in an area where sea ice and icebergs are
present, which statement is TRUE?
A: Icebergs may travel in a direction many degrees different
from the sea ice.
B: Both icebergs and sea ice will move in approximately the
same direction and at the same speed.
C: Icebergs and sea ice will move in the same direction, but
at different speeds due to the sail effect of the berg.
D: Icebergs and sea ice will move in the same direction, but
the iceberg will move slower because of its underwater
bulk.
2092: You are signing on a crew. When they present their Merchant
Mariner's Documents, you should suspect a fraudulent
document if it has a single endorsement that says _________.
A: see Certificate of Registry
B: any unlicensed rating in the deck department including AB
C: Steward's Department (F.H.)
D: Bosun
2093: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 10?
A: 4.0
B: 4.5
C: 5.0
D: 5.5
2094: A large basin cut into the shore, closed off by a caisson,
and used for drydocking of ships is known as a ____________.
A: slipway
B: graving dock
C: ground warp
D: caisson dock
2095: You are using a racetrack turn to recover a man overboard.
The vessel is first steadied when how many degrees away from
the original heading?
A: 60ø to 70ø
B: 90ø
C: 135ø
D: 180ø
2096: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the summer load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming ten
days. You will consume 33 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.021, and the average TPI is 51. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 76.0 inches
B: 75.5 inches
C: 72.0 inches
D: 71.5 inches
2097: What is the name of tackle number 11?
A: Three-two purchase
B: Double luff tackle
C: Gun tackle
D: Topping lift
2098: Snow has obliterated surface features and the sky is covered
with uniform, altostratus clouds. There are no shadows and
the horizon has disappeared. What is this condition called?
A: Ice blink
B: Whiteout
C: Water sky
D: Aurora reflection
2099: Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?
A: The fo'c'sle card shows the monthly wages of each
crewmember.
B: It contains copies of the crew's signatures from
the articles.
C: The fo'c'sle card is also called a station bill.
D: It provides a description of the intended voyage.
2100: The primary purpose of a load line is to establish required
_________________________.
A: minimum freeboard
B: GM
C: transverse stability
D: fresh water allowances
2101: You are loading in a port subject to the summer load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the winter load line
mark. You will enter the winter zone after steaming four
days. You will consume 35 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.0083, and the average TPI is 65. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 74 inches
B: 78 inches
C: 80 inches
D: 86 inches
2102: A seaman deserts the vessel in a foreign port. What should
the Master do with any of the deserter's personal effects
remaining on board?
A: Sell them at auction and deposit the money in the ship's
morale or welfare fund.
B: Donate them to a local charity upon return to the
United States.
C: Transfer them to the appropriate district court of the U.S.
at the end of the voyage.
D: Inventory them, make an appropriate entry in the
Official Logbook and dispose of them at sea.
2103: You are signing on the Purser. He should present a
Merchant Mariner's document with which endorsement?
A: See Certificate of Registry
B: Steward's Department
C: Purser
D: Staff Officer
2104: You are proceeding to a distress site where the survivors
are in life rafts. Which action will assist in making your
vessel more visible to the survivors?
A: Steering a zigzag course with 5 to 10 minutes on each leg
B: Steering a sinuous course
C: Dumping debris over the side to make a trail to your vessel
D: Making smoke in daylight
2106: A racetrack turn would be better than a Williamson turn in
recovering a man overboard if ____________.
A: the man has been missing for a period of time
B: the sea water is very cold and the man is visible
C: there is thick fog
D: the wind was from astern on the original course
2107: What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter A?
A: Winter North Atlantic load line
B: Fresh Water load line
C: Deck line
D: Plimsoll line
2108: You are the Master signing on a crew. In completing the
articles, who should sign in the various places indicated
for the Shipping Commissioner's signature?
A: After sign on, the articles are presented at the nearest
Marine Inspection/Safety Office for signature.
B: The space is left blank.
C: A marine notary public must sign after sign on is complete.
D: The Master.
2109: What is NOT an item that requires the vessel to be
dry-docked?
A: Inspection of tail shaft liner
B: Repacking and grinding of skin valves
C: Verification of load line measurements
D: Belt gauging
2110: Your ship is carrying hazardous cargo. During a daily
inspection, you notice that some of the cargo has shifted
and several cases are broken. You should FIRST ___________.
A: call out the deck gang to jettison the cargo
B: log the facts in the rough log and inform the Chief Mate
later
C: make a determination of the seriousness of the breakage, and
do what you think best
D: report the facts immediately to the Master, who will make a
decision
2111: You are anchoring in 16 fathoms of water. On a small to
medium size vessel, the _______.
A: anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipe
B: anchor should be lowered to within 2 fathoms of the bottom
before being dropped
C: scope should always be at least ten times the depth of the
water
D: scope should always be less than 5 times the depth of the
water
2112: What is NOT surveyed at an annual load line survey?
A: The overall structure and layout of the vessel for
alterations to the superstructure
B: The bilge pumping system
C: Main deck hatch covers
D: Portholes and deadlights in the side plating
2113: One major advantage of the round turn maneuver in a man
overboard situation is that it ________________________.
A: is the fastest method
B: is easy for a single-screw vessel to perform
C: requires the least shiphandling skills to perform
D: can be used in reduced visibility
2114: All handling and stowage of packaged hazardous materials on
board a domestic vessel engaged in foreign trade shall be
done under the supervision of __________________________.
A: a U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspector
B: an officer assigned to the vessel
C: the American Bureau of Shipping
D: the National Cargo Bureau
2116: What is the name of tackle number 10 in illustration DO29DG?
A: Two-two purchase
B: Deck purchase
C: Two-fold purchase
D: Double runner
2117: When a vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of
property damage includes the _______________.
A: cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the
service condition which existed before the casualty
B: loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a
maximum of $50,000
C: damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved
in the casualty
D: All of the above
2118: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the summer load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming four
days. You will consume 41 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.000 and the average TPI is 55. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 55 inches
B: 49 inches
C: 44 inches
D: 41 inches
2119: You are coming to anchor in 8 fathoms of water. In this
case, the ___________________________.
A: anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipe
B: anchor should be lowered to within 2 fathoms of the bottom
before being dropped
C: anchor should be lowered to the bottom then the ship backed
and the remainder of the cable veered
D: scope should be less than 3 times the depth of the water
2120: Wale shores would be used when drydocking a vessel with
_____________________.
A: tumble home
B: excessive deadrise
C: excessive trim
D: a list
2121: Which statement concerning the lashings of containers with
solid bar or wire rope lashings is TRUE?
A: Stack weights should be less when using a solid bar lashing
as compared to a wire lashing.
B: Stack heights may be increased when using a solid bar
lashing.
C: Stack heights should be reduced when using a solid bar
lashing.
D: Solid bars should be used for lashing the first tier only,
with wire lashings on the higher tier(s).
2122: What is the name of tackle number 9?
A: Single purchase
B: One-two tackle
C: Double whip
D: Luff tackle
2123: Your vessel is required to have a slop chest. Which of
the following articles is NOT required by law to be
carried in the slop chest?
A: Foul weather clothing
B: Candy
C: Tobacco products
D: Blankets
2124: You are on watch aboard a vessel heading NW, with the wind
from dead ahead, in heavy seas. You notice a man fall
overboard from the starboard bow. Which action would NOT be
appropriate?
A: Hard right rudder
B: Throw a lifebuoy to the man, if possible
C: Send a man aloft
D: Get the port boat ready
2125: You are loading in a port subject to the winter load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the summer load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming six
days. You will consume 32 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.005, and the average TPI is 65. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 93 inches
B: 90 inches
C: 81 inches
D: 70 inches
2126: You have anchored in a mud and clay bottom. The anchor
appears to be dragging in a storm. What action should you
take?
A: Shorten the scope of the cable.
B: Veer cable to the anchor.
C: Drop the other anchor underfoot.
D: Drop the second anchor, veer to a good scope, then weigh the
first anchor.
2127: The maneuver which will return your vessel to a person who
has fallen overboard in the shortest time is ___________.
A: a Williamson Turn
B: engine(s) crash astern, no turn
C: a single turn with hard rudder
D: two 180ø turns
2128: Several merchant ships are arriving at the scene of a
distress incident. One of the them must assume the duties
of the Coordinator Surface Search (CSS). Which of the
following statements is TRUE?
A: CSS duties are always assumed by passenger vessels, dry
cargo vessels, or tankers in that order of precedence.
B: The CSS must be established by mutual agreement between the
ships concerned.
C: A tank vessel should never be assigned CSS duties unless
only tank vessels are present.
D: The first vessel to arrive at the distress incident is
designated as the CSS.
2129: The exact and complete identification of all cargo on
board must be found on the ____________________.
A: Cargo Manifest
B: Mate's Receipt
C: Hatch Report
D: Loading List
2130: In a racetrack turn, to recover a man overboard, the vessel
is steadied for the SECOND time after a turn of how many
degrees from the original heading?
A: 60ø
B: 135ø
C: 180ø
D: 360ø
2131: If you carry packaged hazardous cargoes on a break bulk
vessel bound foreign, you must _____________________.
A: stow the hazardous cargoes on deck available for jettisoning
if necessary
B: remove the hazardous cargo labels from a portable tank after
the tank is emptied
C: have the shipping papers indicate the proper shipping name
and the technical name of n.o.s. cargoes
D: log the receipt of hazardous cargoes in the Official Logbook
2132: Which statement concerning dual-tonnage vessels is TRUE?
A: The dual-tonnage mark is always marked above the load
line marks.
B: The tonnages referred to are the displacement tonnage
and gross tonnage.
C: A single-deck vessel may not be assigned dual tonnages.
D: The dual-tonnage mark must never be submerged beyond the
freshwater allowance.
2133: The S.S. Hollowpoint has a charter party in which the
charterer assumes no responsibility for the operation of
the vessel but pays stevedoring expenses. What is the
name of the charter party?
A: Bareboat
B: Dispatch
C: Voyage
D: Demise
2134: You are loading in a port subject to the tropical load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the summer load line
mark. You will enter the summer zone after steaming two
days. You will consume 28 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.020, and the average TPI is 55. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 62 inches
B: 66 inches
C: 70 inches
D: 74 inches
2135: A load line certificate is valid for how many years?
2136: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD,
toNorfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about
therequired pilot is TRUE?
A: The pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.
B: The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
C: Tlhe Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.
D: The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and
theCoast Guard.
2137: The securing systems for containers were developed to
prevent container movement during which ship motion?
A: Surge
B: Roll
C: Sway
D: Yaw
2138: When topping the booms with a single-span topping lift, as
shown in illustration D002DG, which statement is TRUE?
A: Heave on the bull rope until topped, pass the stopper, and
then shackle in the bull chain.
B: Run the bull line to the unused winches and stop off the
line at the gypsyhead.
C: Heave on the bull rope until topped and then shackle the
bull chain to the padeye.
D: Heave the topping lift on the topping lift winch and run the
winch until topped.
2139: You are proceeding to the area of reported distress. When
you arrive at the reported position, the vessel in distress
is not sighted. What type of search should be conducted?
A: Sector search
B: Expanding square
C: Track crawl
D: Parallel track search
2140: You are loading in a port subject to the summer load line
mark and bound for a port subject to the tropical load line
mark. You will enter the tropical zone after steaming four
days. You will consume 33 tons of fuel, water, and stores
per day. The hydrometer reading at the loading pier is
1.006, and the average TPI is 66. What is the minimum
freeboard required at the start of the voyage?
A: 78 inches
B: 82 inches
C: 86 inches
D: 88 inches
2141: You are Master of a vessel that is sold in a foreign
country after discharge of cargo. What is your
responsibility to the crew in regards to return to the
United States?
A: You must provide air transportation to the nearest port
of entry in the United States.
B: You must provide passage to the port of original
engagement.
C: There is no requirement for return to the United States
provided the voyage has exceeded 4 weeks duration.
D: The crew can be employed on another United States vessel,
but only if it is returning to the port of original
engagement.
2142: When loading a LASH vessel, a barge is picked up by the
vessel's crane. What is TRUE?
A: GM is decreased
B: The free surface affect is increased
C: The mean draft decreases
D: Longitudinal strength moments are exceeded
2143: Your vessel was damaged and initially assumed a significant
list and trim; however, further increase has been slow.
Based on this data, what should you expect?
A: The slowing is only temporary and the vessel will probably
suddenly capsize or plunge from loss of stability due to
change in the waterplane area.
B: The vessel can probably be saved if further flooding can be
stopped.
C: The vessel will continue to slowly list and/or trim due to
the free surface effect and free communication effect.
D: The vessel will suddenly flop to the same or greater angle
of list on the other side and may capsize.
2144: "Hard right rudder" means ______________________.
A: jam the rudder against the stops
B: put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder
C: meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
D: put the rudder over to the right all the way
2145: The fo'c'sle card _____________.
A: is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency
stations
B: advises the crew of the conditions of employment
C: is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Document
D: designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage
2146: You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed
propeller. The vessel is going full speed astern with
full right rudder. The bow will swing _______________.
A: quickly to port, then more slowly to port
B: probably to port
C: slowly to port, then quickly to starboard
D: probably to starboard
2147: What is the name of tackle number 8?
A: Parbuckle
B: Gun tackle
C: Single purchase
D: Single luff tackle
2148: You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing vessel
of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the
Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?
A: All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
B: A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
C: Deck watches may be 6 and 6.
D: Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.
2149: When anchoring in a clay bottom, what is one hazard that may
cause the anchor to drag?
A: The flukes may dig in unevenly and capsize the anchor when
under stress.
B: The flukes may not dig in.
C: The anchor may get shod with clay and not develop full
holding power.
D: The anchor will tend to dig in and come to rest near the
vertical.
2150: The vessel shown has broken down and you are going to take
her in tow. The wind is coming from her starboard beam.
You are making more leeway than she. Where should you
position your vessel when you start running lines?
2151: Many dangerous cargoes are stowed on deck because of the
_______________________.
A: danger to crew and cargo
B: necessity of periodic inspection
C: possibile need to jettison
D: All of the above
2152: Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the side.
Which statement concerning this symbol is TRUE?
A: This represents the load line marks when engaged on a
voyage upon the Great Lakes.
B: The line directly under the triangle is at the same level
as the summer load line.
C: The symbol is the equivalent of a load line marking and
is used by government vessels (USN, MSC, USCG) only.
D: The applicable gross and net tonnage of the ship will
change if this mark is submerged and the load line mark
is visible.
2153: The shipping papers for the products being carried in your
tankship are NOT required to contain the _________________.
A: exact quantity of the cargoes
B: grades of the cargoes
C: location of the delivery point(s)
D: name of the consignee(s)
2154: A vessel has a charter party for one voyage to carry a
full load of manganese from Durban, South Africa, to
Baltimore, Maryland, at a stipulated rate per ton.
Which type of contract is involved?
A: Bareboat charter party
B: Voyage charter party
C: Demise charter party
D: Time charter party
2155: A case received for shipment has the markings shown. Each
carton measures 13" X 15" X 23". What is the total cubic
capacity the entire consignment will occupy if you assume
10% broken stowage?
A: 779 cubic feet (23 cubic meters)
B: 865 cubic feet (26 cubic meters)
C: 1047 cubic feet (31 cubic meters)
D: 112,125 cubic feet (3364 cubic meters)
2156: You are standing watch on entering port and the Master gives
a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from
the Pilot. You should ensure the helmsman ______________.
A: obeys the Master
B: obeys the Pilot
C: brings the rudder to a position midway between the two
conflicting positions
D: asks the Pilot if he has relinquished control
2157: You are in a fresh water port loading logs with gear rated
at 5 tons, and suspect the weight of the logs exceeds the
SWL of the gear. The logs are floating in the water
alongside the vessel and have 95% of their volume submerged.
The average length of the logs is 15 feet and the average
diameter is 4.4 feet. What is the nearest average weight of
the logs, based on these average measurements?
A: 5.5 tons
B: 6.0 tons
C: 7.7 tons
D: 24.1 tons
2158: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when you wish to send a message concerning your ships
diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: R (ROUTINE)
C: P (PRIORITY)
D: Z (FLASH)
2159: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 9?
2160: A tanker loads at a terminal within the tropical zone.
She will enter the summer zone 6 days after departing the
loading port. She will burn off about 45 tons/day and daily
water consumption is 8 tons. How many tons may she load
over that allowed by her summer load line?
A: 270
B: 278
C: 291
D: 318
2161: A vessel loads 5000 tons of manganese ore. The railroad
cars that brought the ore to the vessel were previously
loaded with iron ore so the ore is contaminated. The
agent requests the Master to sign a Clean Bill of Lading and
in return the shipper will give him a Letter of Indemnity.
What is the best procedure to follow?
A: Sign a Clean Bill of Lading and accept the Letter of
Indemnity.
B: Refuse to sign a Clean Bill of Lading.
C: Sign the Clean Bill of Lading and have the agent
countersign it.
D: Sign a Clean Bill of lading under protest.
2162: A crew has signed on for a 3-month voyage. Fourteen days
into the voyage a seaman is improperly discharged at the
first port of call. How much pay is he entitled to receive?
A: 14 days
B: 1 month's
C: 14 days and one month's extra
D: double wages (28 days)
2163: What is the name of tackle number 7?
A: Runner
B: Inverted whip
C: Whip
D: Single purchase
2164: What provides the majority of strength to an aluminum-sided
container?
A: Corner fittings
B: Framework, primarily the corner posts
C: Framework and siding acting as a girder
D: Aluminum side and end panels
2165: The original Bill of Lading, once signed by the Master,
is NOT ________.
A: a receipt and proof that goods have been received on
board
B: surrendered to the customs agency of the country where
the cargo is discharged
C: used to transfer ownership of the cargo while the ship
is enroute
D: proof of title or ownership of the cargo
2166: A ballasted vessel sinks enroute to a drydock. Under
these circumstances, the vessel's owner can claim ________.
A: actual total loss
B: constructive total loss
C: general average
D: particular average
2167: Which statement concerning sweat damage in containers is
TRUE?
A: Sweat damage in containers is unusual due to the small
enclosed volume of air.
B: In general, containerized hygroscopic cargoes are the only
ones subject to sweat damage.
C: Containers should be ventilated, dehumidified, or the
contents physically protected against sweat damage.
D: Sweat damage is not a problem except in insulated and
refrigerated containers.
2168: What is the name of tackle number 6?
A: Triple purchase
B: Clew garnet tackle
C: Boat falls
D: Threefold purchase
2169: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 8?
A: 3.0
B: 1.5
C: 1.0
D: 0.5
2170: Your vessel is disabled and in imminent danger of grounding
on a lee shore. The Master agrees to salvage services using
Lloyd's Standard Form of Salvage Agreement. Which is TRUE?
A: The salvage award will be decided by suit in Admiralty
Court.
B: The salvage service is on a "no cure-no pay" basis.
C: Underwriters will repudiate the agreement if it is
unsuccessful, due to their increased liability.
D: The salvor becomes the owner of the vessel until the
salvage award, if any, is paid.
2171: The order of importance in addressing damage control is
_____________.
A: control flooding, control fire, repair structural damage
B: restore vital services, control fire, control flooding
C: control fire, restore vital services, control flooding
D: control fire, control flooding, repair structural damage
2172: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale cubic of 52,000 cu.
ft. You will load a cargo of cases, each weighing 380 lbs.
and measuring 3 ft. x 2 ft. x 2 ft. The estimated broken
stowage is 15%. How many tons of cases can be loaded?
A: 137 tons
B: 161 tons
C: 625 tons
D: 969 tons
2173: What is the name of tackle number 5?
A: 3-2 purchase
B: Double luff tackle
C: Two-fold purchase
D: Four-fold whip
2174: A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan to discharge
cargo. While awaiting completion of the cargo operation,
the vessel contracts with a local shipyard to have the hull
chipped, scaled, and painted. How is the cost of this
maintenance handled with the Collector of Customs?
A: A declaration is required and duty is involved on the total
cost.
B: No declaration is required since this is considered routine
maintenance.
C: A declaration is made and duty is charged on the materials
only.
D: A declaration is made, but duty is charged on the labor
only.
2175: Which is a negotiated charter?
A: Fixture
B: Bill of Lading
C: Conference agreement
D: All of the above
2176: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the hogging numeral.
A: 91.42 numeral
B: 85.60 numeral
C: 79.23 numeral
D: 74.73 numeral
2177: Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a
stack of containers with non-locking fittings, lashings are
required when the tier exceeds what height?
A: Lashings are always required
B: One container
C: Two containers
D: Three containers
2178: Segregation of cargoes refers to _____.
A: separating cargoes so that the inherent characteristics
of one cannot damage the other
B: separating cargoes by destination
C: classifying cargoes according to their toxicity
D: listing the cargoes in order of their flammability
2179: A design modification of an anchor chain which prevents
kinking is the ______________________.
A: detachable link
B: stud link
C: Kenter link
D: connecting link
2180: The weight of the container and its contents is supported on
deck by what part(s)?
A: Four lower corner castings
B: Bottom, side, and end rails
C: Bottom flooring, side, and end rails
D: Bottom flooring only
2181: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the
______.
A: course per magnetic steering compass
B: gyro error
C: variation
D: maximum rudder angle previously used
2182: What is the name of tackle number 4 in illustration DO29DG?
A: Double whip
B: Luff tackle
C: Two-fold purchase
D: 2-2 tackle
2183: The fo'c'sle card _________________.
A: is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency
stations
B: designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage
C: is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Document
D: lists the crew's conditions of employment
2184: The lashings of a stack of containers with interlocking
fittings restrain the forces that cause _______________.
A: toppling
B: racking
C: buckling
D: crushing
2185: You are using tackle number 7 to lift a weight of 100 lbs.
If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to
lift the weight?
A: 200 lbs.
B: 150 lbs.
C: 110 lbs.
D: 55 lbs.
2186: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 7?
A: 0.0
B: 0.5
C: 1.0
D: 2.0
2187: You are using tackle number 10 to lift a weight. The hauling
part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle
number 5. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig?
2188: The forecastle card is a(n) ___________.
A: quarters allocation
B: station bill
C: unlicensed shipping card from the union
D: copy of the shipping agreement
2189: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn you
take the ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results shown. Based on this information, what is the
transfer for a turn of 75ø?
A: 340 yards (306 meters)
B: 280 yards (252 meters)
C: 230 yards (207 meters)
D: 190 yards (171 meters)
2190: What is the name of tackle number 3?
A: 1-2 purchase
B: Gun tackle
C: Single luff tackle
D: Double whip
2191: A wooden deck installed on top of the plating lettered N is
known as ______________.
A: spar decking
B: furring
C: ceiling
D: flooring
2192: The part of a windlass which physically engages the chain
during hauling or paying out is the _______________.
A: devil's claw
B: bull gear
C: wildcat
D: cat head
2193: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an
isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed
in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is the
tactical diameter of the turning circle?
A: 755 yards
B: 780 yards
C: 820 yards
D: 880 yards
2194: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 6?
A: 6.0
B: 5.5
C: 5.0
D: 3.0
2195: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an
isolated light while making a turn. The results are as
listed. Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn
of 180ø?
A: 745 yards
B: 770 yards
C: 840 yards
D: 890 yards
2196: You are using tackle number 10 to lift a weight. The hauling
part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle
number 4. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig?
2197: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of
people required aboard, and the qualifications of each, is
listed on the ___________.
A: Crew list
B: Fo'c'sle card
C: Certificate of Inspection
D: Articles of Agreement
2198: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you
take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results as shown. Based on this information, what is the
transfer for a turn of 90²?
A: 355 yards
B: 380 yards
C: 410 yards
D: 455 yards
2199: What is the name of tackle number 2?
A: Whip
B: Onefold purchase
C: Single purchase
D: Gun tackle
2200: When rigging a guy and preventer properly, the guy should
be _________________.
A: less taut than the preventer
B: slightly more taut than the preventer
C: much more taut than the preventer
D: exactly equal in length to the preventer
2201: When referring to dry bulk cargoes, the term "flow state"
_________.
A: designates the state of a commodity when the ship is heeled
past the angle of repose
B: relates to the suitability of loading a cargo by flowing
down inclined chutes
C: refers to the saturation of a dry bulk product with water to
the point where it acts as a liquid
D: relates to the minimum granule size of a particular product
where it will flow like a liquid at an angle of 30ø
2202: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact.
Which precedence will you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: Z (FLASH)
2203: A Chinese stopper (two lines) will hold best when you _____.
A: fasten the bitter ends to the mooring line with half hitches
B: twist the ends together and hold them in the direction of
the pull
C: twist the ends together and hold them in the direction
opposite to the pull
D: twist the ends together and hold them at right angles to the
mooring line
2204: While writing in the logbook at the end of your watch,
you make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper
way of correcting this error?
A: Blot out the error completely and rewrite the
entry correctly.
B: Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite
it correctly.
C: Cross out the error with a single line, write the
correct entry, and initial it.
D: Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries
on a clean page.
2205: On the fully containerized ship, approximately one-third or
more of the cargo is on deck above the rolling center. Top
stowed containers are subject to _________________.
A: accelerations greater than on conventional vessels
B: accelerations less than on conventional vessels
C: accelerations the same as on conventional vessels
D: no accelerations
2206: You are using tackle number 6 in illustration DO29DG to lift
a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the
weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the
hauling part required to lift the weight?
A: 80 lbs.
B: 69 lbs.
C: 55 lbs.
D: 50 lbs.
2207: Repair of vital machinery and services should start _______.
A: after control of fire, flooding, and structural repairs
B: immediately
C: after control of fire, but before control of flooding
D: after stability is restored
2208: Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a
stack of containers with twist locks, lashings are required
when the tier exceeds what height?
A: Lashings are always required
B: One container
C: Two containers
D: Three containers
2209: Certain cargoes must be segregated because of their ______.
A: inherent characteristics
B: weight
C: destination
D: danger to humans
2210: What is NOT a problem area when loading barges on a LASH
type vessel?
A: Frequent stability calculations required
B: Thorough pre-planning required
C: Limiting depths alongside berths restrict barge drafts
D: Minimum trim and 0ø list are required for optimum
operations
2211: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of
tackle number 5?
A: 2.0
B: 4.0
C: 5.0
D: 5.5
2212: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an
isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed
in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is the
advance for a turn of 30²?
A: 380 yards
B: 420 yards
C: 470 yards
D: 525 yards
2213: You are using tackle number 6 to lift a weight. The hauling
part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle
number 8. Disregarding friction, what is the mechanical
advantage of this rig?
2214: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you
take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results as shown. Based on this information, what is the
advance for a turn of 90ø?
A: 820 yards
B: 870 yards
C: 930 yards
D: 975 yards
2215: Given a dry bulb temperature of 78øF and wet bulb
temperature of 66.5øF, the dew point is __________________.
A: 47.0øF
B: 51.5øF
C: 59.0øF
D: 70.0øF
2216: What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of
tackle number 4?
2217: The knot lettered P is a __________.
A: rolling hitch
B: clove hitch
C: round turn and two half hitches
D: marline hitch
2218: If reefer spaces are not properly cleaned prior to loading
cargo, it will most likely cause _____________________.
A: mold to develop on commodities
B: malfunction of the refrigeration equipment
C: contamination of the insulation in the space
D: All of the above
2219: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight of 300 lbs.
If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to
lift the weight?
A: 50 lbs.
B: 75 lbs.
C: 90 lbs.
D: 112 lbs.
2220: The load chart of a crane enables the operator to combine
the load radius with boom length to determine the ________.
A: maximum counter weight required
B: minimum horsepower required
C: hoist rope strength
D: allowable load
2221: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight. The hauling
part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of
tackle number 8. What is the mechanical advantage of this
rig?
2222: The lower seam of the strake indicated by the letter B is
sometimes riveted. This is done to _____________.
A: increase the strength in a highly stressed area
B: provide the flexibility inherent in a riveted seam
C: serve as a crack arrestor and prevent hull girder failure
D: reduce construction costs
2223: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 3?
2224: When improperly tied, which knot shown is called a granny or
thief's knot?
2225: Which knot should be used to secure a line to a spar when
the pull is perpendicular to the spar?
2226: The knot lettered O is a ______.
A: timber hitch
B: barrel hitch
C: carrick bend
D: blackwall hitch
2227: You are using tackle number 4 in illustration DO29DG to lift
a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the
weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the
hauling part required to lift the weight?
A: 20 lbs.
B: 30 lbs.
C: 42 lbs.
D: 57 lbs.
2228: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an
isolated light while making a turn. The results are listed.
Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn of 60ø?
A: 140 yards (126 meters)
B: 180 yards (162 meters)
C: 225 yards (203 meters)
D: 270 yards (243 meters)
2229: You are using tackle number 5 to lift a weight. The hauling
part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook of tackle
number 9. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig?
2230: What is the name of tackle number 1?
A: Whip
B: One-fold purchase
C: Gun tackle
D: Runner
2231: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 2?
A: 0.5
B: 1.0
C: 2.0
D: 3.0
2232: The MAIN use of the knot lettered M is to ______________.
A: marry two hawsers
B: form a temporary eye in the end of a line
C: secure a heaving line to a hawser
D: provide a seat for a man to work over the side
2233: The knot lettered N in illustration DO30DG is a _________.
A: timber hitch
B: rolling bowline
C: stopper
D: heaving line hitch
2234: Keeping certain cargoes separated because of their inherent
characteristics is known as ___________________.
A: overstowage
B: segregation
C: spot loading
D: cargo typing
2235: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you
take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results as shown. Based on this information, what is the
advance for a turn of 75ø?
A: 800 yards (720 meters)
B: 860 yards (774 meters)
C: 910 yards (819 meters)
D: 955 yards (860 meters)
2236: Another name for the garboard strake is the ___________.
A: A strake
B: Z strake
C: side keel plate
D: stringer plate
2237: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb
temperature is 76² and the wet bulb temperature is 59², what
is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 34%
B: 47%
C: 76%
D: 79%
2238: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 12 feet
after a sector of 60² has been removed?
A: 18.85 square feet
B: 75.40 square feet
C: 94.25 square feet
D: 376.99 square feet
2239: You are using tackle number 3 to lift a weight of 120 lbs.
If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to
lift the weight?
A: 52 lbs.
B: 49 lbs.
C: 40 lbs.
D: 27 lbs.
2240: What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 1?
A: 0.5
B: 1.0
C: 1.5
D: 2.0
2241: The letter M indicates a(n) ________.
A: web frame
B: intercostal
C: stringer
D: cant frame
2242: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 21 feet
after a sector of 120² has been removed?
A: 115.45 ft.
B: 230.91 ft.
C: 461.81 ft.
D: 923.63 ft.
2243: You are using tackle number 4, as shown, to lift a weight.
The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook
of tackle number 11. What is the mechanical advantage of
this rig?
2244: If you are loading fruit in reefer spaces and you notice
that the fruit is beginning to mold, you should __________.
A: carry the cargo at a cooler temperature than originally
planned
B: write up exceptions on the cargo
C: refuse to carry the cargo
D: discharge CO2 into the compartment after loading
2245: To determine the number of certificated lifeboatmen required
on a vessel, you should check the _______________.
A: Load Line Certificate
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
D: operations manual
2246: Cargoes that might leak from containers are known as ______.
A: dirty cargoes
B: caustic cargoes
C: wet cargoes
D: bulk cargoes
2247: The knot lettered M in illustration DO30DG is a __________.
A: stopper
B: lashing
C: becket bend
D: carrick bend
2248: A "wet cargo" refers to _____.
A: a cargo that will be damaged if it gets wet
B: bulk liquids
C: cargoes that will cause condensation
D: liquids in containers
2249: Which knot should be used to secure a line to a spar when
the pull is parallel to the spar?
2250: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking radar ranges and bearings of an isolated
light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based
on this data what is the transfer for a turn of 90ø?
A: 380 yards
B: 430 yards
C: 485 yards
D: 525 yards
2251: The letter I indicates the keel. Which
of the following plates is NOT part of the keel?
A: Center vertical keel
B: Rider plate
C: Longitudinal girder
D: Flat plate keel
2253: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 17 feet
after a sector of 57² has been removed?
A: 764.17 ft.
B: 190.66 ft.
C: 145.27 ft.
D: 36.85 ft.
2254: You are using tackle number 4 to lift a weight. The hauling
part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w) of tackle
number 10. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig?
2255: You are using tackle number 2 to lift a weight of 100 lbs.
If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to
lift the weight?
A: 50 lbs.
B: 55 lbs.
C: 60 lbs.
D: 110 lbs.
2256: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you
take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results shown in illustration D034DG. Based on this
information, what is the transfer for a turn of 180²?
A: 875 yards
B: 910 yards
C: 975 yards
D: 1015 yards
2257: "Cribbing" is ___________________.
A: wooden blocks or dunnage placed between a deck load and the
deck
B: the chains and shackles used to secure a deck cargo
C: a crate in which a deck cargo is packaged
D: cardboard separation pieces placed between deck loads to
prevent chafing
2258: The knot lettered L in illustration DO30DG is a _________.
A: square knot
B: double blackwall hitch
C: fisherman's bend
D: timber hitch
2259: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking radar ranges and bearings of an isolated
light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based
on this data what is the advance for a turn of 90ø?
A: 490 yards
B: 350 yards
C: 800 yards
D: 885 yards
2260: Cargo that gives off fumes that may contaminate other cargo
is known as a(n) _____________________.
A: delicate cargo
B: dirty cargo
C: toxic cargo
D: odorous cargo
2261: The machinery associated with heaving in and running out
anchor chain is the ______________________.
A: winch
B: windlass
C: draw works
D: dynamic pay out system
2262: Which statement about the carriage of solid hazardous
materials in bulk is TRUE?
A: A special permit issued by the Coast Guard is required
before the cargo is loaded.
B: The loading of the cargo must be conducted under the
direction and observation of a person employed or assigned
for that purpose.
C: A certificate issued by ABS will be accepted as evidence
that the vessel complies with all applicable loading
regulations.
D: The shipping papers must indicate the primary hazardous
characteristic or property of the material.
2263: You are using tackle number 1 in illustration DO29DG to lift
a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the
weight for each sheave for friction, what is the pull on the
hauling part required to lift the weight?
A: 50 lbs.
B: 55 lbs.
C: 100 lbs.
D: 110 lbs.
2264: When you "end for end" a wire rope, you _______________.
A: cut off the free end and bitter end of the rope
B: splice two wire ropes together
C: remove the wire rope from the drum and reverse it so that
the free end becomes the bitter end
D: remove the wire rope from the drum and turn it over, so the
wire bends in the opposite direction
2265: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you
take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results shown in illustration D034DG. Based on this
information, what is the transfer for a turn of 45²?
A: 130 yards
B: 165 yards
C: 195 yards
D: 230 yards
2266: Your vessel has been damaged and is partially flooded. The
first step to be taken in attempting to save the vessel is
to ___________________.
A: establish flooding boundaries and prevent further spread of
flood water
B: plug the hole(s) in the outer shell
C: pump out the water inside the vessel
D: calculate the free surface effect and lost buoyancy to
determine the vessel's stability
2267: The knot lettered K in illustration DO30DG is a _________.
A: sailmaker's whipping
B: carrick bend
C: barrel hitch
D: stopper
2268: The helm command "shift your rudder" means _____________.
A: check the swing of the vessel
B: double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
C: bring your rudder amidships
D: change from right rudder to left rudder, or vice versa, an
equal number of degrees
2270: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
ROUTINE willl be delivered within ___________.
A: 10 minutes if possible
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 3 hours to start of business the following day
2271: You are signing on a crew. You can determine the
minimum number and qualifications of the crew that you are
required to carry by consulting what document?
A: Crew list
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Articles of Agreement
D: Fo'c'sle card
2272: Which knot is secure only when there is a strain on the
line?
2273: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 4 feet after
a sector of 111² has been removed?
A: 3.90 ft.
B: 8.67 ft.
C: 34.77 ft.
D: 50.27 ft.
2274: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 30 minutes to 1 hour
C: 1 to 6 hours
D: 10 minutes if possible
2275: When inspecting wire rope before a hoisting operation, one
must look for _____________.
A: fishhooks
B: kinks
C: worn spots
D: All of the above
2276: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your
vessel by taking radar ranges and bearings of an isolated
light while making a turn. The results are as shown. Based
on this data what is the advance for a turn of 60ø?
A: 665 yards
B: 710 yards
C: 745 yards
D: 780 yards
2278: You will load and carry a bulk cargo of sulphur at ambient
temperature. Which statement is true?
A: Wooden covers must be laid over the bilge wells to prevent
the sulphur from entering the bilges.
B: Bulk sulphur may be carried without a special permit
providing the vessel complies with all applicable
regulations.
C: The major characteristic of this cargo is that it forms
sulfuric acid upon contact with water.
D: Other hazardous material may not be stowed in the same hold
as the sulphur but may be carried on deck above the hold.
2279: In plugging submerged holes; rags, wedges, and other
materials should be used in conjunction with plugs to
_____________.
A: reduce the water pressure on the hull
B: reduce the possibility of stress fractures
C: prevent progressive flooding
D: reduce the water leaking around the plugs
2280: You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering
characteristics of your vessel. While making a turn, you
take ranges and bearings of an isolated light with the
results shown in illustration D034DG. Based on this
information, what is the advance for a turn of 45ø?
A: 590 yards
B: 635 yards
C: 690 yards
D: 740 yards
2281: Your vessel has run hard aground in an area subject to
heavy wave action. Backing full astern failed to free her.
Which action should be taken next?
A: Continue backing to scour out the bottom.
B: Wait for high tide and then try backing.
C: Flood empty tanks to increase bottom pressure and prevent
inshore creep.
D: Shift weight aft to reduce the forward draft.
2282: Using the graph in illustration D008DG, if the dry bulb
temperature is 77² and the wet bulb temperature is 69², what
is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
A: 67%
B: 70%
C: 77%
D: 81%
2283: What is the area of a circle with a radius of 2 feet after
a sector of 86ø has been removed?
A: 2.39 ft.
B: 3.02 ft.
C: 9.55 ft.
D: 12.57 ft.
2284: In determining the scope of anchor line to pay out when
anchoring a small boat, one must consider the ___________.
A: charted depth of water only
B: depth of water, including tidal differences
C: type of line being used for the anchor rope
D: type of anchor being used
2285: While writing in the logbook at the end of your watch, you
make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper way
of correcting this error?
A: Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries
on a clean page.
B: Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite
it correctly.
C: Blot out the error completely and rewrite the
entry correctly.
D: Cross out the error with a single line, write the
correctentry, and initial it.
2286: Cargo that is highly susceptible to damage by tainting from
odorous cargo is called _____.
A: clean cargo
B: delicate cargo
C: dry cargo
D: immune cargo
2287: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
IMMEDIATE will be delivered within _________.
A: 30 minutes to 1 hour
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 3 hours to start of business the following day
D: 10 minutes if possible
2288: What will cause wire rope to fail?
A: Operating the winch too fast
B: Using a sheave 9 times the wire's diameter
C: Kinking
D: All of the above
2289: A seaman you have just discharged has a Continuous Discharge
Book. Which statement is TRUE?
A: A record of entry must be sent to the Coast Guard.
B: If the vessel was on coastwise articles, the record of
discharge will be made in the Official Logbook.
C: An entry should be made in the book and a Certificate of
Discharge issued to the seaman.
D: A Certificate of Discharge form should be attached to the
book.
2290: The sprocket teeth on a wildcat are known as the ________.
A: pawls
B: devil's claws
C: whelps
D: pockets
2291: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the _________.
A: Master must first request the Pilot to take corrective
action
B: Master should agree to sign a release of liability form
C: Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on
the present course
D: vessel must be in extremis
2292: The biggest problem encountered when towing bridle legs
are too short is _______________________.
A: retrieval
B: adjusting tension
C: excessive strain
D: hookup to main towline
2293: As defined in the regulations governing marine casualties a
"marine employer" may be the ___________.
A: owner
B: agent
C: Master
D: All of the above
2299: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry
cargoes of isophorone, ethylenediamine, and creosote. Which
of the following is TRUE?
A: All of these cargoes are compatible.
B: Isophorone is incompatible with ethylenediamine but may be
stowed adjacent to creosote.
C: All of these cargoes are incompatible.
D: Ethylenediamine is compatible with isophorone but both are
incompatible with creosote.
2300: In the stowage of deck cargo, "cribbing" is ____________.
A: placed on deck to support the cargo
B: separation pieces used to keep cylinders upright and steady
C: shims for stowing baled cargo
D: nets placed across the hatch opening to keep the cargo from
falling in the hatch
2301: In towing, chocks are used to _____.
A: protect the towline from chafing
B: secure the end of the towline on the tug
C: stop off the towline while retrieving it
D: absorb shock loading on the towline
2302: What is NOT required to be approved or certified by the
U.S. Coast Guard before being used on inspected vessels?
A: Lifesaving equipment that is in excess of the regulatory
minimum
B: Ship's stores that are Class A poisons or Class A explosives
C: Steel plate used in hull construction
D: EPIRBs
2303: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: P (PRIORITY)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: O (IMMEDIATE)
2305: Which will cause a wire rope to fail?
A: Using a medium graphite grease as a lubricant
B: Operating a winch too slow
C: Using a sheave with an undersized throat
D: A sheave diameter of 24 times the wire's diameter
2310: How do you determine the weight of the vessel that is
supported by the ground when a vessel has run aground?
A: This requires extensive calculation and is usually performed
only by a naval architect not by a ship's officer.
B: Determine the point where aground and the draft at that
point, then calculate it using the grounding formula.
C: Use the hydrostatic tables and enter with the mean draft
before grounding and the mean draft after grounding.
D: Use the inclining experiment formula and substitute the
change of trim for the angle of list.
2311: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH
will be delivered within _________.
A: 10 minutes if possible
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 3 hours to start of business the following day
2315: Which splice is used to connect two separate lines together?
A: Back splice
B: Chain splice
C: Eye splice
D: Long splice
2316: A lookout can leave his/her station _____.
A: at any time
B: at the end of the watch
C: 15 minutes before the end of the watch
D: ONLY when properly relieved
2321: Your vessel has run aground and is touching bottom for the
first one-quarter of its length. What is the LEAST
desirable method from the standpoint of stability to
decrease the bottom pressure?
A: Discharge forward deck cargo.
B: Pump out the forepeak tank.
C: Shift deck cargo aft.
D: Flood an after double-bottom tank.
2322: Fittings used for towing must be _____.
A: Coast Guard approved
B: stamped with maximum working loads
C: securely fastened
D: positioned exactly at the bow of the towed vessel
2325: Which line cannot be spliced?
A: Braided line with a hollow core
B: Double-braided line
C: Braided line with a solid core
D: Any line can be spliced
2335: When two lines are spliced together, _____________.
A: the size of the lines at the splice decreases
B: they are stronger than if knotted together
C: the overall strength of each line is increased
D: the bitter ends will resist rotting
2336: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest
time to a person who has fallen overboard is ______________.
A: engine(s) crash astern, no turn
B: two 180ø turns
C: a Williamson Turn
D: a single turn with hard rudder
2340: When topping the booms with a multiple-purchase topping
lift, as shown in illustration D002DG, which statement is
TRUE?
A: Heave on the bull rope until topped, pass the stopper, then
shackle in the bull chain.
B: Run the topping lift to a gypsyhead, heave until topped,
pass the stopper, take the lift to the cleat, and secure it.
C: Heave on the bull rope until topped and then shackle the
bull chain to the padeye.
D: Fairlead the topping lift to an unused gypsyhead, heave
around until topped, then stop it off at the gypsyhead.
2341: The grooved wheel inside a block is called a ____________.
A: cheek
B: gypsy
C: sheave
D: drum
2342: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat ended
cylindrical tank with a diameter of 3 feet and a length of
8 feet?
A: 1.62
B: 1.98
C: 3.23
D: 6.46
2343: When securing a hook to the end of a wire rope you should
use _____________.
A: a bowline knot
B: a long splice
C: an overhand knot with a wire rope clip
D: wire rope clips with a thimble eye
2344: An example of an anchor which has a stock is a __________.
A: Bruce anchor
B: Dunn anchor
C: Hook anchor
D: LWT anchor
2345: A splice that can be used in running rigging, where the line
will pass through blocks, is a ________________.
A: short splice
B: long splice
C: back splice
D: spindle splice
2346: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 11 feet?
A: 506.75 cubic ft.
B: 696.78 cubic ft.
C: 5,575.28 cubic ft.
D: 44,593.82 cubic ft.
2347: What is an advantage of having wire rope with a fiber core
over that of a wire rope of the same size with a wire core?
A: Fiber core rope offers greater strength.
B: Fiber core rope offers greater flexibility.
C: Fiber core rope can be used at higher operating
temperatures.
D: Fiber core rope is the only type authorized for cargo
runners.
2348: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry
cargoes of allyl alcohol, benzene, and propanolamine. Which
of the following is true?
A: All of these cargoes are mutually compatible.
B: Benzene may not be carried in a tank adjacent to either of
the other two cargoes.
C: Allyl alcohol is incompatible with propanolamine but both
are compatible with benzene.
D: Propanolamine is compatible with allyl alcohol but must be
segregated from benzene.
2349: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 7 feet?
A: 11,491.87 cubic ft.
B: 1,436.76 cubic ft.
C: 963.72 cubic ft.
D: 205.21 cubic ft.
2350: A temporary wire eye splice made with three wire rope clamps
will hold approximately what percentage of the total rope
strength?
A: 20%
B: 50%
C: 80%
D: 99%
2351: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 12 feet
after a sector of 86² has been removed?
A: 108.57 square ft.
B: 86.08 square ft.
C: 28.65 square ft.
D: 27.14 square ft.
2352: The recessed areas on a wildcat are called ______________.
A: pawls
B: sockets
C: pockets
D: devil's claws
2353: Which mooring line prevents sideways motion of a vessel
moored to a pier?
A: A line led forward from the bow
B: A line led aft from the bow
C: A line led in the same direction as the keel
D: A line led at a right angle to the keel
2354: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 21 feet
after a sector of 72² has been removed?
A: 277.09 square ft.
B: 149.43 square ft.
C: 69.27 square ft.
D: 52.78 square ft.
2355: The metal, teardrop-shaped object sometimes used within an
eyesplice is a __________.
A: grommet
B: reinforcement
C: splice form
D: thimble
2356: "Hard right rudder" means _______________.
A: jam the rudder against the stops
B: meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
C: put the rudder over to the right all the way
D: put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder
2358: Which is the heaviest grade of canvas?
A: No. 1
B: No. 5
C: No. 7
D: No. 12
2360: Splices made in nylon should ___________________.
A: be long splices only
B: have extra tucks taken
C: be short splices only
D: be around a thimble
2361: The BEST information on the nature and extent of damage to
the vessel is obtained from __________________.
A: alarms and monitoring devices
B: the engineroom watch
C: personnel at the scene of the damage
D: the bridge watch
2365: A six-strand composite rope made up of alternate fiber and
wire strands around a fiber core is called _____________.
A: spring lay
B: lang lay
C: cable lay
D: alternate lay
2366: To "shore up" the main deck for the stowage of deck cargo
means to _________________.
A: weld pad eyes on deck in proper position to secure the cargo
B: strengthen the main deck by placing pillars underneath it in
the tween-decks
C: distribute the weight of the cargo by placing fore-and-aft
planks on the main deck
D: package the cargo in wooden crates so it will not damage the
deck
2367: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 5 feet?
A: 4,188.00 cubic ft.
B: 523.60 cubic ft.
C: 129.62 cubic ft.
D: 65.44 cubic ft.
2375: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry
cargoes of ethanolamine, methyl acrylate, and glycerine.
Which statement is true?
A: All of these cargoes are mutually incompatible.
B: Glycerine may be stowed adjacent to methyl acrylate but must
be segregated from ethanolamine.
C: Methyl acrylate and ethanolamine are compatible but both
must be segregated from glycerine.
D: Glycerine is compatible with both of the other cargoes.
2376: A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location
would be most suitable for on-deck stowage of automobiles?
A: On top of #1 hatch
B: Beside the hatches, forward of the midships house
C: On top of the hatch immediately forward of the midships
house
D: On top of the hatch immediately aft of the midships house
2377: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with
a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the
damage to your vessel is not serious?
A: If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
B: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
C: Wait one week and submit form CG-2692 to the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
D: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
2384: What is the volume of a sphere with a radius of 3 feet?
A: 113.08 cubic ft.
B: 96.57 cubic ft.
C: 37.69 cubic ft.
D: 28.23 cubic ft.
2385: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry
cargoes of butyric acid, propylene oxide, and octyl alcohol.
Which statement is true?
A: Butyric acid is incompatible with octyl alcohol but not
propylene oxide.
B: Propylene oxide may not be stowed in a tank adjacent to
butyric acid.
C: All of these cargoes are compatible.
D: Octyl alcohol is incompatible with both butyric acid and
propylene oxide.
2386: A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location
would be most suitable for maindeck stowage of vehicles?
A: On top of #1 hatch
B: Beside the hatches, forward of the midships house
C: On top of the aftermost hatch on the vessel
D: On top of the hatch immediately aft of the midships house
2387: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 2 feet after
a sector of 60² has been removed?
A: 0.25 square ft.
B: 0.52 square ft.
C: 2.09 square ft.
D: 2.62 square ft.
2388: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 4 feet after
a sector of 120² has been removed?
A: 2.67 square ft.
B: 4.19 square ft.
C: 8.38 square ft.
D: 10.67 square ft.
2389: What is the area of a circle with a diameter of 17 feet
after a sector of 111² has been removed?
A: 36.94 square ft.
B: 156.99 square ft.
C: 226.98 square ft.
D: 627.47 square ft.
2390: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 20.4 lb.
steel measuring 4 feet by 6 feet.
A: 204.0 lbs.
B: 489.6 lbs.
C: 734.4 lbs.
D: 979.2 lbs.
2391: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 40.8 lbs.
steel measuring 3 feet by 5 feet.
A: 326.4 lbs
B: 453.6 lbs
C: 612.0 lbs
D: 1224.0 lbs
2392: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 12.75 lbs.
steel measuring 5 feet by 8 feet.
A: 510.00 lbs.
B: 255.00 lbs.
C: 198.89 lbs.
D: 165.75 lbs.
2393: Determine the weight of a rectangular piece of 25.5 lbs.
steel measuring 4.5 feet by 6.7 feet.
A: 285.6 lbs.
B: 329.7 lbs.
C: 591.2 lbs.
D: 768.8 lbs.
2394: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 3.5 feet
and a height of 4.0 feet.
A: 7.0 square ft.
B: 7.5 square ft.
C: 11.5 square ft.
D: 14.0 square ft.
2395: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 4.7 feet
and a height of 6.3 feet.
A: 29.6 square ft.
B: 26.2 square ft.
C: 18.5 square ft.
D: 14.8 square ft.
2396: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 5.8 feet
and a height of 2.1 feet.
A: 12.2 square ft.
B: 7.9 square ft.
C: 6.1 square ft.
D: 3.0 square ft.
2397: Determine the area of a triangle with a base of 6.7 feet
and a height of 9.1 feet.
A: 61.0 square ft.
B: 30.5 square ft.
C: 22.9 square ft.
D: 15.8 square ft.
2398: How many tons of salt water can be loaded into a flat-ended
cylindrical tank with a diameter of 4.5 feet and a length of
8 feet?
A: 1.82
B: 3.64
C: 7.27
D: 14.54
2399: You are standing wheel watch on entering port and the Master
gives you a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder
command from the Pilot. What should you do?
A: Obey the Pilot.
B: Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two
conflicting positions.
C: Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.
D: Obey the Master.
2400: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the
___________.
A: bow
B: outermost part of the ship while making the circle
C: center of gravity
D: tipping center
2450: Which statement is NOT true concerning precautions during
fueling operations?
A: All engines, motors, fans, etc. should be shut down when
fueling.
B: All windows, doors, hatches, etc. should be closed.
C: A fire extinguisher should be kept nearby.
D: Fuel tanks should be topped off with no room for expansion.
2451: A safety shackle is identified by its _______________.
A: shape
B: pin
C: certification stamp
D: color code
2452: Which is an advantage of using watertight longitudinal
divisions in double bottom tanks?
A: Cuts down free surface effect
B: Increases the rolling period
C: Decreases weight because extra stiffeners are unneeded
D: Lowers the center of buoyancy without decreasing GM
2453: On a ship's crane, the load chart relates the allowable
load to the combination of the boom length and ____________.
A: winch speed
B: boom strength
C: load radius
D: cable strength
2454: You are going astern (single-screw, right-handed propeller)
with the anchor down at a scope of twice the depth of the
water. As the anchor dredges, you should expect the ______.
A: stern to walk to the same side as the anchor being used
B: vessel to back in a straight line
C: stern to walk to port but at a reduced rate
D: stern to walk to port at a faster rate than normal
2455: The boom indicator on a crane will indicate the ________.
A: length of the boom
B: angle of the boom
C: lifting capacity of the boom
D: direction of the boom
2456: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?
A: Lacings
B: Lays
C: Strands
D: Twines
2458: A carling is used aboard ship ____________.
A: as a connecting strap between the butted ends of plating
B: to stiffen areas under points of great stress between beams
C: to prevent the anchor from fouling when the brake is
released
D: to provide an extra heavy fitting in a heavy lift cargo rig
2459: Tripping defects in anchors frequently occur in ________.
A: deep water
B: shallow water
C: stiff soils
D: soft soils
2460: You are operating a twin-screw vessel and lose your port
engine. You continue to operate on your starboard engine
only. Which action would you take to move your vessel ahead
in a straight line?
A: Compensate with right rudder.
B: Compensate with left rudder.
C: Surge the starboard engine.
D: Rudder amidships - no compensation is necessary on a
twin-screw vessel.
2461: In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make
an error in writing an entry. What is the proper way of
correcting this error?
A: Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it
correctly.
B: Cross out the error with a single line, write the correct
entry, and initial it.
C: Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry
correctly.
D: Remove this page of the log book and rewrite all entries on
a clean page.
2462: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?
A: Twines
B: Fibers
C: Lays
D: Lacings
2463: The crane manufacturer's load chart should be posted at or
near the _______________________________.
A: crane pedestal
B: wire rope locker
C: main deck
D: crane control console
2464: Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line?
A: Yarns
B: Twines
C: Lacings
D: Lays
2465: The inboard guy is indicated by which number in illustration
D002DG?
2466: The pillar shape that gives the greatest strength for the
least weight is the ___________.
A: octagonal pillar
B: "H" Beam pillar
C: "I" Beam pillar
D: circular type pillar
2469: While cranking out a quadrantal davit, slippage of the
quadrant due to excessive wear or failure of the teeth
in the quadrant will cause the _______________.
A: davit arm to pivot on the traveling nut and the head to fall
outboard
B: traveling nut to lock up in place on the worm gear
C: limit switch to engage and hold the traveling nut in
position
D: winch brake to lock in position and prevent lowering the
boat
2470: Which type of bottom provides most anchors with the best
holding ability?
A: Clay and rocks
B: Soft mud
C: Sandy mud
D: Soft sand
2471: To determine the number of able seamen required on an
inspected vessel, you should check the _____________.
A: Load Line Certificate
B: operations manual
C: Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
D: Certificate of Inspection
2472: A "liner" in riveted construction of a vessel is
a(n) __________.
A: small plate which fills the aperture between riveted strakes
and the vessel framing
B: backing plate which is used to level the strakes while
riveting, and then removed
C: internal frame to which the side shell is riveted
D: seam that is welded after riveting is completed
2473: At the outbreak of war your ship is caught in an enemy port.
Which statement is FALSE?
A: You should attempt to contact U.S. Consular officials.
B: You should attempt to clear for sea before your ship is
interned.
C: You should resist boarding by local officials.
D: You should try to send Ship Location Reports to the U.S.
National Shipping Authority.
2474: Generally speaking, the more destructive storms occurring on
the Great Lakes usually come from the _________________.
A: northeast or east
B: southwest or west
C: northwest or north
D: southeast or south
2475: The use of liners in riveted construction is eliminated by
using _____________.
A: lapped construction
B: strapped construction
C: joggled construction
D: belted construction
2478: A "contra-guide" is a type of ________.
A: bow thruster
B: cargo gear
C: steering engine
D: rudder
2479: Which type of weld testing can be used to detect internal
flaws?
A: Magnetic particle
B: Dye penetrant
C: Ultrasonic
D: Chemical reaction
2480: A Danforth lightweight anchor does NOT hold well in which
type of bottom?
A: Mud
B: Grass
C: Sand
D: Clay
2481: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact.
Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: P (PRIORTIY)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: O (IMMEDIATE)
2484: The type of joint formed when an edge of one plate is
laid over the edge of the plate to which it is riveted
is a ____________.
A: grip joint
B: strap joint
C: thread joint
D: lap joint
2486: Which weld fault can only be detected by a method that
examines the internal structure of a weld?
A: Undercut
B: Lack of reinforcement
C: Overlap
D: Lack of penetration
2488: A vessel is constructed with a steel hull and an aluminum
superstructure. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The aluminum will provide greater resistance to the spread
of fire by conduction.
B: The aluminum structure is usually attached to a steel
coaming by a method that insulates the two metals.
C: If the superstructure is stressed, an aluminum structure
requires additional expansion joints to prevent fracture.
D: The steel at the area of the aluminum-to-steel connection
must be closely checked for galvanic corrosion.
2489: A post, used to secure line or wire rope, consisting of a
single body and two protruding horns is called a __________.
A: bitt
B: bollard
C: capstan
D: cleat
2490: The best method of protecting that portion of a fiber anchor
line nearest the anchor from chafing on the bottom is
by _________.
A: using a small scope ratio
B: replacing that portion with a short length of chain
C: using a hockle to keep that portion of the anchor line off
the bottom
D: using a synthetic line
2491: Before being certified by the American Bureau of Shipping,
anchor chain must undergo _________________.
A: USCG inspection
B: a breaking test
C: x-ray inspection
D: spectroanalysis
2492: When a tug makes up to a large vessel, the spring line
should lead from the forwardmost part of the tug so that
______________.
A: friction on the spring line is minimized
B: the length of the spring line is minimized
C: the head line and spring line can be worked simultaneously
D: the tug can pivot freely
2493: Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in
bulk. The keel was laid in 1980. Which statement
concerning the carriage of this cargo is TRUE?
A: A flammable gas detection system must be installed in each
cargo pump room.
B: Tanks may not be located "on deck".
C: Carriage of this cargo is authorized by issuance of an IMO
Certificate.
D: Aluminum and copper alloys are prohibited from being in
valve parts in contact with the cargo.
2494: The major components which determine the length of a
catenary in a deployed anchor cable are water depth, cable
weight, and ________________.
A: cable tension
B: water temperature
C: bottom conditions
D: water density
2496: Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest is FALSE?
A: The manifest must be made up by the carrier, agents, and any
person designated for this purpose.
B: Shipments of hazardous and non-hazardous cargoes may be
listed on the manifest if they are destined for the same
consignee.
C: The manifest must be kept in a designated holder on or near
the bridge.
D: The hazard class of each cargo must be indicated.
2499: Single hull vessels operating exclusively on the Great Lakes
must be drydocked at intervals not to exceed ______________.
A: 12 months
B: 24 months
C: 48 months
D: 60 months
2500: Which part of an anchor actually digs into the bottom?
A: Stock
B: Fluke
C: Shank
D: Crown
2502: A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast by three long.
The towboat is faced up to the last barge of the center
string. The outer two strings of barges are the _________.
A: port and starboard strings
B: outer strings
C: drag strings
D: side strings
2504: A seaman may have all or part of his wages deposited by
allotment to a bank or savings institution. Which of the
following is NOT a requirement for this type of allotment?
A: The account must be either a checking or savings account.
B: The institution must be insured by the FSLIC or FDIC.
C: The account must be opened by the seaman and maintained
in the seaman's name.
D: All of the above are requirements.
2506: A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast and three long.
The towboat is faced up to the center string which is known
as the ____________.
A: middle string
B: tow string
C: power string
D: face string
2508: What is required to launch a boat stowed in a crescent
davit?
A: Hoist the boat clear of the cradle.
B: Release the outboard part of the cradle.
C: Rig the tricing lines.
D: Crank the crescent out.
2509: What is the purpose of cant frames in steel vessels?
A: To support the overhang of the stern
B: To provide strength to shell plating at the stern
C: To add strength to the deck beams which support the weather
decks
D: To support the plating of a cylindrical tank
2510: Mooring lines should be turned end-for-end occasionally.
This is because _________.
A: a line is weakened by constantly pulling on it in one
direction
B: normal wear on the line is thus distributed to different
areas
C: it prevents the line from kinking or unlaying
D: it prevents permanent misalignment of the line's internal
strands
2512: Ultrasonic testing is used to determine the thickness of
a vessel's shell plating and to __________.
A: provide tailshaft clearances
B: test welds for subsurface defects
C: check the wear of the rudder carrier bearing
D: test the links of the anchor cables while being ranged
2516: Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest is TRUE?
A: The manifest must be made up by the Master or other
designated ship's officer.
B: Shipments of hazardous and non-hazardous cargo may be listed
on the manifest if they are destined for the same consignee.
C: The manifest must be kept in a designated holder on or near
the bridge.
D: The type of label(s) required for each cargo must be
indicated.
2518: A jumbo barge measures ___________.
A: 175' by 26'
B: 195' by 35'
C: 225' by 42'
D: 255' by 52'
2519: If a passenger vessel navigating the Great Lakes is
required to carry 8 ring life buoys, how many of these
buoys must have water lights attached?
2520: When a line is spirally coiled about its end and lying flat
on deck, it is said to be _____.
A: coiled
B: faked
C: flemished
D: seized
2521: The period of roll is the time difference between ________.
A: zero inclination to full inclination on one side
B: full inclination on one side to full inclination on the
other side
C: full inclination on one side to the next full inclination on
the same side
D: zero inclination to the next zero inclination
2524: Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the
classification of a cargo is NOT correct?
A: Class 8
B: Division 3.1
C: Division 2.3
D: All of the above are incorrect
2528: What entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the
classification of a cargo is correct?
A: Class 8
B: Class 3 - flammable liquid
C: Division 2.2 - nonflammable gas
D: All of the above are correct
2529: Which condition would NOT entitle a vessel to carry goods
on deck?
A: The shipper agrees to deck stowage
B: The cargo will damage other cargoes by tainting or
contamination
C: Deck stowage is required by law or regulation
D: Deck stowage is customary in the trade (i.e. timber cargoes)
2530: Your vessel has gone aground in waters where the tide is
falling. The BEST action you can take is to _____________.
A: set out a kedge anchor
B: shift the vessel's load aft and repeatedly surge the
engine(s) astern
C: shift the vessel's load forward and wait until the next
high tide
D: slowly bring the engine(s) to full speed astern
2531: You must take a bow line from the bow of a large vessel that
is underway. In attempting to do so, your tug is caught
crossways ahead of the vessel (stemming). What is the
correct procedure to free your tug?
A: Stop engines and the vessel's wake will carry you around to
the bow
B: Full astern with rudder amidships
C: Full ahead with the rudder hard over toward the vessel
D: Full ahead with the rudder amidships
2532: For a given weight of cargo, the stress on the heel block of
a cargo boom ________________.
A: increases as the cargo closes the head while hoisting
B: increases if the cargo runner is doubled up
C: decreases as the boom is topped to a greater angle
D: is determined by the thrust stresses on the boom
2533: You should attach a towline to a trailer eye bolt using
a(n)______________.
A: eye splice
B: bowline
C: towing hitch
D: square knot
2534: Great Lakes vessels, using life rafts, must have sufficient
life raft capacity on each side of the vessel to accommodate
at least _____________.
A: 50% of the persons on board
B: 100% of the persons on board
C: 100% of the persons normally assigned to those spaces
D: 150% of the crew
2536: Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the
__________________.
A: payment of any fines imposed by the court
B: payment of back taxes to the IRS
C: support of a spouse
D: All of the above
2537: Small passenger vessels certified for operation on the Great
Lakes are required to have on board one ___________________.
(small passenger vessel regulations)
A: class A EPIRB
B: class C EPIRB
C: class S EPIRB
D: satellite EPIRB
2539: The distance between rivets in a row is known as the
____________.
A: arm
B: pitch
C: gage
D: rivet distance
2540: In small craft terminology, all of the anchor gear between a
boat and her anchor is called the __________.
A: stock
B: chock
C: scope
D: rode
2542: When loading containers into the cell guides in the hold of
a container ship, which statement is TRUE?
A: No further securing is usually required.
B: Containers must have vertical lashings if they do not have
twist lock securing.
C: All containers must have vertical and horizontal lashings.
D: The container must be locked into the cell guide.
2546: The dangerous cargo manifest does NOT indicate ___________.
A: the stowage location of hazardous material aboard the
vessel
B: a description of the packaging (drums, boxes, etc.)
C: UN identification numbers
D: the net weight of each hazardous cargo
2547: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
IMMEDIATE will be delivered within _________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 30 minutes to 1 hour
C: 1 to 6 hours
D: 10 minutes if possible
2548: What is the accepted standard for wire rope falls used in
connection with the lifeboat gear?
A: Six by seven galvanized wire rope
B: Six by twenty-four improved plow steel wire rope
C: Six by thirty-seven preformed fiber-core wire rope
D: Six by nineteen regular-lay filler wire rope
2549: An example of a modern anchor which has a stock is a(n)
____________________.
A: articulated anchor
B: Flipper Delta anchor
C: Baldt anchor
D: Danforth anchor
2550: When a small craft's anchor fouls in a rocky bottom, the
first attempt to clear it should be made by ____________.
A: hauling vertically on the line
B: making the line fast to the bitt and bringing the vessel
further forward
C: reversing the angle and direction of pull, with moderate
scope
D: increasing the scope and running slowly in a wide circle
with the anchor line taut
2551: What welding pattern is NOT used to permanently attach a
stiffener to a plate?
A: Chain intermittent
B: Tack
C: Continuous
D: Staggered intermittent
2552: When using a Mediterranean Moor, the vessel is moored with
her ___________.
A: bow to the pier
B: anchors crossed
C: anchor chains forward, side to the pier
D: stern to the pier
2553: The key to rescuing a man overboard is ________.
A: good equipment
B: a dedicated crew
C: well-conducted drills
D: good communication
2554: The welds used to attach stiffeners to a plate are known
as ______________.
A: butt welds
B: seam welds
C: fillet welds
D: plate welds
2556: The type of joint formed when a third small plate is riveted
over two plates butted together is called a ______________.
A: butted joint
B: lap joint
C: strap joint
D: stringer joint
2557: Which Naval Control of Shipping publication should be aboard
your vessel?
A: ATP-2 Vol. II - Allied Control of Shipping Manual
B: NWP-II - Underway Replenishment Guide
C: Warship Recognition Cards
D: ATP-1 - Allied Tactical Signals
2558: A sling is a device used in ____________________.
A: hoisting cargo aboard a vessel
B: hoisting personnel aboard a vessel
C: securing a small boat to a large vessel
D: hoisting the anchor
2559: A vessel in Great Lakes service shall carry anchors in
accordance with standards established by the ______________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: Canadian Coast Guard
C: U.S. Coast Guard
D: underwriter of the vessel
2560: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the hogging numeral.
A: 101.02 numeral
B: 91.36 numeral
C: 72.43 numeral
D: 52.60 numeral
2562: As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of
you, the strands run from the lower left to the upper right.
Which type of line is this?
A: Right-hand laid
B: Cable-laid
C: Sennet-laid
D: Water-laid
2564: The major components which determine the length of
catenary in a deployed anchor cable are water depth, cable
tension, and _____________.
A: environmental forces
B: bottom conditions
C: cable weight
D: water density
2566: The welds used to join shell plates in flush construction
are known as ___________.
A: butt welds
B: seam welds
C: fillet welds
D: continuous welds
2567: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the
___________________.
A: variation
B: gyro error
C: course per magnetic steering compass
D: maximum rudder angle previously used
2568: You are proceeding along the right bank of a narrow channel
aboard a right-handed single-screw vessel. The vessel
starts to sheer due to bank suction/cushion effect. You
should _____.
A: stop engines and put the rudder left full
B: back full with rudder amidships
C: decrease speed and put the rudder right full
D: increase speed and put the rudder right full
2569: When discharging an oil cargo, the first consideration is
to __________.
A: get the bow up
B: discharge from the wings first
C: discharge from the centerline tanks first
D: discharge from amidships first
2570: When a line is laid down in loose, looping figure-eights,
it is said to be _____.
A: faked
B: flemished
C: coiled
D: chined
2571: You will stop reporting to AMVER when ___________________.
A: under Full NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
B: under VNCS (Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping)
C: nuclear war is in progress whether the ship is in the danger
area or not
D: In all the above situations
2572: A tug would NOT assist a ship to steer if the tug is made
up to the large vessel _____________.
A: by a tow line ahead of the vessel
B: forward on either bow of the vessel
C: approximately amidships of the vessel
D: on the vessel's quarter
2574: You are proceeding down a channel and lose the engine(s).
You must use the anchors to stop the ship. Which statement
is true?
A: Pay out all of the cable before setting up on the brake to
insure the anchors dig in and hold.
B: For a mud, mud and clay, or sandy bottom pay out a scope of
5 to 7 times the depth before setting up on the brake.
C: Use one or both anchors with a scope of twice the depth
before setting the brake.
D: Drop the anchor to short stay and hold that scope.
2578: According to regulations when, if ever, may cargo hatches
on Great Lakes vessels, with more than 6 feet of freeboard,
be left uncovered or open while the vessel is being
navigated?
A: If a Mate deems it necessary for ship's maintenance
B: At the discretion of the Master, for reasonable purposes
C: On the authority of the Bosun
D: The hatch may never be uncovered
2579: Where are the test certificates, for wire rope used as cargo
runners, and loose gear certificates usually maintained?
A: With the Cargo Gear Register on the ship
B: In the Official Log
C: At the Coast Guard Marine Safety Office with the vessel's
inspection records
D: At the central records center of the agency testing the
cargo gear
2580: You want to double the strength of a mooring line by using
two lines. To accomplish this, the second line must _____.
A: be 1 1/2 times the diameter of the first
B: be married to the first
C: not cross the first
D: be of the same length
2581: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a
single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?
A: It pulls the stern toward the bank.
B: It heels the vessel toward the bank.
C: It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
D: It pulls the bow toward the bank.
2582: What is usually NOT required in preparing a hold for
reception of a bulk grain cargo?
A: Remove residue of previous cargo.
B: Remove loose rust and scale.
C: Steam clean areas obstructed by structural members.
D: Spray or fumigate any insect colonies.
2588: Rivets are usually made of _____________.
A: wrought-iron
B: aluminum
C: high-tensile steel
D: mild steel
2589: The angle at which the anchor flukes penetrate the soil is
the _________________.
A: burial angle
B: penetration angle
C: fluke angle
D: holding angle
2590: Which method of adjusting mooring lines is MOST useful for
leaving a boat free to rise and fall with the tide?
A: Crossing the spring lines
B: Slacking all forward running lines while keeping all after
running lines taut
C: Doubling up on spring or breast lines
D: Slacking bow and stern lines
2591: A tow astern is veering from side to side on its towline.
The best way of controlling the action is to _____________.
A: trim the tow by the bow
B: trim the tow by the stern
C: list the tow to windward
D: adjust the length of the towing bridle
2592: The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside
faces of the cargo battens, the lower side of the deck
beams, and the top of the tank top ceiling is known as the
_______.
A: gross tonnage
B: deadweight space
C: bale cubic
D: stowage area
2593: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your
vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been
consigned to voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. Further
information is contained in __________.
A: the Light List
B: Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
C: the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
D: the Coast Pilot
2594: Which is NOT an advantage of the flush method of welded
shell plating?
A: Reduces weight
B: Reduces frictional resistance
C: Keeps practically 100% of tensile strength at the joints
D: Reduces plate stress
2595: Yawing can be described as _______________.
A: jumping on the towline as the tow pitches
B: jumping on the towline as the tow slams into waves
C: veering from side to side on the end of the towline
D: corkscrew motion of the tow due to wave action
2596: A person who sees someone fall overboard should __________.
A: immediately jump into the water to assist the individual
B: call for help and keep the individual in sight
C: run to the radio room to send an emergency message
D: go to the bridge for the distress flares
2597: On a small boat, if someone fell overboard and you did not
know over which side the person fell, you should ______.
A: immediately reverse the engines
B: stop the propellers from turning and throw a ring buoy over
the side
C: increase speed to full to get the vessel away from the
person
D: first put the rudder hard over in either direction
2598: Where, due to the arrangement of the vessel, lifejackets
may become inaccessible, additional lifejackets shall be
carried ________________.
A: for the people on bridge watch
B: for the forward lifeboats
C: as determined by the OCMI
D: for 50% of the crew of the vessel, not including those
assigned to engineering duties
2599: When several salvors are on-scene at the same time to
assist a vessel that has not been abandoned, which principal
governs the decision as to which one's services will be
accepted?
A: The Master of the ship needing assistance has the absolute
right to decide.
B: The first salvor on-scene has the prior claim providing he
has adequate facilities to assist the vessel needing
assistance.
C: The salvors must agree to a division of any salvage among
themselves with the major share allotted to those doing the
most work.
D: The first salvor on-scene has the absolute right to provide
assistance; however, he is liable if the ship is lost due
to his lack of experience, equipment, etc.
2600: A smooth, tapered pin, usually of wood, used to open
up the strands of a rope for splicing is called a(n) ______.
A: batten
B: bench hook
C: awl
D: fid
2601: To determine the number of inflatable life rafts required on
a vessel, you should check the __________.
A: Load Line Certificate
B: SOLAS Certificate
C: Stability Letter
D: Certificate of Inspection
2602: As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of
you, the strands run from the lower right to the upper left.
Which type of line is this?
A: Plain-laid
B: Shroud-laid
C: Left-hand laid
D: Water-laid
2603: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine
casualty to the Coast Guard?
A: Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no
apparent damage.
B: You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no
apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
C: A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle,
requiring an ace bandage.
D: Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs
costing $19,000.
2604: The joint formed when two steel plates are placed end-to-end
is called a _________.
A: bevel
B: seam
C: butt
D: bond
2606: You are approaching the pilot station with the wind fine
on the starboard bow and making about 3 knots. You can help
to calm the seas by taking what action just before the pilot
boat comes along on the port side?
A: Backing full
B: Stopping the engines
C: Giving right full rudder
D: A short burst of ahead full with left full rudder
2607: Which statement is TRUE concerning lifeboat installations
on Great Lakes vessels?
A: All davit installations shall have 3 lifelines fitted to a
davit span.
B: All vessels over 3,000 gross tons must be fitted with
gravity davits.
C: All lifelines shall be able to reach the water at the
vessel's lightest draft with a 15ø list.
D: All of the above
2608: Most very large ocean going vessels, such as bulk carriers
and large tankers, tend to squat _________________.
A: by the bow
B: by the stern
C: at the end nearest the bottom
D: evenly fore and aft
2609: Which tanker discharge pattern would be the safest and
most efficient?
A: Empty the forward tanks and start working aft, emptying each
tank in sequence
B: Start discharging with most of the discharge coming from
forward, but include some from midships and after tanks
C: Start pumping from forward, midships, and aft with the
discharge distributed equally among the tanks
D: Start pumping from midships and then work forward and aft
simultaneously as the midships tank is emptied
2612: When using the anchor to steady the bow while approaching
a dock you must be aware of the fact that _______________.
A: the vessel will tend to take a large sheer towards the side
where the anchor is down
B: steering control is ineffective in trying to turn to the
side opposite to that of the anchor being used
C: the anchor cable must never lead under the hull
D: using an offshore anchor decreases the chances of the anchor
holding
2616: You are in charge of a towing vessel that operates
exclusively on inland waters. You regularly tow barges
that provide services (cargo lighters, fuel barges, etc.)
to foreign flag vessels in port. What will be
accepted as proper credentials for you and your crew?
A: No credentials are required since you operate on inland
waters only
B: Social Security card
C: State driver's license with photo ID
D: Merchant Mariner's Document
2617: The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people
affected by an accident if he or she can do so without
_____.
A: undue delay
B: serious danger to his or her own vessel
C: creating a panic on either vessel
D: further damaging the other vessel
2618: Due to the nature of a vessel's construction for a
particular trade, it does not fully comply with the
provisions of SOLAS. Where will this be indicated?
A: On the Exemption Certificate
B: On the reverse of the particular SOLAS certificate affected
C: On the face of the Certificate of Inspection
D: Nowhere; the vessel must comply to engage in international
trade.
2619: On the Great Lakes, the term "controlling depth" means the
____________.
A: designed dredging depth of a channel constructed by the
Corps. of Engineers
B: minimum amount of tail water available behind a dam
C: distance in units of the chart (feet, meters or fathoms)
from the reference datum to the bottom
D: least depth within the limits of the channel which restricts
the navigation
2622: You must shore up the collision bulkhead due to solid
flooding forward. The bulkhead approximates a triangle.
The center of pressure of the shores on the bulkhead
should be located _____.
A: evenly over the surface of the bulkhead
B: approximately one-half the height of the bulkhead
C: approximately one-third the height of the bulkhead
D: at the bottom of the bulkhead
2624: The certificate of loading required by each vessel carrying
grain in bulk is issued by the ________________.
A: owner or charterer of the vessel
B: American Bureau of Shipping
C: shipper of the cargo
D: National Cargo Bureau
2626: The "grip" of a joint represents the _____________.
A: thickness of the connected members
B: diameter of the head
C: entire length of the rivet
D: diameter of the shank
2629: Each open lifeboat carried on a vessel on an international
voyage must have ___________.
A: hand-propelling gear
B: a davit span with at least 2 lifelines
C: a mast and a sail
D: a motor
2632: The horizontal flat surfaces where the upper stock joins
the rudder are the ___________.
A: rudder keys
B: rudder palms
C: lifting flanges
D: shoes of the rudder
2636: When riveted joints occur at the ends of plating they are
called _____________.
A: trailers
B: terminals
C: seams
D: butts
2638: An inspected vessel, on an international voyage, must carry
which distress signals on or near the navigating bridge?
A: 12 hand-held red flares
B: 12 rocket parachute flares
C: 12 hand-held combination flares and orange smoke signals
D: 6 hand-held red flares, and 6 hand-held orange smoke signals
2639: A wooden plug fitted tightly in the vent of a damaged tank
may prevent the tank from _____________.
A: filling completely
B: developing free surface
C: developing free surface moment
D: collapsing
2642: Which line is two-stranded, left-handed small stuff?
A: Houseline
B: Marline
C: Ratline
D: Lagline
2644: The boat is stowed on the davit rather than on a cradle
with which type of davit?
A: Crescent
B: Sheath-screw boom
C: Quadrantal
D: Radial
2646: Which statement is true concerning repairs on the hull of a
vessel which is to be riveted and welded?
A: Riveting must be completed before welding begins.
B: Riveting and welding should be done alternately.
C: Welding must be completed before the riveting begins.
D: It does not matter in what order the operations are done.
2648: The smallest size of flaw that can be detected on a
radiograph examination of a weld will be indicated by
the ___________.
A: film speed
B: penetrometer
C: exposure reading
D: time of exposure
2649: Which type of weld testing can be used to detect internal
flaws?
A: Radiographic
B: Magnetic particle
C: Dye penetrant
D: Chemical reaction
2652: You are using the anchor to steady the bow while
maneuvering. You have the proper scope of anchor cable
when the _____.
A: bow is held in position with the engines coming slowly
ahead
B: anchor is just touching the bottom
C: scope is not more than 5 times the depth of the water
D: cable enters the water at an angle between 60ø and 85ø from
the horizontal
2656: What is an example of the term "Restraint of Rulers,
Princes, or Peoples" in a marine insurance policy?
A: A prohibition from loading a cargo from a country
when the cargo may be a carrier of infectious diseases.
B: Arrest of a vessel by legal authorities to satisfy claims
through exercise of a maritime lien.
C: Damage caused by riot of the population of a port.
D: Losses caused by fines from polluting the harbor after
malfunction of a piping system.
2658: A Kip is equal to ______________________.
A: 1000 lbs.
B: 1000 kgs.
C: 2000 lbs.
D: 2240 lbs.
2659: The shearing stresses on a ship's structure are usually
greatest at _____.
A: the bow
B: the stern
C: midships
D: the ship's quarter-length points
2662: What will NOT increase friction of a liquid flowing in a
pipe and cause a loss of suction head?
A: Bends in the piping
B: Slowing the pumping rate
C: Pipeline valves
D: Backing rings for pipe welds
2664: You must shore up a bulkhead due to solid flooding forward.
The bulkhead approximates a rectangle. The center of
pressure of the shores on the bulkhead should be located
_____.
A: evenly over the surface of the bulkhead
B: approximately one-half the height of the bulkhead
C: approximately one-third the height of the bulkhead
D: at the bottom of the bulkhead
2666: On the Great Lakes, short-term fluctuations in water levels
may be a result of any of the following EXCEPT _________.
A: strong winds
B: sudden changes in barometric pressure
C: seiches
D: below normal rain fall
2672: The term "scantlings" refers to the __________.
A: draft of a vessel
B: measurements of structural members
C: requirements for ship's gear
D: placement of a vessel's loadline
2674: You operate a towing vessel on inland waters exclusively.
If you regularly service or contact foreign flag vessels
in the course of business, which statement is TRUE?
A: Your vessel must be inspected.
B: Your crew must have identification credentials.
C: A customs official must be on board when contacting a
foreign flag vessel.
D: All contacts with a foreign flag vessel must be reported
to the U.S. Coast Guard.
2676: Who cannot commit the crime of barratry?
A: Master
B: Ship's officer(s)
C: Ship's unlicensed crewmember(s)
D: Ship owner
2679: Great Lakes cargo vessels, having a liferaft stowed more
than 100 meters from the bow or stern, must have at least
how many life rafts?
A: One
B: Two
C: Three
D: Four
2682: What term describes a three-strand rope laid up right- or
left-handed?
A: Soft-laid
B: Hard-laid
C: Sennet-laid
D: Hawser-laid
2684: Which statement about bilge keels is CORRECT?
A: They are critical strength members and require
careful design consideration.
B: They increase resistance to rolling.
C: They attach to a low stress area.
D: They provide support when the vessel is drydocked.
2688: What would have the greatest affect on a vessel's
longitudinal strength?
A: Collision damage to the bow, forward of the collision
bulkhead
B: Grounding damage to the bilge strake, just aft of midships
C: Extensive corrosion to the centerline deck plating
D: Damage to the side shell, midway between the bilge and the
stringer plate
2689: After riveting is completed, the joints on the shell of a
vessel are generally made watertight by ______________.
A: faying
B: caulking
C: felt or canvas packing
D: red lead
2690: When must the Master of a vessel log the position of
load line marks in relation to the surface of the water in
the Official Logbook?
A: Once a day
B: At the change of every watch
C: Only when in fresh or brackish water
D: Prior to getting underway
2692: Your vessel is on a voyage from Ogdensburg, NY, to Chicago,
IL, via the Great Lakes. The date is October 3 of the
current year. If your vessel is subject to the load line
requirements, to which of her marks should she be loaded?
A: Fresh water - Winter
B: Salt water - Intermediate
C: Fresh water - Intermediate
D: Salt water - Winter
2694: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the
___________.
A: gyro error
B: course per magnetic steering compass
C: variation
D: maximum rudder angle previously used
2696: You are on a power-driven vessel proceeding down a channel,
with the current, on a river on the Great Lakes System. If
you meet another power-driven vessel who is upbound, your
responsibilities include _________________.
A: backing down to get out of the way of the other vessel
B: waiting for the other vessel to signal her intentions, and
then answering promptly
C: proposing a safe way to pass
D: All of the above
2699: The thickness of a 30.6 lbs. plate is __________.
A: 3/8"
B: 1/2"
C: 3/4"
D: 1"
2702: How long is the standard container used to measure
equivalent units?
A: 10 feet (3 meters)
B: 20 feet (6 meters)
C: 35 feet (11 meters)
D: 40 feet (12 meters)
2704: The legs of a tow bridle are joined together with a _______.
A: bridle plate
B: shackle
C: fishplate
D: tri-link
2706: Which type of davit is not considered to be a mechanical
davit?
A: Sheath-screw boom
B: Radial
C: Crescent
D: Quadrantal
2707: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local
Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?
A: Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is
pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
B: A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
C: Your vessel strikes a pier and does $(SA)1,500 damage to the
pier but no damage to the vessel.
D: A nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and
kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
2708: Which statement is TRUE with respect to the load line
markings shown.
A: A vessel displaying these marks may load in the salt waters
of the St. Lawrence River.
B: Vessels engaged solely on Great Lakes voyages are not
required to show these marks.
C: U.S. flag vessels less than 100 feet in length and less
than 200 gross tons are not required to show these marks.
D: U.S. flag vessels of 100 gross tons and upward must show
these marks.
2709: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should
indicate that she is ready to cast off the towline
by ______________.
A: displaying code letter "Y" (Yankee)
B: sounding five short blasts on his whistle
C: displaying code numeral "5"
D: sounding one prolonged blast on his whistle
2710: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide,
diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product
tankship. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks
and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
B: Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having
a common header vent.
C: Diisopropylamine must be separated from carbon disulfide by
two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.)
D: A tank of carbon disulfide may be used to separate a tank of
pyridine from a tank of diisopropylamine.
2712: Which two Great Lakes are considered hydraulically as one?
A: Lakes Superior - Huron
B: Lakes Michigan - Huron
C: Lakes Erie - St. Clair
D: Lakes Erie - Ontario
2714: The major components which determine the length of catenary
in a deployed anchor cable are cable tension, cable weight,
and _____________.
A: water density
B: bottom conditions
C: environmental forces
D: water depth
2716: A channel is stated as having a controlling depth of 38
feet. Which statement is TRUE?
A: At least 80% of the channel is cleared to the charted depth.
B: At least 50% of the channel is cleared to the charted depth.
C: 100% of the channel width is clear to 38 feet.
D: The sides of the channel conform to at least 50% of the
controlling depth.
2718: On Great Lakes vessels, midsummer load lines apply ________.
A: April 16 through April 30 and September 16 through
September 30
B: May 1 through September 15
C: July 16 through August 30
D: June 16 through September 16
2719: Which publication would give detailed information on the
commercial vessel traffic reporting system for
connecting waters from Lake Erie to Lake Huron?
A: United States Coast Pilot - Great Lakes #6
B: U.S. Coast Guard Light List - Vol. VII
C: Code of Federal Regulations - Title 33
D: The appropriate Great Lakes Navigation Chart
2722: "Limber" is a term associated with ___________.
A: emergency gear
B: drainage
C: deck cargo storage
D: securing gear
2726: The lifeboats on your vessel are stowed on cradles on deck
and are handled by sheath-screw boom davits. Which of the
following statements about launching a boat is TRUE?
A: The boat should be hoisted a few inches clear of the cradle
before cranking out the davits.
B: The inboard gripes should be cast off before the outboard
gripes.
C: The outboard section of the cradle must be released.
D: The tricing pendants will automatically bring the boat
alongside at the embarkation deck.
2729: The load line markings shown are inscribed on the vessel's
_____________.
A: port side
B: starboard side
C: port and starboard sides
D: stern
2732: Flanking rudders effect a vessel's heading because of the
______________.
A: effect of the propeller flow on the rudders
B: water flow due to the vessel's movement through the water
C: tunnel affect of the water flow past opposing rudders
D: discharge current being channeled to impinge on the vessel's
deadwood
2734: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability book to determine the hogging
numeral.
A: 98.23 numeral
B: 95.70 numeral
C: 84.46 numeral
D: 81.37 numeral
2735: Periodic surveys to renew the load line assignment must be
made at intervals NOT exceeding _______________.
A: 18 months
B: two years
C: three years
D: five years
2736: Distances on the Great Lakes System are generally expressed
in ______________.
A: miles above the entrance to the St. Lawrence Seaway (MASLW)
B: miles above the head of the passes (AHP)
C: nautical miles
D: statute miles
2738: Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Michigan via
the Straits of Mackinac and is proceeding south to Chicago.
Which statement is TRUE with respect to the aids to
navigation you will encounter along this route?
A: Aids to navigation are serviced jointly by the U.S. and
Canadian Coast Guard.
B: Red buoys should be passed down your starboard side.
C: Green buoys mark the location of wrecks or obstructions
which must be passed by keeping the buoy on the right hand.
D: All solid colored buoys are numbered, the red buoys bearing
odd numbers and green buoys bearing even numbers.
2739: What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship
Radiotelegraphy or Radiotelephony Certificate?
A: 6 months
B: 12 months
C: 24 months
D: 60 months
2742: The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside
of the side shell, the underside of the deck, and the tank
top is known as the ____________.
A: gross tonnage
B: deadweight space
C: measurement space
D: grain cubic
2744: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would
display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "I"
(India) to signify that "___________________".
A: I am altering my course to starboard
B: I am altering my course to port
C: I am operating astern propulsion
D: My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2745: While standing look-out at night, a dim light on the horizon
will be seen quickest by looking ______.
A: a little above the horizon
B: directly towards the light
C: a little below the horizon
D: quickly above then quickly below the horizon
2746: Which of the Great Lakes experiences the least amount of
water level fluctuation between seasonal high and low
water marks?
A: Lake Huron
B: Lake Erie
C: Lake Superior
D: Lake Michigan
2748: The Lake Carriers Association and the Canadian
Shipowners Association prescribe separation routes for
upbound and downbound vessels on the Great Lakes. The
recommended courses for these routes are shown on the Great
Lakes Charts in the form of __________________.
A: red or magenta figures over a segmented course line track
B: red figures over a solid course line track
C: black figures over a segmented course line track
D: green figures over a solid course line track
2752: Which is a correct reply to a Pilot's request, "How's your
head?"
A: "Passing 040ø"
B: "Steady"
C: "Checked"
D: "Eased to 15ø rudder"
2754: Which statement is TRUE concerning vessels over 1600 gross
tons certificated for service solely on the Great Lakes?
A: They must have magnetic compasses.
B: They must have gyro compasses.
C: They must carry a deep-sea hand lead.
D: All of the above statements are TRUE.
2759: Which of the Great Lakes is most affected by short-term
Lake level fluctuations?
A: Lake Superior
B: Lake Michigan
C: Lake Huron
D: Lake Erie
2760: When the wave period and the apparent rolling period are the
same _______________.
A: synchronous rolling occurs
B: roll period decreases
C: roll period increases
D: roll amplitude is dampened
2761: A short ton is a unit of weight consisting of ____________.
A: 1,000 pounds
B: 2,000 pounds
C: 2,205 pounds
D: 2,240 pounds
2762: Which vessel is exempt from the load line and marking
requirements for vessels operating on the Great Lakes
System?
A: A 300 GT tank barge operating exclusively on Lake Michigan
B: A 200 GT passenger vessel operating between Duluth, MN and
Munising, MI
C: A 79-foot, 150 GT pleasure craft operating on the
St. Lawrence River
D: A 500 GT dry cargo river barge operated continuously between
Calumet Hbr Chicago, IL and Burns Hbr, IN
2763: When a merchant vessel is under the control of the Naval
Control of Shipping Organization in wartime, naval
authorities may give orders pertaining to ___________.
A: minimum manning standards
B: regulations about darkening ship
C: the stowage of explosives
D: the types of cargoes permitted on board
2768: Which of the Great Lakes lies entirely within the United
States?
A: Lake Ontario
B: Lake St. Clair
C: Lake Michigan
D: Lake Superior
2769: You will be advised of any hazardous areas due to the
fallout of a nuclear explosive by a message with the code
word _____________.
A: MERWARN
B: NUCLEAR
C: FALLOUT
D: FALLWARN
2772: The Coordinator Surface Search (CSS) in a SAR situation
should display by night ______________.
A: deck lights forward and aft
B: a white light over two red lights
C: a red light, white light, and blue light in a vertical line
D: a distinctive signal promulgated by the CSS
2774: There are basically three categories of water level
fluctuations on the Great Lakes. What is NOT included as
one of these?
A: Long range fluctuations
B: Controlled outflow fluctuations
C: Seasonal fluctuations
D: Short period fluctuations
2776: How are aids to navigation on the Great Lakes arranged
geographically?
A: In a westerly and northerly direction, except on Lake
St. Clair
B: In an easterly and southerly direction, except on Lake Erie
C: In a westerly and northerly direction, except on Lake
Michigan
D: In an easterly and southerly direction, except on the New
York State Barge Canal
2778: Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Erie by way
of the Welland Canal and is proceeding in a southwesterly
direction. Which statement about the aids to navigation you
can expect to encounter along the route is TRUE?
A: The characteristics of buoys and other aids are as if
"returning from seaward" when proceeding in this direction.
B: All aids are maintained by the U.S. Coast Guard, 9th
Coast Guard District, Cleveland, Ohio.
C: All red even-numbered buoys should be kept on your port side
when proceeding in this direction.
D: Lighted aids, fog signals, and radiobeacons maintained by
Canada are not included in the Great Lakes Light List.
2782: What is a wet cargo?
A: A liquid cargo carried in the deep tanks
B: A canned or bottled liquid such as beer
C: A cargo that contains hygroscopic moisture
D: A cargo particularly susceptible to damage by moisture
2783: The effect of ocean current is usually more evident on a tug
and tow than on a tug navigating independently because the
_________________.
A: speed of the tug and tow is less
B: towline catches the current
C: current causes yawing
D: current will offset the tow
2784: Which of the Great Lakes generally has the shortest
navigation season?
A: Lake Erie
B: Lake Huron
C: Lake Michigan
D: Lake Superior
2785: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not
require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you
assign this message?
A: P (PRIORTIY)
B: R (ROUTINE)
C: O (IMMEDIATE)
D: Z (FLASH)
2788: What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety
Equipment Certificate?
A: 6 months
B: 12 months
C: 24 months
D: 60 months
2789: Your vessel is approaching the International Bridge on the
St. Marys River. If the gage on the bridge, read from top
to bottom, indicates 124 ft. and the IGLD (1955) is 600 ft.,
determine the actual vertical clearances between the
existing water level and the lowest point of the bridge over
the channel.
A: 124 feet
B: 476 feet
C: 724 feet
D: 840 feet
2792: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it
handy to know the __________.
A: variation in the area
B: amount of helm carried for a steady course
C: leeway
D: deviation on that heading
2794: The Great Lakes Edition of the Notice to Mariners is
published ______________.
A: weekly by the 9th Coast Guard District
B: monthly by the Army Corps of Engineers
C: monthly by the Naval Oceanographic office
D: biweekly by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard
2795: The York-Antwerp Rules relate to the __________.
A: minimum required number of officers and crew
B: settlement of general average claims
C: ship owner's responsibilities to provide a well-found vessel
in a charter party
D: navigation regulations that apply in the English Channel
2798: The primary purpose of the stud is to prevent the anchor
chain from _________________________.
A: kinking
B: distorting
C: elongating
D: breaking
2799: Who publishes the "Canadian List of Lights, Buoys and Fog
Signals"?
A: The U.S. Coast Guard
B: The Canadian Coast Guard
C: The U.S. Hydrographic Service
D: The Canadian Hydrographic Service
2802: The single line located directly above the diamond is the
_______________.
A: load line
B: water line
C: freeboard line
D: deck line
2804: Which publication is NOT carried on board U.S. merchant
vessels operating under Naval Control of Shipping?
A: Allied Control of Shipping Manual - Guide to Masters
B: Radio Communications Instructions for Merchant Ships Under
Naval Control
C: Tactical Control and Routing of Merchant Vessels
D: All of the above are carried on board
2805: "Hard right rudder" means _________________.
A: jam the rudder against the stops
B: put the rudder over to the right all the way
C: meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
D: put the rudder over quickly to 15 degrees right rudder
2808: Under the forces of its own weight, the suspended length of
line will fall into a shape known as a ______________.
A: polygon
B: holding arc
C: catenary curve
D: parabolic curve
2809: The fitting at the end of a cargo line in a tank that allows
suction to be taken close to the bottom of a tank is a ____.
A: suction end
B: strainer
C: bell-mouth
D: vacuum valve
2810: Which document lists all the lifesaving equipment required
for a vessel?
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: American Bureau of Shipping Classification Certificate
C: International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
Certificate
D: Certificate of Registry
2812: A tug equipped with flanking rudders is backing down
with sternway. The stern will move to port the fastest
if _________________.
A: the rudder is hard to port and the flanking rudders are hard
to port
B: the rudder is amidships and the flanking rudders are hard
to port
C: the rudder is hard to port and the flanking rudders are hard
to starboard
D: all rudders are hard to starboard
2813: Which Naval Control of Shipping publication should be
aboard your vessel?
A: ATP-2, Volume II "Allied Control of Shipping Manual -
Guideto Masters"
B: ATP-1, Volume II "Allied Tactical Signals"
C: NWP-14, "Amphibious Operations"
D: PUB 102, "International Code of Signals"
2814: Your vessel is crossing a river on the Great Lakes System.
A power-driven vessel is ascending the river, crossing your
course from port to starboard. Which statement is TRUE?
A: The vessel ascending the river has the right of way.
B: Your vessel has the right of way, but you are directed not
to impede the other vessel.
C: The other vessel must hold as necessary to allow you to
pass.
D: You are required to propose the manner of passage.
2816: Which statement is TRUE concerning lighting requirements for
Great Lakes vessels?
A: The showing of a forward masthead light is optional for
vessels under 150 meters.
B: An all-round white light may be carried in lieu of the
second masthead light and sternlight.
C: Sidelights for vessels over 50 meters are required to have
only a two-mile range of visibility.
D: Great Lakes vessels are exempted from the requirement to
show yellow towing lights.
2817: The command "meet her" means the helmsman should __________.
A: decrease the rudder angle
B: steer more carefully
C: use rudder to slow the vessel's swing
D: note the course and steady on that heading
2819: On which of the Great Lakes would shore ice be the most
pronounced?
A: Lake Michigan
B: Lake Superior
C: Lake Huron
D: Lake Erie
2822: Which statement about stopping a vessel is TRUE?
A: A lightly laden vessel requires as much stopping distance as
a fully laden vessel when the current is from astern.
B: A vessel is dead in the water when the back wash from astern
operation reaches the bow.
C: A tunnel bow thruster can be used in an emergency to reduce
the stopping distance.
D: When a vessel is dead in the water any speed displayed by
doppler log reflects the current.
2824: While being assisted by an icebreaker on Lake Superior, you
receive a single letter code instructing you to slow your
vessel. Which signal could you use to signify that you are
complying with the request?
A: Three blasts of the whistle
B: The code flag "A" (Alpha) displayed from a halyard
C: Four blasts of the whistle, namely 1 short 2 long and 1
short
D: The code flag "L" (Lima) displayed from a halyard
2826: An icebreaker may use the code letter "K" to remind ships
of their obligation to listen continuously on their radio.
This signal may be made by any of the following EXCEPT ____.
A: sound signal
B: light signal
C: visual signal
D: radiotelephone
2832: You are transiting the Straits of Mackinac by way of an
improved channel. You have information which indicates
that the channel's Federal project depth is 28 ft. Which
of the following statements is true with regards to this
channel?
A: The least depth within the limits of the channel is 28 ft.
B: The design dredging depth of the channel is 28 ft.
C: The channel has 28 ft. in the center but lesser depths may
exist in the remainder of the channel.
D: The maximum depth which may be expected within the limits
of the channel is 28 ft.
2836: Which of the Great Lakes is generally the last to reach its
seasonal low and seasonal high water marks?
A: Lake Superior
B: Lake Michigan
C: Lake Huron
D: Lake Ontario
2838: A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker, while escorting ships
in ice, may sound four short and one long blasts on the
whistle to indicate that the icebreaker ____________.
A: has become beset in fast ice
B: is increasing speed; watch for broken ice
C: has its engines full astern
D: is increasing the distance between vessels
2839: Adequate horsepower is of great importance when a ship is
navigating independently in ice. Adequate horsepower is
generally considered to exist when the horsepower to length
ratio is at least _________________.
A: 4 to 1 or better
B: 5 to 1 or better
C: 6 to 1 or better
D: 8 to 1 or better
2840: Which number represents an open chock?
2842: By definition, a "spar deck" is the ______________.
A: lower most continuous deck not broken by water tight
bulkheads
B: after most weather deck above the main strength deck
C: upper or weather deck above the main strength deck
D: deck of light construction below the main or strength deck
2844: Naval authorities would NOT give orders about which of the
following, when the vessel is under control of the Naval
Control of Shipping Organization?
A: Visual communication at sea
B: Rescue operations
C: Diversions
D: Schedules for loading cargo
2848: Nautical charts published by the Canadian Hydrographic
service which are referenced in the United States Coast
Pilot are identified by ________________.
A: the abbreviation "can" preceding the chart number
B: the letter "c" in parentheses following the chart number
C: an asterisk preceding the chart number
D: a footnote number
2849: Your vessel does not participate in AMVER. Your home office
advises that Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping is in
effect, and they are participating. What actions should you
take?
A: Divert to the nearest port with a Naval Control of Shipping
Officer for instructions
B: Contact the Operational Control Authority for information on
hazardous areas
C: Advise MARAD of your vessel's position and conditions
D: Change course to remain outside of any reported hazardous
area and maintain radio silence
2854: The term "Great Lakes", as defined by the Inland Rules of
the Road, does NOT include _______________.
A: portions of the Chicago River
B: portions of the Calumet River
C: the St. Lawrence River to Trois Rivieres
D: Saginaw Bay
2855: A 150-meter vessel is proceeding down the course of a
narrow channel in the Great Lakes System. A 60-meter
vessel is starting to cross the channel. Which statement
is TRUE?
A: If the smaller vessel is engaged in fishing, he shall not
impede the passage of the other vessel.
B: The crossing vessel has the right of way.
C: The vessel in the channel must slow to her steerageway.
D: The larger vessel is considered to be a vessel restricted
in her ability to maneuver.
2858: Which characteristic is a disadvantage of a controllable-
pitch propeller as compared to a fixed-pitch propeller?
A: Slightly higher fuel consumption
B: Lack of directional control when backing
C: Inefficient at high shaft RPM
D: Some unusual handling characteristics
2859: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field
would display a visual signal consisting of the code
letter "M" (Mike) to signify that "________________".
A: I am altering my course to starboard
B: I am altering my course to port
C: I am operating astern propulsion
D: my vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2860: How are riveted lap joints made watertight?
A: The faying surfaces are coated with white lead (or similar
product) before the rivets are set.
B: A sealing weld bead of 1/8" or less pitch is run along the
plate edge.
C: The plate edge is split close to an adjacent plate and
mechanically forced into contact with the adjacent plate.
D: A properly riveted joint will be watertight; any leakage is
stopped by setting up on the rivets.
2861: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning thevessel.
The Master is unsure that the Pilot is takingsufficient
action to prevent a collision. What should theMaster do?
A: Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if
necessaryuntil the situation clears.
B: Recommend an alternative action and if not followed
relievethe pilot.
C: State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere withthe
handling of the vessel.
D: Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is
solelyresponsible for the safety of the vessel.
2862: What is used to prevent accidental flooding of a double
bottom or peak tanks in the event of a pipe rupture due to
collision?
A: Separate lines are provided for filling and pumping these
tanks.
B: Pipe lines must run vertically from the tank to a point
above the margin line before turning fore or aft towards
the pump.
C: All tanks must be served by the fewest possible number of
pipes to reduce the possibility of rupture.
D: Suction lines are fitted with a non-return valve
2866: A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated.
For a first offense, he is liable ______________.
A: imprisonment for up to one year
B: a civil penalty of not more than $1,000
C: seizure of their vessel and forfeiture of the title
D: a penalty of up to $5,000
2868: Which vessel, if navigating independently in ice, is more
likely to become beset due to inadequate horsepower?
A: A 254 ft. "Whaleback" tanker with 1800 H.P.
B: A 309 ft. cement carrier with 2000 H.P.
C: A 385 ft. shallow draft tanker with 2400 H.P.
D: A 630 ft. bulk ore carrier with 3500 H.P.
2869: When more than one vessel is being assisted by an
icebreaker, distances between vessels should be constant.
Which signal should be given by a vessel which is ahead of
another and whose speed suddenly begins to drop?
A: Four short blast on the whistle
B: A flag hoist consisting of the code figure "4"
C: A flag hoist consisting of the code figure "5"
D: A flag hoist consisting of the code letters "FE"
(Foxtrot-Echo)
2870: A single-screw vessel going ahead tends to turn more rapidly
to port because of propeller ___________.
A: discharge current
B: suction current
C: sidewise force
D: thrust
2872: The Sheer Plan _____.
A: shows a longitudinal side elevation
B: is an endwise view of the ship's molded form
C: is usually drawn for the port side only
D: has the forebody to the right of centerline and afterbody to
the left of centerline
2876: A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker may use all of the following
distinctive lights when escorting ships in ice EXCEPT _____.
A: a single amber rotating light
B: a single red rotating light
C: red aircraft warning lights
D: a single blue rotating light
2879: The vertical reference for all water levels and bench marks
on the Great Lakes - St. Lawrence River System is known as
______________.
A: Mean Sea Level Datum
B: International Great Lakes Datum
C: Great Lakes Low Water Datum
D: North Central Reference Datum
2882: What does the line labeled "MS" denote on the Great Lakes
load line model shown?
A: Mean sea level
B: Midseason
C: Maximum submergence
D: Midsummer
2883: While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the
helmsman a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder
command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman
_____________.
A: brings the rudder to a point midway between the two
conflicting positions
B: obeys the Pilot
C: asks you for instructions
D: obeys the Master
2886: How should you signal the crane operator to lower?
A: With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand
in small horizontal circles.
B: With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down,
move hand in small horizontal circles.
C: Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the
boom.
D: Extend arm with thumb pointing downward, and flex fingers
in and out.
2888: The Coordinator Surface Search in a SAR situation should
display by day __________.
A: the code flags FR
B: a black ball over a black diamond shape
C: code flag Quebec over a black ball
D: two black diamond shapes in a vertical line
2889: What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be
documented?
A: 5 net tons
B: 100 gross tons
C: 26 feet length
D: 65 feet length
2890: A vessel cannot comply with all of the SOLAS requirements
due to its construction. Where will this be indicated?
A: Nowhere; the vessel must comply to engage in international
trade.
B: On the reverse of the SOLAS certificate
C: On the Exemption Certificate
D: On the Certificate of Inspection
2892: What is LEAST likely to be used to strip a cargo tank?
A: Centrifugal pump
B: Eductor
C: Rotary pump
D: Reciprocating pump
2894: The term "Great Lakes", as defined by the Inland Rules of
the Road, includes part of the _______________.
A: Calumet River
B: Chicago River
C: St. Lawrence River
D: All of the above
2896: You are proceeding against the current on a river in the
Great Lakes System. You are meeting a downbound vessel.
Both vessels are power-driven. The other vessel sounds one
short blast. You must ___________________.
A: change course to port
B: hold course and speed
C: sound three short blasts
D: sound one short blast
2897: Form 2692 (Notice of Marine Casualty), when required, must
be filed to the U.S. Coast Guard within how many days?
A: 1 day
B: 3 days
C: 5 days
D: 7 days
2898: What is the period of validity of the SOLAS required Cargo
Ship Safety Construction Certificate?
A: 12 months
B: 24 months
C: 48 months
D: 60 months
2900: Which statement about Naval Control of Shipping in wartime
is TRUE?
A: It is mandatory in wartime.
B: It is mandatory in hazardous areas and voluntary in other
areas.
C: It is mandatory only for vessels sailing in convoy.
D: It is mandatory for vessels bound foreign and voluntary for
vessels in the coastwise trade.
2902: Which basic category of water level fluctuations on the
Great Lakes is the most regular?
A: Seasonal fluctuations
B: Outflow fluctuations
C: Short-term fluctuations
D: Long-term fluctuations
2906: You are planning to anchor in an area where several anchors
have been lost due to fouling. As a precaution, you should
_____________.
A: anchor using both anchors
B: anchor with scope of 8 or more to 1
C: use a stern anchor
D: fit a crown strap and work wire to the anchor
2908: How should you signal the crane operator to use the whip
line?
A: Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers
in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
B: First tap your elbow with one hand, and then proceed to use
regular signals.
C: First tap the top of your head with your fist, and then
proceed to use regular signals.
D: Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other
hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion
signal.
2909: A mechanical davit is designed to automatically ___________.
A: position the boat at the embarkation station
B: lift the boat off the inboard chocks
C: energize the winch for the falls
D: set the brake on the winch
2910: Your vessel is a single-screw ship with a right-hand
propeller. There is no current. The easiest way to make a
landing is ____________.
A: port side to
B: starboard side to
C: dropping anchor and swinging the ship in to the pier
D: either port or starboard side to, with no difference in
degree of difficulty
2911: The wooden plug inserted in the vent of a damaged tank
should be removed if you are going to _________.
A: pump from the damaged tank
B: fight a fire
C: abandon ship
D: use the crossover system
2912: When tank cleaning with a portable machine, the weight of
the machine is suspended from _____.
A: solid iron bars clamped to the Butterworth opening
B: the supply hose
C: the suspension line, usually manila or natural fiber line
D: a wire rope suspension line
2914: Your vessel has been ordered to proceed to the United Grain
Growers Wharf at Thunder Bay, Lake Superior, for the purpose
of taking on a load of wheat. Which publication(s) would
you consult for such information as the length of the wharf,
the depth of the water alongside, and the loading capacity
at the facility?
A: The Navigational Chart and Light List Vol. VII
B: The International Guide to Canadian Ports and Facilities
C: The Lake Carriers Association Facilities Directory
D: The United States Coast Pilot #6
2918: What is the period of validity of a De-Rat certificate?
A: Specific voyage
B: 6 months
C: 1 year
D: 2 years
2919: Which statement about general average is TRUE?
A: Damage to a ship must have been incurred while the ship
and/or its machinery was being used for its intended
purpose.
B: Property must have been sacrificed or an expenditure of
money incurred.
C: The loss or damage to deck cargo due to heavy weather
constitutes general average.
D: Of the ship, the freight, and the cargo interests, only one
need be involved.
2920: You are on a large vessel fitted with a right-handed
controllable-pitch propeller. When making large speed
changes while decreasing pitch, which statement is TRUE?
A: You will probably have full directional control throughout
the speed change.
B: You may lose rudder control until the ship's speed has
dropped to correspond to propeller speed.
C: The stern will immediately slew to starboard due to
unbalanced forces acting on the propeller.
D: The stern will immediately slew to port due to unbalanced
forces acting on the propeller.
2921: The process of lowering a boom to a horizontal position and
onto its deck support is called _________.
A: spotting a boom
B: collaring a boom
C: cradling a boom
D: toppling a boom
2922: A long pole with a hook at one end, used to reach for lines,
is known as a ______________.
A: pike pole
B: jack staff
C: line rod
D: hooker
2924: You are on a large vessel fitted with a right-handed
controllable-pitch propeller set at maximum forward
pitch. Which statement about reversing is TRUE?
A: When the pitch is reversed, the stern will slew to port
even with headway.
B: The vessel will respond to the rudder until sternway is
developed, then the stern will slew to starboard.
C: There will probably be a loss of steering control.
D: The vessel will have full rudder control throughout the
speed change from ahead to astern.
2926: Many sheath-screw davits have markings to indicate the
maximum angle to which they should be cranked out. If the
angle is exceeded, the davit ________________.
A: may jam against the stops
B: will not automatically position the boat at the embarkation
station
C: screw may come out of the sheath
D: will chafe against the falls and may cause their failure
2928: How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom
and lower the load?
A: Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position
rigidly.
B: Place both fists in front of your body with thumbs pointing
toward each other.
C: Clasp hands in front of your body.
D: Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers
in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
2929: A vessel is loaded to her summer marks for a voyage from
Montreal, Canada to Duluth, MN via the Great Lakes System.
The voyage has been estimated to take nine (9) days. If
the vessel departs Montreal on September 28th, which of the
following statements is TRUE?
A: The vessel must be at her summer marks when she arrives
at Duluth.
B: The vessel is in violation of the load line requirements.
C: The vessel's intermediate load line marks may not be
submerged after September 30.
D: The vessel must be at her winter marks by the evening of
the third day.
2930: A large vessel is equipped with a controllable pitch
propeller. Which statement is TRUE?
A: When dead in the water, it is often difficult to find the
neutral position and slight headway or sternway may result.
B: When going directly from full ahead to full astern, there
is complete steering control.
C: When the vessel has headway and the propeller is in neutral,
there is no effect on rudder control.
D: When maneuvering in port, full ahead or astern power can
usually be obtained without changing shaft RPM.
2931: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH
will be delivered within ________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 10 minutes if possible
C: 1 to 6 hours
D: 30 minutes to 1 hour
2932: Which type of rudder may lose its' effectiveness at angles
of 10 or more degrees?
A: Contra-guide
B: Balanced spade
C: Unbalanced
D: Flat plate
2933: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier. Which line
will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel
alongside thepier?
A: Stern breast line
B: Bow spring line
C: Bow breast line
D: Inshore head line
2935: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: R (ROUTINE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: O (IMMEDIATE)
D: Z (FLASH)
2936: Storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin from the west and
northwest at a peak in October are the products of pressure
systems known as _____________.
A: Northwesters
B: Alberta lows
C: Fata morgana
D: Polar highs
2938: Which statement concerning storm surges on the Great Lakes
is FALSE?
A: They are common along the deeper areas of the lakes.
B: They cause rapid differences in levels between one end of
the lake and the other.
C: The greatest water level difference occurs when the wind is
blowing along the axis of the lake.
D: If the wind subsides rapidly, a seiche effect will most
likely occur.
2939: A vessel operating on the Great Lakes, and whose position
is south of an approaching eastward-moving storm center,
would NOT experience ________________.
A: a falling barometer
B: lowering clouds and drizzle
C: a southwest to west wind
D: rain or snow
2940: A vessel reduces speed without backing. The rate that her
speed through the water decreases depends primarily on
the _____.
A: vessel's horsepower
B: sea state
C: number of propellers
D: vessel's displacement
2942: How should you signal the crane operator to move slowly?
A: Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other
hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion
signal.
B: Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers
in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
C: First tap your elbow with one hand and then proceed to use
regular signals.
D: First tap the top of your head with your fist and then
proceed to use regular signals.
2944: Your ship is navigating independently in heavy ice when it
becomes beset. Which statement is FALSE?
A: The vessel will most likely require an icebreaker to free
her.
B: The vessel may be able to free herself by pumping ballast
from side to side.
C: The propeller is more susceptible to ice damage when
turning slowly than when stopped.
D: It is advisable to clear the rudder area of ice by using
ahead turns before backing down.
2946: Which single-letter signal, when used by icebreakers on the
Great Lakes, may be made by using the ship's whistle?
2948: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would
display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "S"
(Sierra) to signify that "________________".
A: I am altering my course to starboard
B: I am altering my course to port
C: I am operating astern propulsion
D: My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2949: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should
indicate that he is ready to cast off the towline (if one is
used) by ______________.
A: displaying code letter "Y" (Yankee)
B: sounding five short blasts of his whistle
C: displaying code numeral "5"
D: sounding one prolonged blast of his whistle
2950: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term
"advance" means the distance ____________.
A: gained at right angles to the original course
B: gained in the direction of the original course
C: moved sidewise from the original course when the rudder is
first put over
D: around the circumference of the turning circle
2951: The helm command "meet her" means _______.
A: decrease the rudder angle
B: note the course and steady on that heading
C: steer more carefully
D: use rudder to check the swing
2952: Spontaneous heating of coal rapidly accelerates at the
approximate minimum temperature of _______________.
A: 88øF
B: 100øF
C: 111øF
D: 119øF
2954: An intermediate spring is _____.
A: fitted in each leg of the towing bridle
B: generally located between the "fishplate" and the main
towing hawser
C: secured at the "H" bitts
D: usually made of manila hawser
2955: Yawing can be described as _____________________.
A: jumping on the towline as the tow pitches
B: jumping on the towline as the tow slams into waves
C: veering from side to side on the end of the towline
D: corkscrew motion of the tow due to wave action
2956: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message concerning an initial enemy contact.
Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: Z (FLASH)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: O (IMMEDIATE)
2957: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the
assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful
when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?
A: Bow breast line
B: Inshore head line
C: Stern breast line
D: Bow spring line
2958: The bow thruster generally is ineffective at ___________.
A: over 3 knots headway
B: at any speed astern
C: at any speed ahead
D: over 1 knot sternway
2959: A metal ring on the bottom of a block, to which the standing
part of a tackle is spliced, is known as a(n) ____________.
A: becket
B: loop
C: swivel
D: eye
2960: When cutting wire rope, seizings are put on each side of the
cut. The seizings prevent the wire from unlaying and also
______________.
A: maintain the original balance of the tension in the wires
and strands
B: prevent moisture from entering between the wires at the cut
end
C: forces lubricant from the core to protect the raw, cut end
D: All of the above
2964: "Seiche" is defined as a(n) ____________.
A: unusually strong storm system which approaches the Great
Lakes System generally from the Northeast
B: lake current which is predominant during the spring and fall
navigation season on the Great Lakes
C: oscillation caused by the diminishing of forces which cause
lake level fluctuations
D: higher than normal high water or lower than normal low water
2968: On the Great Lakes, winter storms compound the ice threat
by bringing a variety of wind, wave, and weather problems
on an average of every _____________.
A: two days
B: three days
C: four days
D: five days
2969: Fog can form in any season on the Great Lakes, but it is
most likely to occur over open waters in ________________.
A: summer and early autumn
B: autumn and early winter
C: winter and early spring
D: spring and early summer
2970: What material may be substituted for zinc when making
a poured metal socket ending to a wire rope?
A: Lead
B: Babbitt
C: Solder
D: Nothing
2976: Which statement is TRUE with respect to shiphandling
procedures in ice?
A: Never go "full astern" at any time while in ice.
B: Go astern in ice with extreme care - always with rudder
amidships.
C: Enter ice at medium speeds to reduce impact.
D: The presence of a snow cover on the ice assists a vessel's
progress through an ice field.
2977: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when you wish to send a message concerning your ships
diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: P (PRIORITY)
B: Z (FLASH)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: O (IMMEDIATE)
2978: An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would
display a visual signal consisting of the code letter "E"
(Echo) to signify that "________________".
A: I am altering my course to starboard
B: I am altering my course to port
C: I am operating astern propulsion
D: My vessel is stopped and making no way through the water
2979: Which statement about shipping coal is TRUE?
A: Anthracite will generate more methane than bituminous coal.
B: Coal should not be shipped while wet.
C: Coal should be surface ventilated to remove methane gas.
D: The methane gas generated by coal will react with moisture
on the ship's structure and accelerate corrosion.
2980: What is a step in attaching a poured metal socket to a wire
rope?
A: Etch the wire with acid.
B: Install a wire seizing on the wire that will be inside the
socket.
C: Ensure the fiber core is well lubricated.
D: Pour molten babbitt metal into the socket.
2981: When the anchor is brought to and holding, the horizontal
component of anchor cable tensions should equal the _______.
A: displacement tonnage
B: weight forces
C: buoyancy forces
D: environmental forces
2982: How should you signal the crane operator to stop?
A: Place both fists in front of your body with the thumbs
pointing outward.
B: With both arms extended out and palms down, move arms back
and forth.
C: Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position
rigidly.
D: Clasp hands in front of your body.
2986: Sulfuric acid is a __________.
A: clear syrupy liquid with no odor
B: colorless-to-brown liquid with a choking odor when hot
C: colorless liquid with a pleasant fruity odor
D: whitish liquid with a faint, pleasant odor
2988: You are mooring to a buoy. You should approach the buoy
with the current from ___________.
A: ahead
B: broad on the bow
C: abeam
D: astern
2990: When cutting regular-lay wire rope, what is the minimum
number of seizings to be placed on each side of the cut?
A: One
B: Two, and three on rope diameters over 1 inch
C: Three, and more on larger diameter wire ropes
D: Four
2994: Nearly half of all storms that enter the Great Lakes
Basin during the period from October through May come
from ____________.
A: highs which originate in the east and east central USA
B: lows which originate in north central and western Canada
C: highs which originate in north eastern and eastern Canada
D: lows which originate in the central and western USA
2996: Advection fog, a common occurrence on the Great Lakes, forms
when _____________.
A: air comes in contact with a rapidly cooling land surface
B: frigid arctic air moves across the lakes and becomes
saturated
C: relatively warm air flows over cooler water
D: cool air contacts warm river currents
2999: What is NOT characteristic of the conditions which would be
experienced by a vessel located south of an approaching
eastward-moving storm center on the Great Lakes?
A: Falling barometer
B: A westerly wind
C: Lowering clouds
D: Rain or snow
3000: The pipe used to connect two separate piping systems on a
tank vessel is known as a ____________.
A: crossover
B: transfer
C: connection
D: junction
3004: What is NOT a basic shiphandling rule for navigating in ice
concentrations on the Great Lakes?
A: Keep moving - even very slowly, but keep moving.
B: Work with the ice movement, not against.
C: Transit ice along pressure ridges when possible.
D: Excessive speed means ice damage.
3008: A list signal of one white light indicates that the vessel
is _________________.
A: on an even keel
B: listing about 1ø to the side the light is displayed on
C: listing over 5ø with the light displayed on the high side
D: listing, and the chutes should be directed to the side
where the light is displayed
3009: While loading cargo, a white trimming light on the starboard
side comes on. This indicates that ________________.
A: the vessel has a list of about 1` to starboard
B: the chutes should be directed to the starboard side
C: the chutes in No. 1 hold should be directed to the starboard
side
D: a severe list to starboard has developed and all loading
should cease
3010: The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold
directly to a cargo tank and serves only one tank is known
as a ____________.
A: cargo fill
B: filler line
C: tank drop
D: branch line
3011: Shifting weight aft in heavy weather will reduce the
tendency to yaw, but may increase the tendency to _________.
A: be pooped
B: pitchpole
C: broach
D: squat
3012: Which statement about the ventilation of bulk coal is TRUE?
A: Coal should not be ventilated; all oxygen should be
excluded from the cargo.
B: Coal should be through-ventilated to remove methane and
reduce the heat of spontaneous combustion.
C: Coal should be ventilated only if temperatures in the
center of the cargo exceed 125øF.
D: Coal should be surface ventilated only.
3013: Which will NOT reduce yawing of a tow?
A: Increasing the length of the towing hawser
B: Trimming the tow by the bow
C: Trimming the tow by the stern
D: Drogues put over the stern
3014: You are lifting a 3 ton weight with a single whip rove on a
swinging boom set at an angle of 60ø to the horizontal. Use
the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working
load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be
used to secure the head block to the boom.
A: 1 1/8 inch
B: 1 1/2 inch
C: 1 3/4 inch
D: 2 inch
3016: To obtain better steering control when you are towing
alongside, your vessel should be positioned with its
______.
A: bow extending forward of the tow
B: stern amidships of the tow
C: stern extending aft of the tow
D: bow even with the bow of the tow
3017: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine
casualty to the Coast Guard?
A: Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs
costing $19,000.
B: Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no
apparent damage.
C: You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no
apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
D: A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle,
requiring an ace bandage.
3018: When turning a vessel in shallow water, which statement is
TRUE?
A: The rate of turn is increased.
B: The rate of turn is decreased.
C: The turning diameter increases.
D: The turning diameter remains the same.
3020: The main underdeck pipeline on a tankship is connected to
individual tanks by ____________.
A: tank drops
B: line drops
C: crossovers
D: branch lines
3022: You are in the process of adding a barge to your tow. A
line run from your power capstan and around timber heads on
your tow is made fast on the new barge so that it can be
pulled into position. This line is called a ____________.
A: scissors wire
B: capstan line
C: spring line
D: fore and aft line
3024: How should you signal the crane operator to dog everything?
A: Place both fists in front of your body with thumbs pointing
toward each other.
B: Clasp hands in front of your body.
C: Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position
rigidly.
D: Extend arm with the thumb pointing up, and flex the fingers
in and out.
3026: Which type of fog is the most dense and widely spread of
those that occur on the Great Lakes?
A: Steam fog
B: Advection fog
C: Radiation fog
D: Lake effect fog
3028: The term "inland waters", as defined in the Rules of the
Road, includes _________________.
A: the Great Lakes in their entirety
B: the Mississippi River System
C: U.S. waters out to three miles offshore
D: the St. Lawrence River to Anticosti Island
3030: The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold to
underdeck pipelines is known as a ____________.
A: cargo fill
B: line drop
C: transfer
D: branch line
3031: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the _________.
A: vessel must be in extremis
B: Master must request the Pilot to take corrective action
C: Master should release the Pilot from all liability
D: Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the
present course
3032: Ice is often strong enough to halt navigation through the
St. Lawrence Seaway by mid- ______________.
A: October
B: November
C: December
D: January
3036: Which statement about ships operating in ice is FALSE?
A: Light and partly loaded ships should be ballasted
as deeply as possible.
B: In brash-filled channels, operating with a shallow draft
forward is most effective.
C: Traditionally, operating ships light in the ice has been
effective in the spring.
D: Good searchlights should be available in the event of night
navigation with or without icebreaker escort.
3039: What is NOT a problem when carrying coal?
A: The requirement for through-ventilation
B: The corrosion some types of coal will cause to the ship
C: Spontaneous heating
D: Generation of methane gas
3040: When loading an oil cargo, it would be routed from the
manifold to the _____________.
A: individual tanks via line drops
B: pumproom via the branch lines, then to the individual tanks
via the filler lines
C: pumproom via the main pipeline, then to interconnected
branch lines via crossovers, and into individual tanks via
tank drops
D: main pipeline via a line drop, then to other main pipelines
via crossovers, and into the individual tanks via branch
lines
3042: A Great Lakes vessel bound for Anticosti Island is exempt
from the IMO Grain Regulations if the vessel meets all of
the following standards EXCEPT ________________.
A: the metacentric height corrected for free surface must meet
regulatory minimums throughout the voyage
B: slack surfaces should be in a mound
C: the longitudinal strength of the vessel must not be
imperiled
D: the Master must ascertain the expected weather conditions
enroute
3044: When you have a tow alongside, your stern should extend aft
of the tow in order to _____.
A: avoid obscuring your stern light
B: provide a better lead for your lines
C: obtain better steering control
D: let the barge deflect floating objects from your propeller
3046: What is an explosion hazard when exposed to flame?
A: Formic acid
B: Nitrous oxide
C: Tallow
D: Toluene
3047: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel
is _____________.
A: about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
B: at the bow
C: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
D: aft of the propellors
3048: The proximity of pack ice may be indicated by ____________.
A: changes in seawater salinity
B: glare on clouds on the horizon
C: changes in air temperature
D: icebergs
3050: Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as
compared to a gate valve?
A: Precise control over cargo flow
B: Quick operation
C: No resistance to cargo flow when open
D: Less maintenance required
3051: Which number in illustration D002DG indicates a mast table?
3052: How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom?
A: With arm extended and fingers closed, point thumb downward.
B: With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down,
move hand in small horizontal circles.
C: Extend arm with the palm down, and hold this position
rigidly.
D: With hands clasped in front of your body.
3054: The phenomenon known as a "seiche" is most likely to occur
on Lake Erie _______________.
A: during the passage of a rapidly moving warm front
B: when strong winds from the Northeast suddenly diminish
C: during the months of May through August
D: when the Moon and Sun are in alignment
3056: Advection fog holds longest over which portions of the
lakes?
A: Northwest
B: Southeast
C: Northeast
D: Southwest
3058: Which type of ice is the most difficult to combat and
presents the greatest hazard to shipping on the Great
Lakes during the winter months?
A: Icebergs
B: Fast ice
C: Slow ice
D: Pack slush ice
3059: A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker would
display a flag hoist consisting of the code numeral "4" when
the vessel _______.
A: speed begins to drop
B: stops
C: receives ice damage
D: becomes icebound
3060: Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as
compared to a gate valve?
A: Precise adjustment of cargo flow
B: Faster rate of cargo flow
C: Easier operation
D: Less chance of leaks
3061: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
IMMEDIATE will be delivered within _________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 10 minutes if possible
D: 30 minutes to 1 hour
3062: How should you signal the crane operator to swing?
A: With both arms extended out and palms down, move arms back
and forth.
B: With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down,
move hand in small horizontal circles.
C: Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the
boom.
D: Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs
pointing outward.
3064: What is the meaning of a flag hoist consisting of the code
letters "WM" (Whiskey Mike) when displayed by an icebreaker?
A: "I am going ahead; follow me."
B: "You should stop your vessel instantly."
C: "Icebreaker support is now commencing."
D: "Icebreaker support is finished."
3066: A list man would expect to see any of the following light
signals EXCEPT ________________.
A: two red lights
B: one green light
C: one white light
D: one amber light
3067: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed
in an "X" fashion, is called a _________________.
A: face wire
B: cross wire
C: scissor wire
D: breast wire
3068: While loading a cargo of grain, your vessel develops a list
to starboard. This will be corrected by ___________.
A: the compensating tanks on the high side
B: the list man changing the discharge location of the chutes
C: allowing the grain to level itself as the hold fills
to the spar deck level
D: trimming the final loading cone by hand
3069: Atmospheres laden with coal dust or grain dust caused by
loading these cargoes _______________.
A: require loading operations to be shut down until the
atmosphere clears
B: are toxic to human life
C: are subject to spontaneous combustion
D: may be explosive in some concentrations
3070: What is an advantage of a gate valve over a butterfly valve?
A: Less frequent maintenance
B: Faster operation
C: Cheaper
D: More compact
3071: In selecting a tug for moving a vessel, consideration should
be given to its ___________________.
A: indicated horsepower, bollard pull, and displacement
B: indicated horsepower, maneuverability, and displacement
C: indicated horsepower, bollard pull, and maneuverability
D: bollard pull, displacement, and maneuverability
3072: A Great Lakes bulk ore vessel would use an "Iron Deckhand"
to assist in _____________.
A: unloading bulk cargo
B: steering the vessel
C: making the vessel fast to a dock
D: removing hatch covers
3073: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port.
There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn.
Which statement is TRUE?
A: The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe
navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the
conn.
B: The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering
of the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
C: The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of
the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
D: The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working
of the ship.
3074: In securing a towing cable, consideration must be given to
letting go in an emergency. The possible whip of towlines
when released can be overcome by ___________________.
A: increasing the shaft RPM prior to release
B: using a pelican hook for quick release
C: using preventers
D: using a short chain for the lead through the stern chock
3075: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when you wish to send a message concerning your ships
diversion. Which precedence would you assign this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: Z (FLASH)
3076: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter K in
illustration D038DG is the ____________.
A: crown
B: ring
C: shank
D: bending shot
3077: The flash point of vinyl chloride is _________.
A: -108²F (-78² C)
B: -20²F (-29² C)
C: 32²F (0² C)
D: 97²F (36² C)
3078: Another name for coal naphtha that would appear on a
dangerous cargo manifest is ___________.
A: benzene
B: tar
C: middle oil
D: toluene
3079: What is a solid at ambient temperature?
A: Aniline
B: Formic acid
C: Methyl chloride
D: Napthalene
3080: Which method should be used to warm up the pump turbines
prior to discharge?
A: Lock the turbine rotor and slowly bleed in steam until
operating temperature is reached
B: Run the pump at high speed with the discharge valves
closed
C: Run the turbine at slow speed with the pump disconnected
D: Shut the discharge valve and run the pump at slow speed
3081: A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign
Articles when __________.
A: intoxicated
B: deductions are made from wages
C: injured
D: the vessel is overloaded
3082: Which statement is FALSE with regards to the Great Lakes
Light List?
A: The Light List does not contain information on any of the
navigational aids maintained by Canada.
B: Volume VII does not include information on Class III private
aids to navigation.
C: The Light List does not include Coast Guard mooring buoys,
special purpose buoys, or buoys marking fish net areas.
D: The Light List should be corrected each week from the
appropriate Notice to Mariners.
3083: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of
people required aboard, and the qualifications of each, is
listed on the __________.
A: Fo'c'sle card
B: Crew list
C: Articles of Agreement
D: Certificate of Inspection
3084: What testing laboratory designation must a power-operated
industrial truck have, when being used in a hold containing
packaged small arms ammunition without explosive bullets?
3085: Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) publications should be ____.
A: in the Master's custody
B: safely stowed
C: turned over to the relieving Master
D: All of the above are correct
3086: Which statement concerning the navigation of a vessel in ice
is FALSE?
A: Anchoring in the presence of ice is not recommended except
in an emergency.
B: Towing a vessel through an ice field is not recommended
except in an emergency.
C: The "Free and Proceed" system of escorting a beset vessel
cuts down on the number of freeing operations.
D: When anchoring in ice, it is advisable to increase the scope
of the chain over what is normally used for non-icing
conditions.
3088: A "check" line is ___________.
A: a safety line attached to a man working over the side
B: used to measure water depth
C: used to slow the headway of a barge
D: used to measure the overhead height of a bridge
3089: How does an icebreaker normally free a ship which has
become beset while navigating independently?
A: By backing down the track and cutting out ice on either
bow
B: By approaching from the stern and crossing ahead at an
angle of 20ø to 30ø to the beset ship's course
C: By overtaking the beset ship, running ahead and then
backing down the track to the beset vessel
D: By approaching the vessel from astern and towing the beset
vessel stern first
3091: Towlines should be inspected for chafing where the
towline___________________.
A: passes over the stern of the towing vessel
B: passes through chocks
C: is attached to the disabled vessel
D: All of the above
3092: Item A is the __________.
A: lashing
B: drag wire
C: scissor wire
D: tandem wire
3094: Your vessel is underway and approaching an overhead
obstruction on Lake Superior. Given the following
information, determine the clearance between your
vessel and the obstruction.
Highest point on vessel: 74 ft.
Lowest point of obstruction: 126 (LWD)
Monthly lake level: +2 (LWD)
International Great Lakes Datum: 600.0 (182.88 meters)
A: 474 feet
B: 400 feet
C: 175 feet
D: 50 feet
3095: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man
overboard starboard side". You should be ready to _______.
A: give full left rudder
B: put the rudder amidships
C: give full right rudder
D: throw a life ring to mark the spot
3096: When loading a cargo of taconite, proper sequencing of
loading by hatch number is necessary to ______________.
A: provide the proper trim
B: prevent negative stability from developing
C: prevent excessive longitudinal stresses
D: control list
3098: A weight of 1,000 short tons is equivalent to __________.
A: 1,500 foot-pounds
B: 2,240 long tons
C: 2,000 pounds
D: 2,000 kips
3099: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed in
an "X" fashion, is called a ___________.
A: quarter line
B: back line
C: peg line
D: jockey line
3100: A holder of a license as Operator of Uninspected Towing
Vessels may work each 24 hours for a period not to exceed
___________.
A: 6 hours
B: 12 hours
C: 18 hours
D: 24 hours
3102: When hip towing, a line led from the stern of the towboat
forward to the barge provides the towing pull when ________.
A: going ahead
B: dead in the water
C: in a following current
D: backing
3103: A case received for shipment has the markings shown. Each
carton measures 13" X 15" X 23". What is the total cubic
capacity the entire consignment will occupy? (Ignore broken
stowage.)
A: 779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters)
B: 992 cubic feet (28 cubic meters)
C: 1,047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters)
D: 112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters)
3104: When maneuvering a heavy barge up a wide channel with a tug,
the tow may be most closely controlled by making up to the
barge _____________.
A: with a short tow astern
B: nearly bow to bow, at a small angle
C: amidships, parallel to the barge
D: nearly stern to stern, at a small angle to the barge
3105: On a sea going towing vessel of 150 GT, there are six (6)
seamen in the deck crew. How many certificated able seamen
are required if the voyage is over 600 miles?
3106: A tow is made-up of 6 standard barges, 2 abreast and 3 long.
How long is this tow?
A: 360 feet (110 m)
B: 390 feet (119 m)
C: 525 feet (160 m)
D: 585 feet (178 m)
3107: Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?
A: The fo'c'sle card is a blank sample of the articles.
B: It contains copies of the crew's signatures from the
articles.
C: It provides a description of the intended voyage.
D: The fo'c'sle card must be posted in the crew's mess room or
in the crew quarters.
3108: How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom?
A: Extend arm with the thumb pointing up and flex the fingers
in and out.
B: Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs
pointing upward.
C: With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand
in small horizontal circles.
D: Extend arm with fingers closed and point thumb upward.
3109: When hip towing, a line led from the bow of the towing
vessel aft to the vessel being towed would be a _______.
A: backing line
B: towing line
C: stern line
D: breast line
3110: The number or name of a tank barge shall be ______________.
A: displayed in at least 4 different positions on the barge
B: carved on a wooden board and attached to the barge's hull
C: displayed as close to the navigation lights as possible
D: displayed at the highest point of the barge's hull such that
it can be seen from either side
3111: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is
the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch officer?
A: Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are
correctly executed.
B: Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and
countermand them if necessary.
C: Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.
D: Record the bells and their times in the bell book.
3112: A tug is to assist in docking an oceangoing vessel on a
hawser. The greatest danger to the tug is _____________.
A: from the ship's propeller when making up aft
B: from being overrun if making up forward
C: hull damage while alongside passing a hawser
D: getting in a tripping position
3114: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge
to another barge when going ahead?
3116: You are lifting a 5-ton weight with a single whip rove on a
swinging boom set at an angle of 20ø to the horizontal. Use
the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working
load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be
used to secure the head block to the boom?
A: 1 3/8 inch
B: 1 1/2 inch
C: 1 3/4 inch
D: 1 7/8 inch
3118: In illustration D002DG, item number 42 is the _________.
A: center boom
B: yard boom
C: jumbo boom
D: hatch boom
3119: In illustration D002DG, item number 21 is the _________.
A: preventer
B: outboard guy
C: falls
D: runner
3120: You are operating a 150 GT towing vessel on the Inland
Waters of the United States. What is NOT required on the
vessel?
A: Certificate of Documentation
B: FCC station license
C: Your Coast Guard license
D: Certificate of Inspection
3122: When a tug is "in irons", she _______________.
A: is made fast to the dock with engines secured
B: is in dry dock
C: may be in danger of being overrun by her tow
D: should pay out more towline
3124: You attach a line to a stationary barge lying off your
starboard beam in order to maneuver it into position to make
up tow. The line used to do this is a ___________________.
A: jockey line
B: fore and aft line
C: check line
D: swing line
3126: Your tankship is carrying a cargo of styrene. Which of the
following is NOT a requirement for carriage of this cargo?
A: P/V valves with galvanized parts must be replaced.
B: Authorization to carry styrene must be endorsed on the
Certificate of Inspection.
C: You must have a "Certificate of Inhibition" provided by the
shipper.
D: The cargo tank heating coils must be blanked off.
3130: What is NOT required on an uninspected towing vessel?
A: Certificate of Documentation
B: Certificate of Inspection
C: Operators Merchant Marine license
D: FCC Station License
3132: What may prevent a tug from tripping or capsizing when
towing a large vessel?
A: Surge lines
B: Stern towing pins
C: Under riders
D: Safety shackles
3134: When using two tugs to assist in mooring a large, deeply
laden ship, the most powerful tug is usually placed ______.
A: forward to control the bow
B: amidships to move the entire vessel evenly
C: aft to assist the ship's rudder and propeller
D: anywhere, since the maneuverability of the tug governs the
placement not the power
3138: When pushing ahead, wires leading from the quarters of the
after outboard barges to the bow of a towboat ___________.
A: prevent the towboat from sliding when the rudder is moved
B: prevent the barges from spreading out when backing down
C: hold the towboat securely to the barges
D: prevent the sidewise movement of the face barges
3139: In illustration D002DG, item number 13 is the __________.
A: head block
B: runner block
C: falls block
D: whip sheave
3140: If the Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has
expired, which certificate may be issued to allow its
movement to a repair facility?
A: Change of employment
B: Permit to proceed
C: Application for inspection
D: Temporary Certificate of Inspection
3141: What is NOT a securing system used on a containership?
A: Lashing system
B: Stacking system
C: Locking system
D: Buttress system
3142: Why are stern towing bitts placed well forward of the rudder
when hawser towing?
A: To keep the hawser from fouling the rudder
B: To keep the towing bitts as far away as possible from the
tugs pivoting point
C: To allow the stern to swing more freely when using rudder
D: To have as much of the towing hawser in use as possible
3143: You are the person in charge of a 199 GT uninspected towing
vessel engaged in coastwise towing from the Gulf of Mexico
to the New York area, a distance in excess of 600 miles.
Which statement is FALSE?
A: The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.
B: Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.
C: Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
D: All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
3144: A tow consists of 8 barges: 6 jumbo barges made up 3
abreast and 2 long, with 2 standard barges abreast as lead
barges. How long is this tow?
A: 525 feet
B: 545 feet
C: 565 feet
D: 595 feet
3145: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with
a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the
damage to your vessel is not serious?
A: If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
B: Wait one week and submit form CG-2692 to the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
C: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
D: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
3146: How should you signal the crane operator to use the main
hoist?
A: Use one hand to give any motion signal, and place the other
hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion
signal.
B: Extend arm with the thumb pointing up and flex the fingers
in and out for as long as the load movement is desired.
C: First tap your elbow with one hand, and then proceed to use
regular signals.
D: First tap the top of your head with your fist, and then
proceed to use regular signals.
3148: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter H is the
_______________.
A: fluke
B: shank
C: tripping palm
D: crown
3150: You are moving a gas free tank barge to dry dock for
repairs. The barge must have onboard a valid _________.
A: gas free certificate and Certificate of Inspection
B: gas free certificate only
C: Permit to Proceed and Hot Work Permit
D: copy of the towboat operator's license
3152: The danger of a towing vessel tripping is increased the
closer the towline is secured to ______________.
A: the stern
B: amidships
C: the bow
D: the quarter
3160: The Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has
expired. What certificate authorizes the barge to move to a
repair facility for repair and inspection?
A: Application for Inspection
B: Change of Employment
C: Permit to Proceed
D: Temporary Certificate of Inspection
3162: When maneuvering from pull towing to breasted (alongside)
towing, a twin-screw vessel is more likely than a
single-screw vessel of equal horsepower to _______________.
A: trip or capsize
B: foul the towline
C: go into irons
D: part the towing strap
3164: How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom
and raise the load?
A: Extend arm and point finger in the direction to move the
boom.
B: Extend arm with thumb pointing downward and flex fingers in
and out.
C: With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move hand
in small horizontal circles.
D: With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down,
move hand in small horizontal circles.
3165: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT ________.
A: consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
B: use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
C: use as little rudder as possible to keep the vessel on
course
D: advise his relief of the course being steered
3166: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound
for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back
to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?
A: He must always take the seaman.
B: He is required to accept the seaman only if the seaman is
medically unfit.
C: He may refuse the seaman if the seaman has a contagious
disease.
D: He may refuse to take the seaman if he is being held by
shore authorities.
3167: Which statement concerning a 298 GT tug engaged in towing
from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?
A: No able seamen are required.
B: Each crew member must be furnished with a record of sea
service at the time of discharge.
C: A licensed operator of uninspected towing vssesls may serve
as Master.
D: Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
3168: Which item is rigged to transmit the thrust from one barge
to another when backing down?
3169: In illustration D002DG, item number 23 is the _________.
A: inboard guy
B: stay pennant
C: head guy
D: midships guy
3170: A license for Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels shall
be renewed within what time period before or after the
expiration date?
A: 30 days
B: 90 days
C: 6 months
D: 12 months
3171: A high cube container would most likely be used to stow
_____________.
A: dense bulk cargoes
B: household appliances
C: fragile cargoes
D: heavy industrial machinery
3172: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his hands
clasped in front of his body. This is the signal to
_______________.
A: dog everything
B: stop
C: stand-by
D: prepare for signal
3173: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated FLASH
will be delivered within ________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 1 to 6 hours
C: 10 minutes if possible
D: 30 minutes to 1 hour
3176: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter G in
illustration D038DG is the ____________.
A: fluke
B: shank
C: tripping palm
D: crown
3180: A license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for Operator of
Uninspected Towing Vessel is valid for ____________________.
A: 2 years and must be renewed
B: 3 years and must be renewed
C: 5 years and must be renewed
D: life and need not be renewed
3192: How should you signal the crane operator to hoist?
A: With forearm vertical and forefinger pointing up, move
hand in small horizontal circles.
B: With arm extended downwards and forefinger pointing down,
move hand in small horizontal circles.
C: Extend arm with fingers closed and thumb pointing upward.
D: Place both fists in front of body with the thumbs pointing
upward.
3200: A license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for Second Class
Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels is valid for _______.
A: 2 years and must be renewed
B: 3 years and must be renewed
C: 5 years and must be renewed
D: None of the above
3201: You are on watch entering port, and the Master gives the
helmsman a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder
command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman
___________.
A: obeys the Pilot
B: asks you for instructions
C: obeys the Master
D: brings the rudder to a point midway between the two
conflicting positions
3204: What term indicates the immersed body of the vessel forward
of the parallel mid-body?
A: Run
B: Flare
C: Entrance
D: Sheer
3206: The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm
extended, thumb pointing downwards, flexing fingers in and
out. This is the signal to _______________.
A: lower the boom and raise the load
B: lower the load and raise the boom
C: raise the boom and lower the load
D: raise the load and lower the boom
3208: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the sagging numeral.
A: 72.42 numeral
B: 78.98 numeral
C: 83.46 numeral
D: 91.48 numeral
3210: A licensed Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels may NOT
serve as the person in charge of which towing vessel?
A: 99-gross ton towing vessel on the Chesapeake Bay
B: 199-gross ton towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaska
C: 500-gross ton towing vessel operating on the Western Rivers
D: 299-gross ton towing vessel operating between Jacksonville,
Florida, and San Juan, Puerto Rico
3211: With the buttress securing system, containers of different
heights must be stowed ___________.
A: on the bottom tier on deck
B: in the hold
C: next to the buttress tower
D: on the top tier
3218: The term "bollard pull" refers to a towing vessel's _______.
A: propulsion horsepower available
B: pulling ability at cruise power
C: towing winch capability
D: pulling ability under static conditions
3219: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy,
messages are sent by precedence. A message designated
PRIORITY will be delivered within __________.
A: 3 hours to start of business the following day
B: 10 minutes if possible
C: 30 minutes to 1 hour
D: 1 to 6 hours
3220: If you are guilty of failure to properly perform your duties
as Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels, which of the
following actions may NOT be taken?
A: Issuance of a letter of warning
B: Suspension of your license
C: Revocation of your license
D: A fine placed against your license
3230: After a collision or accident involving an uninspected
vessel, regulations require that the operator assist persons
affected, but only if the operator can do so without ______.
A: further damaging the other vessel
B: undue delay
C: serious danger to his or her own vessel
D: creating a panic on either vessel
3231: You will stop reporting to AMVER when __________________.
A: nuclear war is in progress whether the ship is in the danger
area or not
B: under MARAD control
C: under VNCS (Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping)
D: under Full NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
3232: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm
extended with the palm down and holds this position rigidly.
This is the signal to ______________.
A: hoist
B: swing
C: stop
D: lower
3234: Rolling is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?
A: Longitudinal
B: Transverse
C: Vertical
D: Centerline
3239: Which term indicates the rise in height of the bottom
plating from the plane of the base line?
A: Deadrise
B: Camber
C: Molded height
D: Sheer
3240: You are the operator of a towing vessel which becomes
involved in a collision. By law you must assist __________.
A: if your vessel is at fault
B: if you can do so without excessive delay
C: if you can do so without serious danger to your vessel
D: regardless of the circumstances
3242: What term indicates the line drawn at the top of the flat
plate keel?
A: Base line
B: Molded line
C: Designer's waterline
D: Keel line
3244: The shank is indicated by which letter?
3248: The rope which is the lightest is ____________________.
A: manila
B: nylon
C: polypropylene
D: dacron
3250: You are operator of a towing vessel which collides with a
buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the
damage to your vessel is not serious?
A: If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
B: Wait one week and submit form GG-2692 to the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
C: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine
Safety or Inspection Office and no further action is
necessary.
D: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
3252: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm
extended and is pointing his finger in the direction to move
the boom. This is the signal to _______________.
A: extend
B: lower
C: hoist
D: swing
3260: When underway with a tow, you must notify the Coast Guard of
which casualty?
A: Damage to property amounting to $ (SA)1,500
B: Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
C: An injury requiring first aid
D: Loss of main propulsion
3262: Fracture damage to the end links of the anchor cable, or to
the jews' harp may be eliminated by ___________.
A: using a small diameter connecting shackle
B: ensuring the swivel is well lubricated and free to turn
C: installing the connecting shackle with the bow towards the
anchor
D: securing a piece of wood to the jews' harp
3269: What provides little or no indication that a vessel is
dragging?
A: Changing range to an object abeam
B: Drift lead with the line tending forward
C: The cable alternately slackening and then tightening
D: Changing bearing to a fixed distant object abeam
3270: A vessel is tide rode when it is ____________.
A: carrying extra rudder to compensate for the current
B: necessary to adjust the course steered to allow for the
current
C: at anchor and stemming the current
D: being forced off of a pier by the hydraulic effect of the
current
3275: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the
Coast Guard in which casualty situation?
A: Damage to property amounting to $12,500
B: Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
C: An injury requiring first aid treatment
D: Accidental stranding or grounding
3280: What is NOT accepted as the required shipping papers on a
manned and loaded tank barge?
A: Bill of Lading
B: Manifest
C: Shipping document
D: Logbook entry
3282: What term indicates the immersed body of the vessel aft of
the parallel mid-body?
A: Run
B: Stern
C: Counter
D: Flow
3284: A vessel will moor port side to a wharf at a berth limited
by vessels ahead and astern. Your tug should be made up
to the vessel's _________________.
A: stern on a hawser
B: quarter
C: waist
D: bow
3286: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm
extended, with the thumb pointing up, and is flexing his
fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is
desired. This is the signal to ________________.
A: lower the boom and raise the load
B: raise the boom and lower the load
C: lower the boom and lower the load
D: raise the boom and raise the load
3288: The angular movement of a vessel about a horizontal line
drawn from its bow to its stern is _____.
A: pitching
B: rolling
C: heaving
D: swaying
3289: A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the names,
is required to be posted. This document is called the
______.
A: Articles Copy
B: Shipping Articles
C: Fo'c'sle Card
D: Voyage Agreement
3290: What will be accepted as the shipping papers for an unmanned
tank barge but will not be accepted if the tank barge is
manned?
A: Bill of Lading
B: Logbook entry
C: Manifest
D: Shipping document
3291: The riding pawl is ____________.
A: a safety interlock in a cargo winch that prevents the
runner from overspeeding
B: a stopper that prevents the anchor cable from running free
if the cable jumps the wildcat
C: the device that locks the deck lashings of the Peck and
Hale system
D: the lug that rides on the eccentric rib and engages the
locking ring on the windlass
3292: The forecastle card is a(n) _____________.
A: unlicensed shipping card from the union
B: quarters allocation
C: copy of the shipping agreement
D: station bill
3293: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not
require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you
assign this message?
A: R (ROUTINE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: O (IMMEDIATE)
D: Z (FLASH)
3294: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the
assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful
when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?
A: Bow breast line
B: Stern breast line
C: Bow spring line
D: Inshore head line
3300: You are heading into the sea during rough weather. Having
too much weight forward can cause your small boat to ______.
A: broach
B: plunge into the wave
C: rise rapidly over the wave
D: list
3308: What term indicates a curvature of the decks in a
longitudinal direction?
A: Deadrise
B: Camber
C: Sheer
D: Flare
3309: Catenary as applied to tow lines denotes the _____.
A: dip of the line
B: stretch of the line
C: strain on the line
D: length of the line
3320: Which type of bottom is best suited for holding an anchor of
a small boat?
A: Mud and clay
B: Rocky
C: Sandy
D: Gravel
3321: By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable
cause) to give aid in the case of collision is __________.
A: one year imprisonment or $500
B: two years imprisonment or $500
C: two years imprisonment or $1000
D: two years imprisonment or $2000
3322: The fluke is indicated by which letter?
3323: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping)
when it becomes necessary to send a distress message. Which
precedence would you assign this message?
A: P (PRIORITY)
B: O (IMMEDIATE)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: Z (FLASH)
3324: What descriptive term indicates that the dimension is
measured from the inner face of the shell or deck plating?
A: Molded
B: Register
C: Tonnage
D: Effective
3325: Flammable liquids should have what kind of label?
A: Skull and crossbones
B: Yellow
C: Red
D: White
3326: The signal man assisting the crane operator uses one hand
to give any motion signal and places the other hand
motionless in front of the hand giving the motion signal.
This is the signal to ________________.
A: move slowly
B: increase speed
C: proceed with caution
D: stop
3327: The upward slope of a vessels bottom from the keel to the
bilge is called ________________.
A: camber
B: sheer
C: rake
D: rise of bottom
3328: The vertical motion of a floating vessel is known as _____.
A: surge
B: sway
C: heave
D: yaw
3330: When towing astern, chafing gear should NOT be used on a
hawser which is _________________.
A: attached to an "H" bitt
B: attached to an automatic towing engine
C: held amidships by a gob rope
D: connected to a swivel
3338: What is used to prevent wear on towlines that bear on hard
surfaces?
A: Chafing gear
B: Chocks
C: Grease
D: Boots
3339: Pitching is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?
A: Longitudinal
B: Transverse
C: Vertical
D: Centerline
3340: It is NOT advisable to use nylon for alongside towing
because it _________________.
A: stretches too much
B: is too difficult to make fast
C: parts too readily
D: is too susceptible to mildew
3342: Which term refers to a transverse curvature of the deck?
A: Deadrise
B: Camber
C: Freeboard
D: Flare
3346: When connecting the tow bridle to a tug, the end of the
bridle is passed with a __________________.
A: heaving line
B: shot line
C: high line
D: messenger line
3347: The opening in the deck beneath the anchor windlass that
leads to the chain locker is the ___________.
A: hawsepipe
B: fallpipe
C: drop-pipe
D: spill pipe
3350: It is not advisable to use nylon for alongside towing
because it ____________.
A: stretches too much
B: is too expensive for everyday towing usage
C: binds on the cleats
D: parts too readily
3352: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his
arm extended, his fingers closed, and his thumb pointing
downward. This is the signal to ______________.
A: hoist the load
B: raise the boom
C: lower the boom
D: lower the load
3360: On a light tow, what could you substitute for a fishplate?
A: heart-shaped shackle
B: pelican hook
C: swivel
D: ring
3370: In astern towing, a tow span, also called the "tow bar" or
"towing arch", is used to ____________.
A: insure that the hawser leads directly aft as it passes over
the stern of the towing vessel
B: increase the stability of the towing vessel by raising the
hawser off the deck
C: reduce chafing of the towing hawser
D: prevent fouling of the hawser on deck gear located on the
stern of the towing vessel
3372: The lead of a tow bridle is usually redirected with a _____.
A: bollard
B: chock
C: pad eye
D: devil's claw
3374: Angular motion about the longitudinal axis of a vessel
is known as _____.
A: pitch
B: surge
C: sway
D: roll
3378: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter F is the
_________________.
A: shank
B: bar
C: stock
D: shot
3380: When hip towing, a line led from the stern of the towboat
forward to the barge provides the towing pull when ________.
A: going ahead
B: dead in the water
C: in a following current
D: backing
3381: A half-height container is used ____________.
A: to carry cargoes of low density
B: when stowage space is limited
C: to carry cargoes such as steel products or drums
D: to double the stowage capacity of the vessel
3382: The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps
his elbow with one hand and then proceeds to use regular
signals. This is the signal to __________________.
A: use the main hoist
B: proceed slowly
C: increase speed
D: use the whip line
3390: When towing, a tow hook is used to _______________.
A: provide quick release of the hawser
B: pull a tow alongside
C: attach a hawser to a tow which has no bitts or pad eyes
D: join two hawsers for lengthening a tow
3392: What term indicates the midships portion of a vessel that
has a constant cross section?
A: Half length
B: Amidships
C: Middle body
D: Molded length
3394: The crown is indicated by which letter?
3395: The holding power of an anchor at a given scope of cable
increases when the _______________.
A: amount of chain lying along the bottom increases
B: length of the catenary is reduced
C: mooring line tension is increased
D: amount of chain lying along the bottom decreases
3396: A tow that veers to the side on the end of the towline is
said to __________________________.
A: yaw
B: surge
C: sway
D: swing
3400: In a tow made up astern, the fishplate _____.
A: connects the hawser to the bridle
B: connects the bridle to the tow
C: keeps the hawser amidships on the tug
D: is the capping piece on the "H" bitt
3404: The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps
the top of his head with his fist and then proceeds to use
regular signals. This is the signal to ____________.
A: use the whip line
B: use the main hoist
C: use the auxiliary line
D: proceed slowly
3410: When "checking down" a barge using a check line you should
use _________________________.
A: one round turn and at least two figure-eights around the
timber heads
B: at least three figure-eights around the timber heads
C: a clove hitch around one timber head
D: at least three round turns around one timber head
3411: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT ________.
A: consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
B: use as little rudder as possible to maintain course
C: use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
D: advise his relief of the course being steered
3414: You are lifting a 3-ton weight with a single whip rove on a
swinging boom set at an angle 20ø to the horizontal. Use
the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working
load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be
used to secure the head block to the boom.
A: 1 3/8 inch
B: 1 1/2 inch
C: 1 5/8 inch
D: 1 3/4 inch
3420: A face line is used to _______________________.
A: prevent barge movement in a lock
B: secure two barges end-to-end
C: secure barges to the towboat
D: secure barges side-by-side
3430: What is NOT considered "jewelry"?
A: Steamboat ratchets
B: Manila lines
C: Buttons
D: Shackles
3431: A high cube container is designed specifically to ________.
A: carry low density cargoes
B: protect fragile cargoes
C: stow cargoes with concentrated weights such as machinery
D: carry cargoes of very low stowage factors
3432: A vessel is wind rode when it is _____________.
A: at anchor and heading into the wind
B: backing into the wind
C: carrying lee rudder
D: necessary to apply a leeway correction to the course
3434: The Scharnow turn should be used in a man overboard
situation only when __________________.
A: the man can be kept in sight from the bridge while
maneuvering
B: the turn is started immediately when the man goes over
C: there has been sufficient time elapsed since the man went
over to complete the maneuver
D: the vessel has twin screws to assist in making the turn
3436: The signal man assisting the crane operator has one
hand occupied and one fist in front of his chest with
the thumb pointing outward and is tapping his chest with
the heel of his fist. This is the signal to ____________.
A: extend the boom
B: lower the boom
C: retract the boom
D: hoist the boom
3438: One advantage of chain over wire rope for a tow bridle is
that chain ______________________.
A: is better suited for inland towing
B: resists damage from chafing
C: handles more easily
D: equalizes towing forces better
3439: Horizontal fore or aft motion of a vessel is known
as _____.
A: pitch
B: surge
C: sway
D: roll
3440: The circular steel structure installed around the propeller
of a towboat is the __________.
A: nozzle
B: shroud
C: strut
D: hood
3442: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter J is the
_______________.
A: crown
B: shank
C: bill
D: tip
3446: The best way to determine if a load is within maximum lift
limits is to use __________________.
A: a boom angle indicator
B: a load weight indicator
C: material invoices for shipping weights
D: prior experience with similar lifts
3447: The best method to secure a tow line to a cleat is to _____.
A: take a turn around the cleat, then figure-eights, and a
half-hitch
B: make figure-eights, followed by a half-hitch, then a
figure-eight knot
C: take a turn, a half turn, and a figure-eight
D: take several turns around the cleat only
3448: When inspecting ground tackle, fractures are most
frequently found in the _____.
A: anchor shank
B: end links
C: swivel
D: fluke
3449: What term indicates an inward curvature of the ship's hull
above the waterline?
A: Camber
B: Tumble home
C: Deadrise
D: Flare
3450: Kort nozzles are installed around the propellers of some
vessels to __________.
A: increase the thrust of the propeller
B: protect the propeller from striking sawyers
C: prevent the propeller from striking barges towed on the hip
D: prevent the propeller from touching bottom in low water
3451: After inventorying the Naval Control of Shipping
publications you find there is no copy of ATP-2, Volume
II "Allied Control of Shipping Manual - Bridge Supplement".
You should ask for a replacement from the _________________.
A: Maritime Administration
B: Coast Guard
C: Chief of Naval Operations
D: local Operational Control Authority
3452: A drift lead indicates that the vessel is dragging
anchor when the line is ___________.
A: taut and leading forward
B: slack
C: leading out perpendicular to the centerline
D: leading under the hull
3454: For any given pedestal crane, when the boom is lengthened,
the lifting capacity is ______________.
A: unchanged
B: increased
C: eliminated
D: decreased
3456: The vertical movement of a vessel in the water is
called _____.
A: pitch
B: sway
C: heave
D: roll
3459: The pea is indicated by which letter in illustration D038DG?
3460: You would NOT secure a line to a ________.
A: kevel
B: stand pipe
C: button
D: timber head
3462: Under U.S. law, what is the penalty for assaulting the
Master?
A: Fine of not more than $1000
B: Fine of not more than $500 and/or imprisonment for not more
than 1 year
C: Imprisonment for not more than 2 years
D: Revocation of the Merchant Mariner's Document (and license
if applicable)
3463: Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3
watches when the trip exceeds _______________.
A: 1000 miles
B: 800 miles
C: 700 miles
D: 600 miles
3464: The ultimate or maximum strength of a wire rope is referred
to as the ____________.
A: operating strength
B: working load
C: breaking strength
D: lifting load
3465: Which type of anchor is illustrated?
A: Stockless
B: Danforth
C: Old-fashioned
D: Kedge
3466: What is a spill pipe?
A: A drainage pipe that carries rain or spray from an upper
deck to a lower deck
B: A pipe under the anchor windlass leading to the chain
locker
C: A chute, usually over the stern, to lead dumped garbage
clear of the hull
D: An opening in the deck leading outside the hull
3467: Which number indicates a freeing port?
3470: The section of each end of a barge which is heavily
reinforced to take the pressure of pushing is called the
_____________.
A: headlog
B: towhead
C: collision bulkhead
D: bullnose
3472: You are the Master of a 500 gross ton passenger vessel
operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground.
Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify
the ________.
A: nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine
Inspection Office as soon as possible
B: Coast Guard only if the grounding results in
damage to property in excess of $(SA)25,000
C: Coast Guard only if the grounding results in a
loss of life
D: Coast Guard only if the grounding results in
injury to personnel
3476: The strongest method of forming an eye in wire rope is
using ____.
A: three wire rope clamps
B: an eye splice with four or five tucks
C: a thimble fastened with four or five tucks
D: a wire rope socket attached with zinc
3480: When barge headlogs do not meet or are not even with one
another, the void or opening between them is called a _____.
A: notch
B: hole
C: spacing
D: gap
3484: You are on watch and see a man fall overboard. Which man-
overboard turn should NOT be used in this situation?
A: Scharnow
B: Single turn
C: Racetrack
D: Williamson
3486: When a two-leg sling is used to lift a load, a sling 40
feet long is better than one of 30 feet because the
_________.
A: tension in the sling legs is less
B: load can be lifted higher
C: sling will be easier to attach
D: sling will be easier to remove
3487: The opening in the deck that leads the anchor cable outside
the hull is the ___________.
A: hawsepipe
B: fall pipe
C: drop-pipe
D: spill pipe
3488: Angular motion about the vertical axis of a vessel is called
_____.
A: yaw
B: surge
C: sway
D: roll
3489: You are lifting a 5-ton weight with a single whip rove on a
swinging boom set at an angle of 60ø to the horizontal. Use
the formula for the size of a shackle with a safe working
load and determine the minimum size shackle that should be
used to secure the head block to the boom?
A: 1 inch
B: 1 3/8 inch
C: 1 1/2 inch
D: 1 7/8 inch
3490: A device used to tighten up remaining slack in wire rope
when you are making up to a tow in inland waters is a _____.
A: tripping line
B: tripping bracket
C: norman pin
D: steamboat ratchet
3491: You are the licensed operator of a towing vessel operating
between New York and Tampa, Florida. If you carry four (4)
deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?
3492: The Master of a passenger vessel which is not required to
maintain an Official Logbook must keep a record of the
number of passengers received and delivered from day to day.
This record must be available for a period of _____________.
A: 6 months
B: 12 months
C: 24 months
D: 36 months
3493: You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing vessel
of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the
Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.
B: All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
C: A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
D: Deck watches may be 6 and 6.
3494: Nylon rope is often used in the makeup of a towline
because it ___________________.
A: floats
B: stretches
C: handles easily
D: resists rot
3500: Small hull leaks can be temporarily repaired by ___________.
A: parcelling
B: parbuckling
C: caulking
D: seizing
3501: What must be accurately determined to assess the potential
for progressive flooding after a vessel has been damaged?
A: The integrity of the water tight boundaries
B: The capacity of the water sprinkler systems
C: The operation of the machinery space bilge level alarms
D: All of the above
3502: The point that is halfway between the forward and after
perpendicular and is a reference point for vessel
construction is the _____.
A: half length
B: mid-body
C: center line
D: amidships
3504: Metal plates that cover the top of the hawsepipe are called
________________.
A: footings
B: plugs
C: buckler plates
D: stop waters
3508: A situation has occurred in which your vessel must be towed.
When the towing vessel passes the towing line to you, you
should secure the line _____________.
A: to the base of the foremast
B: to the forward-most bitts
C: to the forward part of the deckhouse
D: at the stern
3511: The wheel on the windlass with indentations for the anchor
chain is the ___________.
A: grabber
B: wildcat
C: locking ring
D: pawl
3514: Which type of anchor is depicted?
A: Stock
B: Danforth
C: Patent
D: Old-fashioned
3516: The signal man has both arms extended out, palms down, and
is moving his arms back and forth. This is the signal for
________________________.
A: keep lifting
B: swing right
C: swing left
D: emergency stop
3518: A tug's horsepower available at the shaft is ______________.
A: indicated horsepower
B: brake horsepower
C: dynamic horsepower
D: net horsepower
3519: Strengthening damaged bulkheads by using wood or steel is
called _____.
A: bracing
B: battening
C: blocking
D: shoring
3520: A situation has occurred where it becomes necessary for you
to be towed. What action should be taken to prevent your
vessel from yawing?
A: Shift weight to the bow
B: Shift weight to the center of the boat
C: Shift weight to the stern
D: Throw excess weight overboard
3521: Once a towline is connected between the towing vessel and
the disabled vessel, the towing vessel should _____.
A: not exceed bare steerageway during the transit
B: take a strain as soon as you can to control the tow
C: come up to speed very slowly and maintain a "safe speed"
D: come up to speed quickly, then cut back power considerably
to ease the strain
3530: Which is NOT a duty of a look-out?
A: Refuse to talk to others, except as required by duty.
B: Remain standing during your watch.
C: Report every sighting.
D: Supervise any deck work going on in the area.
3540: While on duty as a look-out, which other duty may you
perform?
A: Sweep down the fo'c'sle
B: Paint any area near your station
C: Overhaul a block, as long as it is at your look-out station
D: None of the above
3541: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide,
diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product
tankship. Which statement is TRUE?
A: Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks
and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
B: Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having
a common header vent.
C: Carbon disulfide must be separated from pyridine by two
barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.).
D: A tank of pyridine may be used to separate a tank of carbon
disulfide from a tank of diisopropylamine.
3542: The Certificate of Inspection on a passenger vessel of over
100 gross tons must be posted ____________.
A: in the Master's office
B: on the bridge
C: in a conspicuous place where observation by the passengers
is likely
D: in the passengers' dining room or, where there is no dining
room, in the lounge area
3544: Wire rope should be renewed when the ______________________.
A: outer wires are rusted
B: outer wires are worn to half their original diameter
C: inner core appears dry
D: certification period expires
3550: When can a look-out leave his duty station?
A: 15 minutes before the end of the watch
B: At the end of the watch
C: When properly relieved
D: At any time
3556: The choice of length of tow bridle legs is governed by the
________________________.
A: expected towing forces
B: capability of retrieving gear
C: freeboard of the unit being towed
D: need to reduce yaw
3560: What should look-outs report?
A: Discolored water
B: Shoals
C: Floating objects
D: All of the above
3561: A holder of a license as Operator of Uninspected Towing
Vessels may work each 24 hours for a period not to exceed
_________.
A: 24 hours
B: 18 hours
C: 12 hours
D: 6 hours
3562: The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm
extended with his fingers closed and thumb pointing upward.
This is the signal to _____.
A: raise the boom
B: raise the hook
C: raise the boom and hook
D: check the boom stop
3563: The fo'c'sle card _____________________.
A: is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Document
B: designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage
C: advises the crew of the conditions of employment
D: is posted in the crews quarters and lists the emergency
stations
3564: The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called
the _______________.
A: tripping angle
B: fluke angle
C: penetration angle
D: holding angle
3565: The safety stopper that prevents the anchor cable from
running free if the cable jumps the wildcat is the ______.
A: riding pawl
B: devil's claw
C: buckler plate
D: spill pipe
3570: As look-out, you spot an object 45ø off your port bow.
You should report the object as _____.
A: broad on the port bow
B: 3 points on the port bow
C: 3 points forward of the port beam
D: on the port beam
3576: Heave is motion along the _____.
A: longitudinal axis
B: transverse axis
C: vertical axis
D: centerline axis
3579: The most probable position of the object of a search at
any given time is the __________________.
A: datum
B: estimated position
C: search point
D: initial point
3580: You are standing the wheelwatch on entering port and the
Master gives you a rudder command which conflicts with a
rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?
A: Obey the Master.
B: Obey the Pilot.
C: Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two
conflicting orders.
D: Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.
3582: What term indicates the length measured along the summer
load line from the intersection of that load line with the
foreside of the stem and the intersection of that load line
with the after side of the rudder post?
A: Length overall
B: Register length
C: Length between perpendiculars
D: Length on the waterline
3583: Indicated horsepower refers to a towing vessel's
power which is ___________________________.
A: theoretically available
B: measured on a test bed
C: developed at the shaft
D: measured by dynamometer
3584: The tripping palm is indicated by which letter?
3586: The last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted _______.
A: white
B: international orange
C: yellow
D: red
3587: Following a serious marine incident, a device to test an
individuals breath can be used by __________.
A: any individual trained to conduct such tests
B: the marine employer
C: qualified medical personnel only
D: any USCG licensed deck officer
3588: Conventional anchors are least likely to hold in a bottom
consisting of _____.
A: soft clay
B: hard mud
C: sand
D: rock
3589: A vessel has been surveyed in a foreign port and found
unseaworthy as a result of neglect. A seaman on this vessel
is entitled to discharge and ___________.
A: transportation to the port of engagement
B: one month's pay only
C: one month's pay or transportation to the nearest U.S. port,
whichever is the least amount
D: one month's pay or transportation to the nearest U.S. port,
whichever is the greater amount
3590: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT _________.
A: use as much rudder as possible to maintain course
B: consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
C: use as little rudder as possible to maintain course
D: advise his relief of the course being steered
3599: What term indicates the outward curvature of the hull above
the waterline?
A: sheer
B: tumble home
C: deadrise
D: flare
3600: A helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder."
The helmsman's IMMEDIATE reply should be _______________.
A: "Aye Aye Sir"
B: "Right 15 degrees rudder"
C: "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
D: No reply is necessary, just carry out the order
3602: What is the penalty for desertion?
A: Fine of not more than 2000 dollars and forfeiture of wages
B: Imprisonment for not more than 2 years and/or a fine of not
more than 2000 dollars
C: Revocation of Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if
applicable) and forfeiture of wages due
D: Forfeiture of money and property left on the vessel, and
wages due
3604: The jews' harp is indicated by which letter?
3606: A spreader bar is used to _______________________.
A: increase the lifting capacity
B: increase the lifting radius
C: protect the slings
D: protect the upper part of a load
3608: The horizontal port or starboard movement of a vessel is
called _____.
A: yaw
B: sway
C: surge
D: heave
3610: You have a tow of chemical barges. The mate reports an
ammonia smell around the head of the tow. You would suspect
a leak in the barge carrying _______________.
A: methyl chloride
B: heptane
C: propanolamine
D: morpholine
3612: Buckler plates are _______________.
A: triangular-shaped plates connecting the bull chain to the
topping lift
B: metal plates secured over the tops of the hawsepipes
C: faired shell plates with curvature in two directions
D: sheets of dunnage used to prevent heavy cargo from buckling
the deck plates
3614: While you are on watch, you learn that a crewman has
not been seen on board for the past three hours. Which
type of turn is best in this man-overboard situation?
A: Round
B: Scharnow
C: Racetrack
D: Single turn of 180ø
3616: A tug in irons is ______________________________.
A: rudder bound
B: being tripped by the towline
C: unable to maneuver
D: broached
3620: Item number 25 is the _______.
A: guy pendant
B: preventer
C: whip
D: stay
3630: In illustration D002DG, item number 45 is the ___________.
A: spider band
B: boom reinforcement
C: collar
D: top brace
3631: The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen
required on board is listed in the _____.
A: Certificate of Inspection
B: American Bureau of Shipping code
C: station bill
D: Safety of Life at Sea Convention
3632: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When
comparing the stresses on the rig with the boom at 20ø to
the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60ø to
the horizontal, which statement is TRUE?
A: The thrust on the boom is greater at 60ø.
B: The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60ø.
C: The stress on the heel block is less at 20ø.
D: The stress on the head block is less at 60ø.
3640: In illustration D002DG, item number 46 is the ________.
A: boom reinforcement
B: center block
C: flounder lead
D: fairleader
3644: You are drifting in calm water, there is no current. As a
rule, your vessel will lie _____.
A: bow to the wind
B: beam to the wind
C: stern to the wind
D: with the wind on the quarter
3645: Conventional anchors are least likely to hold in a
bottom consisting of _____.
A: soft clay
B: hard mud
C: very soft mud
D: sand
3650: In illustration D002DG, item number 4 is the _________.
A: crosstree
B: masthead
C: cap
D: topping lift head
3652: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When
comparing the stresses in the rig with the boom at 20ø to
the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60ø to
the horizontal, which statement is TRUE?
A: The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60ø.
B: The thrust on the boom is greater at 20ø.
C: The stress on the heel block is less at 20ø.
D: The stress on the masthead fairlead for the topping lift is
greater at 20ø.
3654: Horizontal transverse motion of a vessel is known as _____.
A: pitch
B: surge
C: sway
D: heave
3660: In illustration D002DG, item number 8 is the __________.
A: swivel
B: gooseneck
C: pivot piece
D: turning band
3662: Unless extremely flexible wire rope is used, the sheave
diameter should always be as large as possible, but should
never be less than _____________________.
A: 20 times the rope diameter
B: 10 times the rope diameter
C: 2 times the rope diameter
D: the rope diameter
3670: In illustration D002DG, item number 9 is the __________.
A: gin link
B: spider band
C: heel of the boom
D: yard boom
3680: What is the penalty for willfully damaging cargo?
A: Forfeiture of wages equal to the value of the damage and, if
ordered by the court, imprisonment for not more than 12
months
B: Fine equal to the value of the damage plus a 1000 dollar
penalty and/or imprisonment not to exceed 2 years
C: Fine not to exceed the value of the damage and/or
imprisonment not to exceed 18 months
D: Revocation of Merchant Mariner's Document (and license if
applicable), fine equal to the value of the damage or
imprisonment for not more than 2 years
3681: While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the
helmsman a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder
command from the Pilot. You should make sure the helmsman
___________.
A: obeys the Pilot
B: obeys the Master
C: asks you for instructions
D: brings the rudder to a point midway between the two
conflicting positions
3682: The boom indicator tells the operator at what angle the
boom is compared to the ______________.
A: horizontal position of the boom
B: vertical position of the boom
C: horizontal position of the load being lifted
D: vertical position of the load being lifted
3684: In towing, heaving lines are used for _____.
A: passing a tow bridle to the tug
B: passing a messenger line
C: heaving in the tow bridle
D: service lines with rocket line throwers
3686: If the towline parts, you should _____.
A: start towing by pushing ahead
B: abandon the towing vessel
C: retrieve the tow bridle
D: relieve strain on the retrieving line
3689: The wildcat is linked to the central drive shaft on most
windlasses by ________________.
A: an electromagnetic brake
B: a hydraulic coupling
C: aligning the keyways on both and inserting a key
D: a mechanical coupling where lugs engage detents
3690: The part of the anchor indicated by the letter I is the
_______________.
A: tripping palm
B: fluke
C: bill
D: stock
3691: On the cargo manifest, the gross weight of a box containing
cargo is the weight of the _________________.
A: cargo
B: box
C: cargo and box
D: rate weight
3692: What provides little or no indication that a vessel is
dragging anchor?
A: Increasing radar range to a fixed object ahead
B: Drift lead with the line leading perpendicular to the
centerline
C: Vibrations felt by placing a hand on the cable
D: Changing bearings to distant fixed objects abeam
3693: When the Pilot is embarked he or she _______________.
A: relieves the Master of his duties
B: is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
C: is a specialist hired for his or her local
navigational knowledge
D: relieves the officer of the watch
3694: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to
Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about the
required pilot is TRUE?
A: The pilot must be licensed by Virginia or Maryland.
B: The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
C: The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the
Coast Guard.
D: The Pilot need only by licensed by the Coast Guard.
3710: A new crewman reports on board. He must be trained in the
use of the ship's lifesaving appliances within what time
period?
A: 2 months
B: 1 month
C: 2 weeks
D: Before sailing
3712: When should a crane boom-up so high that the boom hits the
stops?
A: Only if the load has not exceeded the limit at that angle
B: Only if the load contains non-hazardous materials
C: Only if necessary to perform a given lift
D: Never
3719: Besides saving distance along the track line, another
advantage of the Scharnow Turn over the Williamson Turn in
a man overboard situation because __________________.
A: it is faster
B: it can be used in both the immediate action and the delayed
action situations
C: in fog, if the turn is started as soon as the man goes
over, the vessel will be at the point where he went over
when the turn is completed
D: it returns the vessel to the original track line on a
reciprocal course
3722: The next-to-last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted
_________________.
A: white
B: international orange
C: yellow
D: red
3724: What part of the ground tackle is the most likely to develop
fractures due to extensive anchor use?
A: Anchor shank
B: Swivel
C: Jews' harp
D: Fluke
3726: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom.
When comparing the stresses on the rig with the boom at 20ø
to the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60ø to
the horizontal, which statement is TRUE?
A: The angle of elevation does not change the stresses in the
masthead fairlead for the topping lift.
B: The stress on the head block is greater at 60ø.
C: The stress on the heel block is greater at 60ø.
D: The thrust on the boom is greater at 20ø.
3728: The main reason a long towline is used during an ocean
tow is that _____.
A: a margin of safety is provided should the line part
B: the towline will wear more evenly
C: there will be less stress on the towline
D: a slight increase in speed will be realized
3729: The snatch block in position number 28 fairleads __________.
A: the cargo runner to the heel block
B: the cargo runner to the gin block
C: the cargo runner when snaking cargo
D: the topping lift when raising the boom
3740: Instructions to the crew in the use of all the ship's
lifesaving equipment shall be completed ________.
A: before sailing
B: within one week of sailing
C: in one month and repeated quarterly
D: within any two month period
3742: It is good practice to use long towlines for ocean tows
because the ____________________.
A: wear on the towline is equalized
B: weight of the towline increases the towing force
C: dip in the towline absorbs shock loads
D: danger of overriding is reduced
3770: SOLAS requires a lifesaving training manual be provided in
each crew cabin or in the _______________.
A: bridge
B: engineering control station
C: recreation and messrooms
D: fire control room
3776: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the sagging numeral.
A: 29.70 numeral
B: 33.63 numeral
C: 49.82 numeral
D: 58.33 numeral
3790: The locking pin that joins the parts of a detachable link
is held in position by _____________.
A: a tack weld
B: the self-locking characteristics of its taper
C: a cotter pin
D: a lead plug
3820: When making a Scharnow turn, the ________________.
A: rudder must be put over towards the side the man went over
B: initial turn direction is away from the side the man went
over
C: rudder is put hard over and the initial turn is maintained
until about 240ø from the original course
D: man overboard must be not more than 300 feet astern when
starting the turn
3840: You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When
comparing the stresses on the rig with the boom at 20ø to
the horizontal to the stresses when the boom is at 60ø to
the horizontal, which statement is true?
A: The thrust on the boom is greater at 20ø.
B: The stress on the topping lift is greater at 60ø.
C: The stress on the heel block is less at 60ø.
D: The change in angle of elevation has no effect on the
stresses in the head block.
3920: The words pipe, butt, tun and puncheon all refer to _______.
A: the sizes of casks
B: various lengths of timber
C: structural shapes used in construction
D: viscosities of liquid cargoes
3938: With a given load on the cargo hook, tension in a single
span topping lift _____________.
A: increases as the boom's angle to the horizontal increases
B: is at a maximum when the boom is at a 45ø angle to the
horizontal
C: increases as the boom's angle to the horizontal decreases
D: decreases as the boom's angle to the horizontal decreases
3950: In general, an unreinforced vessel can safely navigate in
ice provided the concentration does not exceed how many
okta's?
3960: The line with the most stretch is ___________________.
A: manila
B: nylon
C: polypropylene
D: dacron
3980: In illustration D002DG, item number 12 is the _________.
A: head block
B: fairleader
C: stay block
D: heel block
3982: Fairleads perform the same function as ____.
A: deadeyes
B: bollards
C: bitts
D: chocks
3990: In illustration D002DG, item number 27 is the __________.
A: preventer
B: lazy guy
C: shroud
D: backstay
4004: In lieu of the normally required Category 1 406 MHz EPIRB, a
vessel certificated for Great Lakes service may continue to
carry, if they were installed prior to October 1, 1996,
_______________.
A: a portable radio apparatus
B: two Class C EPIRBs
C: a cellular telephone with at least 100 mile range
D: 50% additional life raft capacity on each
side of the vessel
4006: No hot work shall be performed on board a vessel with
hazardous materials as cargo unless the work is approved
by the ___________.
A: American Bureau of Shipping
B: local U.S. Coast Guard Captain of the Port
C: National Cargo Bureau
D: harbormaster
4007: You are the operator of a towing vessel which collides with
a buoy and drags it off station. What should you do if the
damage to your vessel is not serious?
A: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and no further action is necessary.
B: If the buoy is afloat, no action is necessary.
C: Wait one week and submit form CG-2692 to the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office.
D: Immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or
Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692.
4009: What is used to prevent twisting of a towing bridle?
A: A bitt
B: A bulkhead
C: A V-spring
D: A fishplate
4010: You have completed a crude oil wash. What action should be
taken with the oil in the lines running to the washing
machines?
A: Open a COW nozzle forward and one aft and drain the line
into the after tank by gravity
B: Blow the line out using compressed air
C: Pull a suction using the supply line pump
D: Close off all valves in the system and leave the oil in the
line primed for the next crude oil wash
4011: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids may be
temporarily suspended with _____________.
A: thirty (30) day's notice
B: a week's notice
C: one day's notice
D: no notice
4012: The purpose of item G is to ________.
A: distribute the vessel's thrust over a wider area
B: prevent the towboat from capsizing if item I should part
C: prevent the knee from shifting when the rudder is put hard
over
D: keep the barges from shifting fore and aft
4013: What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be
documented?
A: 26 feet; end-to-end over the deck excluding sheer
B: 100 gross tons
C: 5 net tons
D: 26 feet between perpendiculars
4014: The facewire refers to item _______.
4016: Which statement is TRUE concerning weather conditions on the
Great Lakes?
A: When a vessel is south of an eastward-moving storm center,
the approach of the low is evidenced by winds from the north
to northeast.
B: When a vessel is north of an eastward-moving storm center,
changes in the weather are less distinctive than when
sailing south of the center.
C: The most destructive storms usually come from the northwest
or north.
D: Thunderstorms are most likely to develop from November
through April.
4018: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is _____.
A: sand
B: very soft mud
C: shale
D: rock
4020: When all of the oil that the main cargo pumps can handle is
pumped out of a tank, the remainder is ____________.
A: stripped out and pumped directly ashore as the remaining
cargo tanks are pumped out with the main pumps
B: stripped to one tank and then pumped out with the main
pumps
C: stripped out and pumped directly ashore after all the tanks
have been emptied by the main pumps
D: gravitated to the centers from the wings and pumped out with
the main pumps
4022: Your vessel is being assisted through an ice field in
Thunder Bay by the Canadian Coast Guard icebreaker
Alexander Henry. The starboard lookout reports that
the icebreaker has run up the code flag "N" (November).
What action should you take?
A: Reduce speed
B: Stop your engines
C: Reverse your engines
D: Stop your vessel instantly
4024: An icebreaker displaying a flag hoist which consists of
the code letters "WO" (Whiskey Oscar) is indicating that __.
A: icebreaker support is finished
B: icebreaker support is commencing
C: the icebreaker is icebound
D: the icebreaker is beset
4026: One of the greatest hazards of towing by pushing ahead is
parting which item shown?
4028: Which statement about the carriage of coal is true?
A: Most problems with spontaneous combustion will occur within
72 hours of loading and after that the risk decreases.
B: Wet coal is more liable to spontaneous heating than dry
coal.
C: Coal absorbs nitrogen from the air which reacts with methane
and causes spontaneous heating.
D: Freshly worked coal is more dangerous than weathered coal.
4029: Which statement is TRUE concerning toluene?
A: Its Reid Vapor Pressure is 9.4.
B: The boiling point is 174² F.
C: It is an aromatic hydrocarbon.
D: It is classified as a grade A flammable liquid.
4030: While discharging a cargo, the stripping of the tanks falls
behind schedule. This would indicate the _______________.
A: main pumps are working at a high discharge pressure
B: main pumps are leaving too much oil in the tanks
C: stripping pump is not primed
D: stripping line is cross-connected to the main line
4032: The pivot pin at the base of a sheath-screw boom davit must
be _____________.
A: inserted each time before the booms are cranked out
B: periodically removed for inspection and lubricated
C: replaced at each inspection for certification
D: in the locked position after the boat is cradled and griped
down
4034: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm
extended downwards, forefinger pointing down, and moves his
hand in small horizontal circles. This is the signal to
_________________.
A: lower
B: swing
C: hoist
D: extend
4036: When a cargo boom or crane is rated at varying capacities,
there will be a table at the controls which relates safe
working load to _____.
A: winch speed
B: boom strength
C: load radius
D: cable strength
4038: Which cargo would require a dangerous cargo manifest?
A: Cotton
B: Wheat
C: Sugar
D: Lumber
4040: When towing another vessel astern, the length of the
towline should be ___________.
A: as long as possible
B: such that one vessel will be on a crest while the other is
in a trough
C: such that the vessels will be "in step"
D: not over two wave lengths in seas up to 10 feet
4041: Vessels of 100 GT and over, certificated for Great Lakes
service, must have ___________________.
A: one satellite EPIRB
B: two class S EPIRBs
C: one Class C EPIRB
D: two Class C EPIRBs
4042: You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. What is the
maximum safe docking speed when coming alongside?
A: 0.1 foot per second (0.06 knot)
B: 0.2 foot per second (0.12 knot)
C: 0.5 foot per second (0.30 knot)
D: 0.75 foot per second (0.44 knot)
4043: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel
is _________.
A: aft of the propellors
B: about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
C: about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
D: at the bow
4044: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in
anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 500 yards and
your vessel's LOA is 484 feet. If you anchor in 8 fathoms
at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of
shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle?
A: 6 shots
B: 5 shots
C: 4 shots
D: 3 shots
4046: Which statement about tunnel bow thrusters fitted to large
vessels is TRUE?
A: They are effective on most vessels at speeds up to 10 knots.
B: Because of their location, most modern installations have as
much power as a tug.
C: They are fully effective at all drafts.
D: When going astern at slow speed, they provide effective
steering control.
4047: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier. Which line will be
the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the
pier?
A: Inshore head line
B: Bow spring line
C: Stern breast line
D: Bow breast line
4048: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in
anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 600 yards
and your vessel's LOA is 525 feet. If you anchor in
10 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the
maximum number of shots of chain you can use and still
remain in the circle?
A: 4 shots
B: 5 shots
C: 6 shots
D: 7 shots
4049: Tugs sometimes shackle a length of chain in the towline
in order to _______________________________.
A: take the wear should the towline drag bottom
B: assure that if the towline is overstressed it will part
close to the bridle
C: prevent the towline from whipping should it part
D: put spring in the towline
4050: You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. When
anchoring without the aid of tugs, your maximum speed
should not exceed how many feet per second?
A: 0.5 (0.3 knot)
B: 1.0 (0.6 knot)
C: 1.3 (0.8 knot)
D: 1.75 (1.0 knot)
4051: You are the operator of an uninspected vessel which is
involved in an accident. You are not required to assist
people affected by the accident if ___________.
A: the other vessel did not appear to be sinking
B: it would unduly delay your voyage
C: the other vessel was at fault
D: it would cause serious danger to your vessel
4052: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in
anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 700 yards and
your vessel's LOA is 600 feet. If you anchor in 11 fathoms
at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of
shots of chain can use and still remain in the circle?
A: 4 shots
B: 5 shots
C: 6 shots
D: 7 shots
4053: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and
wish to send a message by rapid transmission which does not
require a higher precedence. Which precedence would you
give this message?
A: O (IMMEDIATE)
B: P (PRIORITY)
C: R (ROUTINE)
D: Z (FLASH)
4054: "Hanging a barge off" means to __________.
A: moor a damaged barge to the bank and leave
B: remove and deliver a loaded barge from a multiple tow
C: remove a barge while locking through
D: tow an empty barge astern
4055: The operation of which aids to navigation may be suspended
during war or national emergency?
A: Navigational satellites
B: Loran
C: Omega
D: Any of the above
4056: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon
colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to
determine the sagging numeral.
A: 89.75 numeral
B: 40.18 numeral
C: 28.62 numeral
D: 22.44 numeral
4057: Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the
assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful
when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?
A: Bow spring line
B: Inshore head line
C: Stern breast line
D: Bow breast line
4058: Your vessel is equipped with mechanical davits. When
stowing the lifeboat after a drill while underway, you
should _____________.
A: leave the tricing pendants slack
B: ensure the falls are taut
C: leave the outboard part of the cradle in the down position
D: secure the inboard gripes only
4059: A 750 foot passenger vessel operating on the Great Lakes,
not subject to SOLAS regulations, is required to carry how
many ring life buoys?
4060: You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in
anchorage circle B-4. It has a diameter of 550 yards and
your vessel's LOA is 449 feet. If you anchor in 9 fathoms
at the center of the circle, what is the maximum number of
shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle?
A: 6 shots
B: 5 shots
C: 4 shots
D: 3 shots
4061: The two factors which make underwater hull repair difficult
are accessibility and the _______.
A: availability of tools
B: shape of the hull
C: pressure exerted by the water
D: threat of progressive flooding
4062: The signal man assisting the crane operator has his forearm
vertical, forefinger pointing up, and moves his hand in a
small horizontal circle. This is the signal to ___________.
A: swing
B: lower
C: hoist
D: extend
4063: The knot at the end of the heaving line used to pass
the towing hawser is called a _______________.
A: monkey's fist
B: ball or baseball knot
C: heaving knot
D: three strand Turk's head
4064: Which statement concerning castor oil is TRUE?
A: It has a Reid vapor pressure of 9.5.
B: It has a specific gravity of 1.3.
C: The boiling point is 215ø F (102ø C).
D: It is a grade E combustible liquid.
4066: What is the MOST irritating to the skin?
A: Carbon disulfide
B: Ethyl alcohol
C: Isoprene
D: Oleum
4067: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman does NOT ________.
A: use as little rudder as possible to maintain course
B: advise his relief of the course being steered
C: consider steering a vessel a highly responsible job
D: use as much rudder as possible to maintain course
4068: What produces the MOST dangerous vapors?
A: Anhydrous ammonia
B: Camphor oil
C: Methyl alcohol
D: Pentane
4069: The horizontal fore-and-aft movement of a vessel is
called _____.
A: yaw
B: sway
C: heave
D: surge
4070: Small floes of rough, hummocky sea ice capable of damaging
a vessel ____________.
A: can usually be detected by radar in a smooth sea at a range
of 4 to 6 kilometers
B: are indistinguishable from sea return on the PPI
C: are invisible to radar when covered with a thick layer of
snow
D: are usually seen at night before they are close enough to
provide a radar echo
4071: The gin block is located _____________.
A: at the base of the boom
B: at the head of the boom
C: at the top of the mast
D: on the end of the guy pendant
4072: How should you signal the crane operator to stop in an
emergency?
A: Extend arm with the palm down and hold this position
rigidly.
B: Place clasped hands in front of your body.
C: Extend arm and move hand rapidly right and left with the
palm down.
D: Place both fists in front of the body with the thumbs
pointing outward.
4088: With a given load on the cargo hook, the thrust on a cargo
boom ________________.
A: increases as the angle to the horizontal increases
B: increases as the angle to the horizontal decreases
C: is greatest at an angle of 45ø and decreases as the boom is
raised or lowered
D: is least at an angle of 45ø and increases as the boom is
raised or lowered
4090: The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is_____.
A: very soft mud
B: hard mud
C: shale
D: rock
4091: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360
degrees is the path followed by the ___________.
A: bow
B: center of gravity
C: centerline
D: bridge
4092: To reconnect a broken tow line, it is better to use a
polypropylene messenger line because it __________.
A: has great strength
B: is very supple
C: floats
D: absorbs shock by stretching
4096: Yawing is angular motion of the vessel about what axis?
A: Longitudinal
B: Transverse
C: Vertical
D: Centerline
4378: Which statement concerning an automatic towing engine is
FALSE?
A: It automatically maintains tow line tension.
B: It prolongs the life of the hawser by distributing chafing
as the hawser is paid out and taken in.
C: As tension on the hawser increases, more line is taken in by
the automatic towing engine.
D: As tension on the hawser decreases, more line is taken in by
the automatic towing engine.
4379: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know the
_________.
A: maximum rudder angle previously used
B: gyro error
C: variation
D: course per magnetic steering compass
4390: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees
rudder", the helmsman's immediate reply should be ________.
A: "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
B: "Aye Aye Sir"
C: No reply is necessary, just carry out the order
D: "Right 15 degrees rudder"
4391: A report of casualty to a vessel must include ____________.
A: the estimated cost of damage
B: the amount of ballast on board
C: the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
D: an evaluation of who was at fault
4440: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man
overboard, starboard side". You should be ready to _______.
A: give full left rudder
B: throw a life ring to mark the spot
C: put the rudder amidships
D: give full right rudder
4875: The crane manufacturer's operating tables are posted near
the _____.
A: crane pedestal
B: wire-rope locker
C: main deck
D: crane controls
9909: Which statement is TRUE concerning lifesaving equipment?
A: The Master shall assign an officer to keep the lifesaving
equipment in good condition.
B: All lifeboat winch control apparatus must be examined every
month.
C: Nothing may be stowed in a lifeboat other than the required
equipment.
D: All of the above